Use these links to rapidly review the document
2U, Inc. FORM 10-K TABLE OF CONTENTS
2U, Inc. INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Table of Contents


UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K

ýxANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018
or

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016

or

o¨


TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                                  to                                 

For the transition period from  to
Commission File Number: 001-36376

a2ulogo.jpg
2U, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
26-2335939
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
7900 Harkins Road, Lanham, MD
(Address of principal executive offices)
20706
(Zip Code)
(301) 892-4350
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code:
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
26-2335939
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

7900 Harkins Road, Lanham, MD
(Address of principal executive offices)


20706
(Zip Code)

(301) 892-4350
Registrant's telephone number, including area code:

          Securities registered pursuant to Section 12 (b) of the Act:

Title of each class:Name of exchange on which registered:
Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share NASDAQThe Nasdaq Global Select Market

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12 (g)12(g) of the Act:None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ýx    No o

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes o    No ýx

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ýx    No o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of RegulationsRegulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes ýx    No o

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant'sregistrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this form 10-K. ýo

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of "large“large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer"” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and "smaller reporting company"“emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer ýx

 
Accelerated filer o
 
Non-accelerated filer o
(Do not check if a
smaller reporting company)
 
Smaller reporting company o

Emerging growth company o

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes o    No ýx

The aggregate market value of the 42,046,21849,091,151 shares held by non-affiliates as of June 30, 20162018 (computed based on the closing price on such date as reported on the NASDAQThe Nasdaq Global Select Market) was $1,236,579,271.

$4,102,056,578.

As of February 17, 2017,20, 2019, there were 47,229,87758,141,860 shares of the registrant'sregistrant’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share, outstanding.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the Company'sCompany’s definitive proxy statement, to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, for its 20172019 Annual Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K.





2U, Inc.
FORM 10-K
TABLE OF CONTENTS


SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and which are subject to substantial risks and uncertainties. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by the words "may," "might," "will," "could," "would," "should," "expect," "intend," "plan," "objective," "anticipate," "believe," "estimate," "predict," "project," "potential," "continue"“may,” “might,” “will,” “could,” “would,” “should,” “expect,” “intend,” “plan,” “objective,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “project,” “potential,” “continue” and "ongoing,"“ongoing,” or the negative of these terms, or other comparable terminology intended to identify statements about the future. These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to be materially different from the information expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. Although we believe that we have a reasonable basis for each forward-looking statement contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, we caution you that these statements are based on a combination of facts and factors currently known by us and our expectations of the future, about which we cannot be certain. Forward-looking statementsFactors which may cause actual results to differ materially from current expectations include, statements about:

    but are not limited to:
trends in the higher education market and the market for online education, and expectations for growth in those markets;

the acceptance, adoption and growth of online learning by colleges and universities, faculty, students, employers, accreditors and state and federal licensing bodies;

our ability to comply with evolving regulations and legal obligations related to data privacy, data protection and information security;
our expectations about the potential benefits of our cloud-based software-as-a-service, or SaaS, technology and technology-enabled services to university clients and students;

our dependence on third parties to provide certain technological services or components used in our platform;
our ability to meet the anticipated launch dates of new client programs;

our graduate programs and short courses;
our expectations about the predictability, visibility and recurring nature of our business model;

our ability to acquire new university clients and expand our graduate programs and short courses with existing university clients;

our ability to successfully integrate the operations of Get Educated International Proprietary Limited, or GetSmarter, achieve the expected benefits of the acquisition and manage, expand and grow the combined company;
our ability to execute our growth strategy in the international, undergraduate and non-degree alternative markets;

our ability to continue to acquire prospective students for our clients' programs;

graduate programs and short courses;
our ability to affect or increase student retention in our clients'graduate programs;

our growth strategy;

ability to attract, hire and retain qualified employees;
our expectations about the scalability of our cloud-based SaaS technology;

platform;
our expectedexpectations regarding future expenses in relation to future periods and their relationship to revenue;

potential changes in regulations applicable to us or our university clients; and

our expectations regarding the amount of time that we expect our cash balances and other available financial resources towill be sufficient to fund our operations.



You should refer to the risks described in Part I, Item 1A "Risk Factors"“Risk Factors” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for a discussion of important factors that may cause our actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by our forward-looking statements. As a result of these factors, we cannot assure you that the forward-looking statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K will prove to be accurate. Furthermore, if our forward-looking statements prove to be inaccurate, the inaccuracy may be material. In light of the significant uncertainties in these forward-looking statements, you should not regard these statements as a representation or warranty by us or any other person that we will achieve our objectives and plans in any specified timeframe,time frame, or at all. We undertake no obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law.

You should read this Annual Report on Form 10-K completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements.

In this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the terms “2U,” “Company,” “we,” “us,” and “our” refer to 2U, Inc. and its subsidiaries, unless the context indicates otherwise.

Table of Contents


2U, Inc.
FORM 10-K

TABLE OF CONTENTS



PAGE

PART I

Item 1.

Business

3

Item 1A.

Risk Factors

18

Item 1B.

Unresolved Staff Comments

40

Item 2.

Properties

41

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings

41

Item 4.

Mine Safety Disclosures

41

PART II

Item 5.

Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

42

Item 6.

Selected Financial Data

43

Item 7.

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

44

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

44

Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

45

Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

45

Item 9A.

Controls and Procedures

45

Item 9B.

Other Information

45

PART III

Item 10.

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

46

Item 11.

Executive Compensation

46

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

46

Item 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

46

Item 14.

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

46

PART IV

Item 15.

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

47

SIGNATURES

48

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

50

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (Unaudited)

51

Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting (Unaudited)

70

Consolidated Financial Statements:

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

71

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2016 and 2015

73

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

74

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity (Deficit) for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

75

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

76

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

77

Selected Financial Data (Unaudited)

102

Table of Contents


PART I

Item 1.    Business

Our Mission

        2U partners with great colleges and universities

Our mission is to build what we believe isimprove lives by eliminating the world's best onlineback row in higher education. Our platform provides a comprehensive fusion of technology, services and data architecture to transform our clients, historically campus-based universities of the highest quality and rigor, into digital versions of themselves. Why should a student need to pick up their life, quit their job and move to attend a graduate program at a great university? With 2U's solutions, they don't have to anymore.

Overview

We are a leading providerglobal leader in education technology. For more than a decade, we have been improving lives by powering world-class digital education. As a trusted partner and brand steward of great universities, we build, deliver, and support online graduate programs and certificates for working adults. Our industry-leading short courses, offered by GetSmarter, are designed to equip life-long learners with in-demand career skills.
Over the past decade, we have developed new and innovative tools within our platform to enhance the effectiveness of instructional methods and improve student outcomes and the student experience. During that time, we have also improved our data-driven digital marketing capabilities across our ecosystem of offerings to generate increased student enrollments in a cost effective manner. As a result, demand for our comprehensive platform of integrated technology and services has increased significantly. When 2U was formed in 2008, we had one university client and one 2U-powered graduate program. Today, our university client base has grown to 35, our platform powers 49 graduate programs and over 90 short courses, and from inception to date we have enrolled over 44,000 students in 2U-powered graduate programs and over 86,000 students in our short courses.
Our core strategy is to launch graduate programs and short courses with new and existing university clients, to increase student enrollments and graduations across our portfolio of offerings and to expand our non-degree offerings across the career curriculum continuum. We are also committed to continuously improving our platform to deliver high-quality university and student experiences and outcomes at scale.
Business Segments
We have two reportable segments: the Graduate Program Segment and the Short Course Segment. In our Graduate Program Segment, we target students seeking a full graduate degree of the same quality they would receive on-campus. In our Short Course Segment, we target working professionals seeking career advancement through skills attainment.
The reportable segments represent businesses for which separate financial information is utilized by the chief operating decision maker, our Chief Executive Officer, for the purpose of allocating resources and evaluating performance. Our Graduate Program Segment derives revenue primarily from a contractually specified percentage of the amounts our university clients receive from their students in the 2U-enabled graduate program for tuition and fees, less credit card fees and other specified charges we have agreed to exclude in certain of our universicty client contracts. The Short Course Segment derives revenue directly from students for the tuition and fees paid to enroll in and progress through our short courses. We share a contractually specified percentage of the tuition and fees received from students in each course with the relevant university client.
Our Platform
Our platform, which we refer to as the 2U Operating System, or 2UOS, consists of a seamlessly integrated ecosystem of technology, people and data. Through 2UOS, we provide our university clients with front-end and back-end cloud-based software-as-a-service, or SaaS technology and technology-enabled services that enable leading nonprofit colleges and universities to deliver their degree programs at scale to students anywhere. Our SaaS technology consists of an innovative online learning environment, where our clients deliver their high-quality educational content to students in a live, intimate and engaging setting. We also provide a comprehensive suite of integrated applications, including a content management system and a customer relationship management system, that serve as the back-end infrastructure of the programs we enable. This technology is fused with technology-enabled services, including student acquisition services, content development services, student and faculty support, clinical placement services, and admissions applications advising services. This suite of technologyThese two components are tightly integrated with technology-enabled services,and optimized with data analysis and machine learning techniques, providestechniques. 2UOS delivers technology with a comprehensive sethuman touch and is the keystone of capabilities that would otherwise requireour commitment to provide our university clients the purchase of multiple, disparate point solutions, and allows our clients' programs to expand and operate at scale, providing the comprehensive infrastructure colleges and universitiestools they need to attract, enroll, educate,lead the digital transformation in education.


Front-End Technology and Services
2UOS provides the following front-end technology and services to students enrolled in our offerings and to faculty members and university administrators supporting our offerings:
Learning Technology.  Our online learning platform is a cohesive end-to-end learning and teaching platform, where our university clients can reliably deliver their high-quality educational content to students.  For our Graduate Program Segment, our online learning platform replicates an intimate and live classroom environment and is accessible through proprietary web, mobile and TV applications as well as in an offline mode for convenient consumption of asynchronous coursework.  With the recent integration of stem-based education tools and collaborative annotation technology and an improved data-driven user experience, we have significantly enhanced the learning experience for students in 2U-powered graduate programs and instruction capabilities for faculty.  Our short course offerings are delivered through a separate proprietary learning platform that shares many of the core features of our Graduate Program Segment learning platform, with some exceptions, such as the enhanced features that facilitate the live classroom environment in our graduate program leaning platform. 
Live classes. Our graduate degree programs feature live face-to-face classes, in addition to asynchronous content and coursework. From inception to date students in our graduate degree programs have attended over 500,000 live class sessions with an average class size of approximately 13 students.
Success Advisors.  We augment each student’s academic experience by providing ongoing personalized non-academic support. In the Graduate Program Segment, we also provide a dedicated team to support and train university administration and faculty on how to use our platform to facilitate outstanding live instruction. In addition, we help our university clients succeed by assisting with faculty recruiting efforts, including attracting, cultivating and vetting a pool of faculty candidates for our university clients.
Accessibility.  For students with disabilities, we strive to facilitate accessibility across our platform. This includes designing our online learning platform with clear navigation and flexible, robust content display, ensuring compatibility with screen-reading and keyboard technologies and providing real-time captioning and transcripts for the asynchronous content we produce. We are also able to support certain accommodations requested by students with disabilities, including providing sign language interpretation and real-time captioning for live classes and audio descriptions of videos content we produce.
Admissions.  Leveraging our customer relationship management deployments and other technology, our graduate program-dedicated teams work with prospective students as they consider and apply to a program. Once a student has submitted a completed admissions application package, it is routed to and reviewed by the university client’s admissions office, which renders the final admission decision.
Placements.  Leveraging a geo-location database and our nationwide network of clinics, hospitals, schools and other sites, our field placement team is dedicated to securing in-program field placement opportunities for students enrolled in our university clients’ graduate programs that have a field placement component. We work closely with faculty to identify and approve sites that meet curriculum requirements.
Hybrid Experiences.  Many of our university clients’ graduate programs require students to attend immersions and intensive residencies where students travel to a university client’s physical campus and other locations, where they can engage in collaborative learning experiences with their students.

classmates and professors in person, and develop invaluable personal and professional relationships. We provide the significant domain expertiseresources and operating capacitytechnology to support our university clients requirein facilitating these experiences. Through our strategic partnership with WeWork, we also provide students in 2U-enabled graduate programs and faculty for both graduate programs and short courses access to scaleWeWork spaces around the world so they have a place to take classes, prepare course materials, study, and collaborate with student groups.

Back-End Technology and Services
2UOS provides the following back-end technology and services to launch and operate successfullyour offerings:
Data Architecture. We rely heavily on data across the 2UOS ecosystem and believe our ability to analyze it is a powerful tool for making informed choices. For example, our data architecture provides insights about what programs or courses will be successful, and which prospective students are most likely to convert to enrolled students.
Technology Tools. Our back-end systems and applications automate and simplify a variety of processes for our university clients in our Graduate Program Segment, including admissions, student enrollment and content deployment.


Graduate Program Launch and Operations Applications.  We use an application we call Central Park to unify our suite of applications and better automate the standup of technology infrastructure for new graduate programs. We also use an application we call Uber-Conf to translate graduate program-specific code into a common language to simplify program-specific complexity. These applications simplify the effort to launch new graduate programs and enable non-technology oriented employees to support the data analytics and operational needs across our business.
University Systems Integration Applications.  We use an application we call Port Authority to integrate our technology with our university clients’ information technology systems. This application automates the student enrollment process, which allows us to more efficiently and quickly enroll students, thereby increasing our student-to-support staff ratios, while reducing the potential for human error.
Content Management System.  Our content management system enables us and our university clients to author, review and deploy the asynchronous content for our offerings. The content management system includes a set of project management and collaboration tools that allow our university clients’ faculty to seamlessly integrate their work with that of our course production and content development staff.
Admissions Application Processing Portal.  Our proprietary admissions application system, known as the Online Application and Recommendation System, or OARS, automates the graduate program admissions application process. OARS is integrated with the primary marketing site for each graduate program and directly using data analysis and machine learning techniques, funnels prospective students into each university client’s existing admissions application process and provides automated workflow for that process.
Customer Relationship Management.  We have developed customer relationship management deployments configured for each university client’s specific graduate program. Each deployment serves as the data hub for scheduling, student acquisition, student application, faculty admissions review, enrollment and student support. Our university clients and our employees review, maintain and track this information to ensure proper coordination.
Curriculum.  Leveraging our content management system, our 2U Studios staff and course developers work closely with our university clients’ faculty in a collaborative process to produce high-quality, engaging online environment. Utilizingcoursework and content.
Marketing.  Leveraging data analysisanalytics and machine learning techniques, we develop targeted, offering-specific digital marketing campaigns that can reach and engage interested and qualified prospective students in a cost-effective manner. Our marketing teams also develop creative assets, such as websites related to the technology-enabled services we provide are designed to improve enrollmentgraduate program and retentionshort course fields of study, and execute search engine optimization and paid search campaigns aimed at acquiring students cost-effectively.
Compliance.  Many of our clients'offerings must comply with state authorization requirements in each state where students as well as to provide those studentsreside. We work with a complete, high-quality educational experience. We have primary responsibility for identifying qualified students formost of our clients' programs, generating potential student interest in the programs and driving applications to the programs. We deploy sophisticated digital program marketing and student acquisition capabilities, and we work closely with ouruniversity clients to help them create highly engaging multimedia instructional content for delivery through our innovative learning environment, Online Campus. We also provide the services that support the complete lifecycleidentify and satisfy a complex array of a higher education program, including advising prospective students through the admissions application process,state authorization requirements.
Our Approach
Our approach in providing technical, success coaching and other support, facilitating accessibility to individuals with disabilities, facilitating in-program field placements, conducting faculty recruiting, immersion support, and obtaining state regulatory approvals.

        Through our experience launching and operating programs with leading nonprofit colleges and universities, we have developed a proprietary program-selection algorithm, which enables us to systematically identify degrees at colleges and universities that we believe have the highest probability of success—for us, our clients, and their students. The algorithm not only enables us to deploy capital with greater confidence, but it also provides our clients with greater assurance of, and visibility into, program success.

        We believe that by delivering high-quality degree programs online using our solutions, our clients can improve educational outcomes and career opportunities for a larger number of students and, by doing so, broaden the global reach of their brands while maintaining their academic rigor and admissions standards. By deploying our solutions, clients give their students, who receive the same


Table of Contents

degree or credit as their on-campus counterparts and generally pay equivalent tuition, the option of pursuing their educations without potentially incurring the burden of moving, leaving existing employment or giving up family and community support networks. This can substantially reduce the total cost of obtaining a degree and lower a student's total debt burden. It can also allow students for whom relocating is not an option to obtain a higher quality education than they might be able to access in their local communities.

        Our compensation from our clients consists primarily of a specified share of the tuition and fees paid2UOS to our university clients by students in the programs we enable, which we believe aligns our interests with those of our clients. This revenue model, combined with long contractual terms typically between 10 and 15 years, enables us to make the investment in technology, integration, content production, program marketing, student and faculty support and other services necessary to create large, successful programs. In addition, a significant percentage of our annual revenue is related to students returning to our clients' programs after their first semester. In the twelve months ended December 31, 2016, 62% of our revenue was related to students who had enrolled and completed their first semester prior to the start of the year. We believe this high percentage of revenue attributable to returning students contributes to the predictability and recurring nature of our business.

        We have achieved significant growth in a relatively short period of time. For the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, our revenue was $205.9 million, $150.2 million and $110.2 million, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, our net losses were $20.7 million, $26.7 million and $29.0 million, respectively, and our Adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP measure, was $4.5 million, a loss of $6.6 million and a loss of $14.8 million, respectively. For a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss, see "Selected Financial Data—Adjusted EBITDA." From our inception through December 31, 2016, more than 24,000 unique individuals have enrolled as students in our clients' programs, and 83% of students who have entered these programs have either graduated or remain enrolled. By the time the last of these individuals graduate or leave our clients' programs, we estimate that they will have generated more than $1.5 billion in total program tuition and fees for our clients.

Our Approach

        Our approach to providing our solutions to leading nonprofit colleges and universities is as follows:

Data-Driven Approach to Program Selection.  Through our experience launching and operating programs with leading nonprofit colleges and universities, we have developed a proprietary program-selection algorithm to drive the process for identifying new programs and clients. Our algorithm draws on a wide variety of data including the operating history of our existing programs, and is based on key market variables, including the existing market size of a degree, potential student demographics and client characteristics. We believe our approach to identifying potential programs enables us to systematically identify degrees at colleges and universities in specific geographic regions that we believe have the highest probability of success. Not only does it enable us to deploy capital with greater confidence, it also provides our clients with greater assurance of, and visibility into, program success.

Long-Term Relationships.  Our client relationships are characterized by close, ongoing collaboration with faculty and administration, as well as a deep integration between our clients' academic missions and operations and our solutions. Our compensation from our clients consists primarily of a specified share of the tuition and fees paid to our clients by students in the programs we enable, which we believe aligns our interests with those of our clients. This revenue model, combined with long contractual terms, enables us to make the investment in technology, integration, content production, program marketing, student and faculty support and other services necessary to create large, successful programs.

Table of Contents

    BundledTightly Integrated Technology and Services with a Focus on Quality. We believe that our solutions offerplatform offers extensive features, high configurability, an intuitive user interface and the ability to support synchronous and asynchronous learning at scale.
Data-Driven Methodology. We rely on data to optimize our process for identifying new graduate programs and short courses that have a high likelihood of success. Our technology-enabledalgorithm draws on a wide variety of data, including the operating history of our existing offerings, and is based on key market variables, such as the existing market size of an offering, potential student demographics and university characteristics. In addition, we use data analytics and machine learning techniques to focus our marketing efforts on finding prospective students for the right offerings at times when conversion is more likely. 
Alignmentwith University Clients. We serve as brand stewards for our university clients and our relationships are characterized by close, ongoing collaboration with faculty and administrators, as well as a deep integration between their academic missions and our platform.


Key Benefits to University Clients
Expanded Reach. Our platform allows university clients to provide their offerings to a greater number of students at the same high quality provided in an on campus environment. This expanded reach increases revenue to the university client and extends the reach of their brands.
New Product Offering. Our Short Course Segment provides university clients the opportunity to launch a new product offering that, in many cases, does not have an on-campus equivalent. Offering short courses to students online allows our university clients to reach students around the world that may not have interest in a full degree program.
Low Financial Risk. The initial investment required to launch a new online graduate program is significant and it takes several years before each new graduate program is operating at full scale. Our revenue share model, combined with long contractual terms in our Graduate Program Segment, enables us to make the investment in technology, integration, content production, marketing, student and faculty support and other services necessary to launch and scale successful graduate programs without significant financial risk to our university clients.
Avoid Need for Multiple Solutions and Hiring. The technology and services included in 2UOS are tightly integrated, with our SaaS technology and together they provide a broad set of capabilities that would otherwise require theuniversities to purchase of multiple, disparate point solutions, and the employment ofhire significant human resources and expertise.


Driving High Quality Student Outcomes.Efficient Marketing  We are committed to delivering the technology and services required to ensure that every student and faculty member is fully supported throughout the life of each program. This model is designed to enable our clients to deliver academic programs that align with their brands and produce positive student outcomes, not only in educational achievement but also in terms of the following key measures of success.

Net Promoter Score.    We regularly conduct Net Promoter Score® surveys with the students in each of our client programs. Net Promoter Score is a commonly used measure of customer loyalty and satisfaction. We believe that the favorable scores typically received demonstrate that we deliver our solutions in an effective and user-friendly manner.

Retention.    Our model is designed to support student satisfaction with, and retention in, our clients' programs. Through December 31, 2016, 83% of students who have ever entered our clients' programs have either graduated or remain enrolled.

First Attempt Board Pass Rates.    In client programs that lead to licensure, we track and measure first attempt board pass rates to ensure that students in our client programs are achieving their desired goals. In 2015, the first attempt board pass rate in Georgetown University's family nurse practitioner program was 97%.

Attractive Financial Model with Significant Predictability and Visibility.  We believe our financial model delivers significant operating leverage and visibility. Given the long-term nature of our contracts and the insight we receive from our program selection algorithm, we are able to benefit from increasing enrollments in clients' programs as those programs mature, leading to both revenue growth and expanding operating margins. In addition, we believe the significant portion of our revenue that is typically attributable to returning students contributes to the predictability and recurring nature of our business.

Data-Driven Approach to Marketing. We believe that our shared marketing funnelbroad selection of prospective students acrosseducational offerings increases our client programs in the same or similar degree verticals delivers marketing leverage, that allowsallowing us to more efficiently acquire additional students for the same cost. The revenue generated by those additional students allows us to deploy additional marketing spend for programs in that degree vertical to acquire even more students for those programs.and increase enrollments across our entire portfolio of offerings. In addition, we use data analytics and machine learning techniques to ensure thatfocus our marketing efforts are focused on finding prospective students for the right programsofferings at times when conversion is more likely. In addition, we have optimized our process for identifying new graduate programs and short courses that have a high likelihood of success. Our algorithm draws on a wide variety of data, including the operating history of our existing offerings, and is based on key market variables, such as the existing market size of an offering, potential student demographics and university characteristics.

Key Benefits to Students
Outcomes.  Our platform allows students to pursue their education and attain new skills through graduate programs and short courses with leading universities regardless of the student’s location. Career success today increasingly requires people to learn new skills after they have completed an initial degree and entered the workforce. These additional skills and credentials can create upward career mobility, facilitate a job transition to a new field or lead to personal enrichment.
Lower Cost-Burden. Students do not need to move or quit their jobs to enroll in our university clients’ graduate programs. As a result, many students face an overall lower cost burden than attending a similar on-campus program.
Student Support. Students and prospective students of our offerings receive human support beginning with discovering an appropriate offering through graduation or completion. This support may include assistance with the application process, technology assistance throughout the program or course, and placement support for any in-person component of the graduate program.


Our Growth Strategy

We intend to continue our industry leadership as a provider of cloud-based SaaS technology and technology-enabled servicesa digital education platform that enable leadingenables well-recognized nonprofit colleges and universities to deliver education online. Our approach to growth is disciplined and focused on long-term success. The principal elements of our strategy are to:

Add Graduate Programs, in New Graduate Degree Verticals.Short Courses, University Clients and Students.  Add graduate-levelWe intend to add graduate programs and short courses with new and currentexisting university clients, in new degree verticals within our core market of selective colleges and universities.

Table of Contents

    Add Programs in Current Graduate Degree Verticals.  Add graduate-level programs with new and current clients in degree verticals in which we have existing programs. We believe this approach, which we refer to as our Multiple Program Vertical strategy, will enable us to leverage our program marketing investments across multiple client programs within specific academic disciplines, expanding the number of students who can access high-quality educations and significantly decreasing student acquisition costs within those disciplines.

    Increase Enrollment at Existing Clients' Programs.  Increaseincrease student enrollments within the existing programs we enable forin our clients. We will seek to accomplish this by acquiring an increasing numbercurrent portfolio of students for our clients' existing degree programs and by diversifying and innovating our degree offerings within a program.offerings.


Grow International, Undergraduate and Non-Degree Presence.Add New Categories of Offerings.  We believe that there is significant international demand for our solutionsplatform as colleges and universities worldwide seek to extend their brands by accessing the growing global market for higher education. We also believe that there may be significant opportunities in the future to offer additional high-quality digital education experiences to undergraduate students and students seekingexpand our non-degree alternatives, such as certificates.offerings across the career-curriculum continuum. As we evaluate these growth strategies, we periodically consider and are currently considering, acquisitions or investment opportunities in complementary businesses, joint ventures, services and technologies and intellectual property rights in an effort to expand ouradd product offerings, outside of our core business, extend our technological leadership or expand the markets in which we operate. We expect to continue to evaluate, and may enter into, acquisitions and investments in the future as opportunities are presented.

Our Solutions

        Our solutions consist of

Clients
Graduate Program Segment
In our cloud-based SaaS technology fused with technology-enabled services, whichGraduate Program Segment, we optimize with data analysis and machine learning techniques. This suite of technology and services allows our clients' programs to expand and operate at scale, and provides the comprehensive infrastructure colleges and universities need to attract, enroll, educate, support and graduate their students.

Proprietary, Cloud-Based SaaS Technology

Online Campus

        Our innovative online learning environment, Online Campus, enables our clients to offer high-quality educational content together with instructor-led classes in a live, intimate and engaging setting, averaging 12 students per session, all accessible through proprietary web-based and mobile applications. Online Campus allows our clients to provide a personalized learning environment for faculty and students as well as a robust online educational community.

        Online Campus powers the following:

    Virtual, Live Classes and Groups.  Online Campus enables a variety of live, small-group class sessions that are accessed online. Through Online Campus, instructors can simultaneously lead video group discussions, customize the virtual classroom to their individual styles and display a variety of documents, images, charts, notes and videos. Additionally, Online Campus is available for students to collaborate in planned or ad hoc study or work groups, regardless of day or time.

    Delivery of High-Quality, Engaging Content.  Through Online Campus, we and our clients collaboratively create, publish and deliver video and other asynchronous content, interactive course lectures, individual and group assignments and assessments. We have developed technology solutions to augment our content delivery capabilities, including our Bi-Directional Learning Tool, a technology we initially created to facilitate the Socratic method of teaching law.

Table of Contents

      This technology enhances interaction between a faculty member and students, both individually and as a group, by blending asynchronous content and real-time student responses in the online environment.

Integrated Back-End Applications

        Our integrated back-end applications launch, operate and support our clients' programs, and seamlessly communicate between their existing university information technology systems and our information technology systems. In addition, these applications provide clients with real-time data and deep analytical insight related to student performance and engagement, student satisfaction, and enrollment.

        Our back-end applications include the following:

    New Program Launch and Operations.  We use an application we call Central Park, which unifies our suite of applications and better automates the standup of technology infrastructure for new client programs, so that we can launch new client programs more quickly and efficiently. In addition, Central Park has a graphic interface that allows non-technology oriented employees to create a program website, initiate online applications for students and build Online Campus for a program. We also use an application we call Uber-Conf, which translates program-specific code to simplify program-specific complexity. We believe that this application simplifies not only the effort we are required to expend in launching new programs, but also enables non-technology oriented employees to support the data analytics and operational needs across our business.

    University Systems Integration.  We use an application we call Port Authority, which integrates our technology with our clients' information technology systems. This application automates the student enrollment process, which allows us to more efficiently and quickly enroll students, thereby increasing our student-to-support staff ratios, while reducing the potential for human error.

    Content Management System.  Our content management system enables us and our clients to author, review and deploy the asynchronous content for their online programs through Online Campus. The content management system includes a set of project management and collaboration tools that allow our clients' faculty to seamlessly integrate their work with that of our course production and content development staff.

    Admissions Application Processing Portal.  Our proprietary admissions application system, known as the Online Application and Recommendation System, or OARS, automates the online admissions application process for prospective students of our clients' programs. OARS is integrated with the primary marketing site for each program, directly funneling prospective students into each client's existing admissions application process and providing automated workflow for that process. Additionally, our system automates faculty review and student notification to improve the efficiency of these processes.

    Customer Relationship Management.  We have developed customer relationship management deployments configured for each client's specific program characteristics. Each deployment serves as the data hub for scheduling, student acquisition, student application, faculty admissions review, enrollment and student support for each program. Our clients and our staff, as appropriate, can review, maintain and track this information to ensure that functions driven both by the client and by us are properly coordinated.

Table of Contents

Technology-Enabled Services

        We offer a comprehensive suite of technology-enabled services, many of which are optimized with data analytics and machine learning techniques, that support the complete lifecycle of a higher education program. These services include the following:

    Content Development.  Leveraging our content management system, our content development staff works closely with our clients' faculty in a collaborative process to produce high-quality, engaging online coursework and content. We produce scripted and casual videos in studio and on location, transform static content into interactive materials and ultimately assemble customized online course materials for delivery through our Online Campus. While our clients retain control of and responsibility for the curricula, we work closely with them to present the content in a highly engaging manner.

    Student Acquisition.  Leveraging data analytics and machine learning techniques, we provide dedicated program marketing services to drive applications for each client program. Our marketing teams develop creative assets, such as websites related to the fields of study of our clients' programs, and execute campaigns aimed at acquiring students cost-effectively. Our search engine optimization team supports our prospective student generation efforts across all of our clients' programs. Our campaigns are focused on finding the right prospective student at the right time in his or her search.

    Admissions Application Advising:  Leveraging our customer relationship management deployments and other technology, our program-dedicated teams work with prospective students as they consider and apply to a client program. Once a student has submitted a completed admissions application package through the OARS portal, it is routed to and reviewed by the university admissions office, which renders the final admission decision.

    Student and Faculty Support:  We augment each student's academic experience by assigning a dedicated advisor to provide ongoing individualized non-academic support. We also provide a dedicated support team that supports and trains university administration and faculty on how to use our solutions to facilitate outstanding live instruction.

    In-Program Student Field Placements:  Our field placement team is dedicated to securing in-program field placement opportunities for students enrolled in our clients' programs. Leveraging a geo-location database, we work closely with faculty to identify and approve sites that meet curriculum requirements. Through December 31, 2016, our placement team has facilitated nearly 32,000 individual in-program field placements in approximately 25,000 organizations around the world.

    Accessibility:  For students with disabilities, we are able to facilitate accessibility across our solutions. These include providing screen-reading technology, captioning, subtitling and voice-over descriptions for asynchronous content, and sign language interpretation and real time captioning for live classes.

    State Authorization Services.  Each online program we enable for a client must comply with state authorization requirements in each state where the students enrolled in the program reside. We work with most of our clients to identify and satisfy state authorization requirements.

    Immersion Support.  Many of our client programs require students to attend immersions and intensive residencies where students travel to a client's physical campus and other locations, where they can engage in collaborative learning experiences with their classmates and professors, and develop invaluable personal and professional relationships. We provide the resources and technology to support our clients in facilitating these experiences.

    Table of Contents

      Faculty Recruiting.  With our solutions our clients can identify and employ highly qualified teaching faculty without geographic constraint. We effectively act as a search firm for our clients, attracting, cultivating and vetting a pool of faculty candidates for our clients. Our clients make all faculty hiring decisions, but we support them in creating a broader pool of potential faculty than they could on their own.

    Benefits of Using Our Solutions

            Using our solutions, our clients can:

      Extend Institutional Mission and Reach.  Extend their brands and fulfill their missions by delivering high-quality education programs online to students anywhere in the world while maintaining their academic rigor and admissions standards. Our clients are able to reach students who otherwise may not have been able to enroll in their programs, thereby furthering their marketplace recognition and extending their institutional presence beyond geographic limitations.

      Increase Revenue.  Increase their overall enrollments significantly, thereby growing their tuition revenue. Students who enroll in the programs we enable generally pay the same tuition as on-campus students.

      Increase Scalability.  Extend beyond their physical boundaries and capacity constraints to scale programs without the investment typically required to acquire, educate and service incremental on-campus students. Our clients can focus on providing high quality, rigorous education at scale without needing to address the increased operational complexity related to delivering online education to students anywhere in the world.

      Deliver a Differentiated, Engaging Learning Environment.  Leverage advanced software technology to enable highly interactive learning experiences through Online Campus. Instructors are able to lead live, intimate discussions in seminar-style classes with an average of 12 students per session. Students are able to access Online Campus using proprietary web-based and mobile applications and engage with rich, multimedia-based educational content. We believe that this dynamic, interactive learning environment is more engaging and impactful than traditional educational environments or other approaches to online education, encouraging students to remain in our clients' programs through graduation.

      Utilize Ongoing Data and Analytical Insight.  Track the engagement and learning outcomes of their online students to a significantly greater degree than for their on-campus students. Through our analytics and reporting functions, clients can follow key data related to asynchronous student participation, class attendance, homework submission and overall engagement, and can provide timely intervention or support services as appropriate. This helps clients improve learning outcomes for their students.

      Increase Speed to Market.  Implement and scale an online degree program faster than they could on their own. We work closely with our clients' faculty to develop engaging asynchronous multimedia course content, and apply our sophisticated digital marketing expertise to attract potential students for our clients' programs. Our clients do not need to spend time installing servers, networking equipment or other infrastructure to ensure a scalable, reliable program offering.

    Technology

            Our cloud-based SaaS technology is designed to deliver an exceptional end-user experience in a secure environment. To increase the speed at which we develop and enhance our solutions, we use


    Table of Contents

    open-source technology and custom development of our own instructional design tools and learning components.

            Our technology stack resides completely in the cloud, with a high level of security and horizontal scalability. We work with Amazon Web Services, our cloud hosting provider, to ensure high levels of redundancy and general preparedness. We have the ability to manage hundreds of server instances in Amazon Web Services and elsewhere through our automated deployment technologies.

            Our application programming interface, or API, is at the core of all of our SaaS technology providing a standardized way to provision, manage, engage and deliver content to students, faculty and administrators. The API supports advanced analytics that allow us to search and analyze student usage data to evaluate course content, inform continuous technology development and improve user experiences. The API manages authentication and access for our entire technology stack and is designed to manage and interface with new technologies as they are introduced.

            Our development process follows best practices in web security, including formal design reviews by operations security consultants, threat modeling and risk assessments. All deployed software undergoes recurring penetration testing performed by certified industry experts. Our security risk assessment reviews begin during the design phase and continue through ongoing operations.

            All of the applications and application components within our SaaS technology are designed from the ground up to produce significant, readable and interpretable data to centralized systems in the form of monitors and logs that allow us to proactively identify and mitigate potential capacity, performance and security issues. We design our SaaS technology to industry security standards as well as requirements set out in current applicable regulations and standards.

    New Program Pipeline

            We dedicate the bulk of our program marketing and sales efforts to acquiring students for our clients' programs, and have developed highly sophisticated internet-based program marketing and student acquisition capabilities. However, we do maintain a small sales team targeted at new client or program acquisition. Our new clients and programs are largely generated through a direct approach to selected colleges and universities and we use a proprietary program selection algorithm to develop our pipeline of target programs based on a combination of degree vertical, college or university and geographic region. This data-centric model uses internally generated, publicly available and purchased data on degree vertical size, selectivity, student demographics, competition and other factors to identify opportunities we believe will have the best prospects of long-term success.

    Clients

            Our clients are leading nonprofit colleges and universities who primarily use our solution to offer full graduate degree programs online. We have grown our university client and program base significantly since our inception from one client with one program in one academic discipline in 2008 to 1727 clients with 3867 programs today.in 24 academic disciplines today, 49 of which have launched and have students enrolled. A full listing of all 3867 announced programs, including the programs we plan to launch in 2019, can be found at investor.2u.com. Through our uncompromising focus on quality and deep understanding of the higher education environment, we believe we have become not only a valued provider of the technology and services our clients use to implement and manage their critical online education operations, but also a trusted steward of their brands. We currently have announced

    Our long-term university client contracts, with 17 universities and collegeswhich typically have 10 to operate a total


    Table of Contents

    of 38 programs. At the end of 2016, we had launched 24 programs in 17 different degree verticals. In 2017, we plan to launch the following ten programs:

    University/School
    Program NameExpected Program Launch Date

    The George Washington University—Milken Institute School of Public Health

    HealthInformatics@GWJanuary 2017

    Syracuse University—Maxwell School of Citizenship and Public Affairs

    ExecutiveMPA@SyracuseJuly 2017

    University of Southern California—Jimmy Iovine and Andre Young Academy for Arts, Technology and the Business of Innovation

    Design@USCAugust 2017

    Vanderbilt University—Peabody College of Education and Human Development

    Peabody OnlineSeptember 2017

    Pepperdine University—School of Law

    Law@PepperdineSeptember 2017

    New York University—Steinhardt School of Culture, Education, and Human Development

    OT@NYUSeptember 2017

    New York University—Steinhardt School of Culture, Education, and Human Development

    Counseling for Mental Health and WellnessSeptember 2017

    Syracuse University

    DataScience@SyracuseOctober 2017

    University of Dayton—School of Business Administration

    MBA@DaytonOctober 2017

    Pepperdine University—Graduate School of Education and Psychology

    Psychology@PepperdineOctober 2017

            Our long-term client contracts15 year initial terms, generally do not include termination rights for convenience. Most contracts impose liquidated damages for a client'suniversity client’s non-renewal, unless the university client otherwise terminates due to our uncured breach. Each of our clients owns all of the academic content that we help them develop, although we are generally not obligated to develop content that will be functional anywhere but within Online Campus.

    Our contracts also set forth the parties'parties’ respective rights to offer competitive programs. For example, some contracts permit us to offer competitive programs with other schools whose potential students are not academically qualified or otherwise interested in the program we offer with our client. Other contracts prohibit us from offering competitive programs with a specific list of schools, whetherexpressed either by reference to a certain number as listedranking on U.S. News & World Report's "best"Report’s “best” schools list or as a specifically enumerated list of schools negotiated with our university client. In addition, any limitation on our ability to offer competitive programs becomes inapplicable if a university client either refuses to scale the program to accommodate all students qualifying for admission into the program, or raises the program admissions standards above those at the time of contract execution. In addition, our contracts generally prohibit our university clients from offering any online competitive program. Most of our more recent contracts either do not restrict our ability to offer competitive programs or provide for only limited restrictions.

            Our

    For the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, 21% and 27%, respectively, of our consolidated revenue was derived from our programs with University of Southern California, or USC, including our two longest running programs, launched in 2009 and 2010, are with the University of Southern California, or USC. For the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, 34% and 43%, respectively, of our revenue was derived from these two programs.2010. We expect that these programs will continue to account for a large portion of our revenue until our other university client graduate programs become more mature and achieve significantly higher enrollment levels.

            We have a contract with the USC Rossier School of Education, or Rossier, to enable various education programs, including a Master of Arts in Teaching program, or MAT program, a Doctor of


    Table of Contents

    Education program and a Master of Education in School Counseling program. We also have contracts with the USC Suzanne Dworak-Peck School of Social Work to enable both a Master of Social Work (MSW) program and a Master of Nursing program. We amended our contract with Rossier in April 2016 and our contract with the School of Social Work for the MSW program in November 2015. Under the terms of each amended contract, the initial terms expire on June 30, 2030, we are entitled to a specified percentage of the net program proceeds, which is reduced over time, and we agreed to provide fixed and contingent cash payments over time.

            Both contracts provide for automatic renewal for successive three-year terms unless either party gives one-year notice of non-renewal, and liquidated damages if Rossier or the School of Social Work, as the case may be, fails to renew its respective contract after any term.

    Our programs with Simmons CollegeUniversity accounted for 18%13% and 16%17% of our consolidated revenue for the years ended December 31, 20162018 and 2015,2017, respectively. Our programs with the University of North Carolina accounted for 11%less than 10% and 12%10% of our consolidated revenue for the years ended December 31, 20162018 and 2015,2017, respectively.

    Our programs with Syracuse University accounted for 10% and 11% of our consolidated revenue for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

    Short Course Segment
    In our Short Course Segment, we currently have nine university clients we are collaborating with to offer more than 90 courses. Our university client contracts in our Short Course Segment are typically shorter in length and less restrictive than our contracts in our Graduate Program Segment.
    In our Short Course Segment, revenue is derived from individual students, rather than directly from university clients. For the year ended December 31, 2018, revenue associated with our three largest university clients in this segment accounted for approximately 81% of the segment’s revenue, with each of these three university clients accounting for less than 10% of our


    consolidated revenue. Of the 17 courses we have launched in 2018, 10 are with these three university clients. We expect these university clients will continue to account for a large portion of our revenue in the Short Course Segment.
    Competition

    The overall market for technology solutions that enable higher education providers to deliver education online is highly fragmented, rapidly evolving and subject to changing technology, shifting needs of students and educators and frequent introductions of new methods of delivering education online.delivery methods. Several competitors provide solutionsplatforms that compete with some of the capabilities of our solutions.platform. Two such competitors EmbanetCompassare Pearson Online Learning Services and Deltak, were acquired in 2012Wiley Education Services, owned by Pearson and John Wiley & Sons, respectively, both of which are large education and publishing companies. There areIn addition, traditional massive open online course providers have evolved from providing massive open online courses to providing degrees, short course certificates, nano degrees and similar non-degree alternatives and we also several privateface competition from companies including HotChalkproviding corporate training programs and Everspring Partners, providing some or allonline courses taught outside the university environment (e.g., by experts in various fields). Many of these companies provide components of the technology and services we provide and these companies may choose to pursue some of the institutions we target. In addition,Moreover, nonprofit colleges and universities may elect to continue using or develop their own online learning solutions in-house.

    We expect that the competitive landscape will expand as the market for online programseducation offerings at nonprofit institutions matures. We believe the principal competitive factors in our market include the following:

    brand awareness and reputation;

    ability of online graduate programs and short courses to deliver desired student outcomes;

    robustness and evolution of technology offering;

    solutions;
    breadth and depth of service offering;

    ability to investmake significant investments in launching and operating graduate programs;

    expertise in program marketing, student acquisition and student retention;

    quality of userstudent and faculty experience;

    ease of deployment and use of technology solutions;

    level of customization, configurability, integration, security, scalability and reliability of technology solutions; and

    quality of university client base and track record of performance.

    We believe we compete favorably on the basis of these factors. Our ability to remain competitive will depend, to a great extent, upon our ability to consistently deliver our high-quality technology solutions,


    Table of Contents

    platform, meet university client needs for content development, and acquire, support and retain students who achieve high-qualityand deliver desired student, faculty and university outcomes.

    Seasonality
    We experience seasonality in our marketing and sales expenses in both our Graduate Program Segment and our Short Course Segment. We typically reduce our paid search and other marketing and sales efforts during late November and December because these efforts are less productive during the holiday season. We generally do not experience pronounced seasonality in our revenue, although revenue can fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter due to variations driven by the academic schedules of our graduate programs and short courses.
    Intellectual Property

    We protect our intellectual property by relying on a combination of copyrights, trademarks, trade secrets patent applications and contractual agreements. For example, we rely on trademark protection in the United States and various foreign jurisdictions to protect our rights to various marks, including 2U, NO BACK ROW, GETSMARTER and other distinctive logos associated with our brand. We also have two patent applications pending in the United States, which are directed to computer-implemented processes that facilitate asynchronous student responses to teacher questions.

    We ensure that we own intellectual property created for us by signing agreements with employees, independent contractors, consultants, companies, and any other third party that creates intellectual property for us that assign any intellectual property rights to us.

            Portions



    We have also established business procedures designed to maintain the confidentiality of our proprietary information, including the use of confidentiality agreements with employees, independent contractors, consultants and companies with which we conduct business.

    We also purchase or license technology that we incorporate into our technology or services. While it may be necessary in the future to seek or renew licenses relating to various aspects of our technology and services, we believe, based upon past experience and industry practice, such licenses generally could be obtained on commercially reasonable terms.
    We continue to evaluate developing and expanding our intellectual property rights in patents, trademarks and copyrights, as available through registration in the United States and internationally.

    For important additional information related to our intellectual property position, please review the information set forth in "Risk“Risk Factors—Risks Related to Intellectual Property."

    Education Laws and Regulations

    The higher education industry is heavily regulated. Institutions of higher education that award degrees and certificates to signify the successful completion of an academic program are subject to regulation from three primary entities: the U.S. Department of Education, or DOE, accrediting agencies and state licensing authorities. Each of these entities promulgates and enforces its own laws, regulations and standards, which we refer to collectively as education laws.

    We contract with postsecondary institutions that are subject to education laws. In addition, we ourselves are required to comply with certain education laws as a result of our role as a service provider to institutions of higher education, either directly or indirectly through our contractual arrangements with university clients. Our failure, or that of our university clients, to comply with education laws could adversely impact our operations. As a result, we work closely with our university clients to maintain compliance with education laws.

    Federal Laws and Regulations

    Under the Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended, or the HEA, institutions offering postsecondary education must comply with certain laws and related regulations promulgated by the DOE in order to participate in the Title IV federal student financial assistance programs. AllMost of our university clients participate in the Title IV programs.

    The HEA and the regulations promulgated thereunder are frequently revised, repealed or expanded. Congress historically has reauthorized and amended the HEA in regular intervals, approximately every five to seven years. The re-authorization process is currently under way.

    The re-authorization of the HEA could alter the regulatory landscape of the higher education industry, and thereby impact the manner in which we conduct business and serve our university clients. In


    Table of Contents

    addition, the DOE is independently conducting an ongoing series of rulemakings intended to assure the integrity of the Title IV programs.rulemakings. The DOE also frequently issues formal and informal guidance instructing institutions of higher education and other covered entities how to comply with various federal laws and regulations. DOE guidance is subject to frequent change and may impact our business model.

    Although we are not considered an institution of higher education and we do not directly participate in Title IV programs, we are required to comply with certain regulations promulgated by the DOE as a result of our role as a service provider to institutions that do participate in Title IV programs. These include, for example, regulations governing student privacy under Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act, or FERPA. While online short courses are typically not eligible for Title IV aid, when offered by or on behalf of Title IV eligible institutions, many education laws, such as FERPA, remain applicable to us or our university clients even in the Short Course Segment.
    The most material obligations stem from new rules and revisions to existing regulations promulgated by the DOE in 2010 as part of the so-called "program integrity"“program integrity” rules.

    While the program integrity rules were targeted at for-profit institutions of higher education, most apply equally to traditional colleges and universities such as our university clients, and they apply in particular to institutions contracting with outside vendors to provide services, particularly in connection with distance education. These rules include principally the incentive compensation rule, the misrepresentation rule, the written arrangements rules and state authorization requirements. The more significant program integrity rules applicable to us or our university clients are discussed in further detail below.

    Certain of the program integrity rules are under review by the current administration as part of its policy to deregulate and spur innovation in higher education, but revisions to the rules are not expected to become final until 2020.

    Incentive Compensation Rule



    The HEA provides that any institution that participates in the Title IV federal student financial assistance programs must agree with the DOE that the institution will not provide any commission, bonus or other incentive payment to any person or entity engaged in any student recruiting or admission activities.

    As part of the program integrity rules, the DOE issued revised regulations regarding incentive compensation effective July 1, 2011. Under the revised regulations, each higher education institution agrees that it will not "provide“provide any commission, bonus, or other incentive payment based in any part, directly or indirectly, upon success in securing enrollments or the award of financial aid, to any person or entity who is engaged in any student recruitment or admission activity, or in making decisions regarding the award of title IV, HEA program funds." Pursuant to this rule, we are prohibited from offering our covered employees, which are those involved with or responsible for recruiting or admissions activities, any bonus or incentive-based compensation based on the successful recruitment, admission or enrollment of students into a postsecondary institution.

    In addition, the revised rule initially raised a question as to whether our company itself, as an entity, is prohibited from entering into tuition revenue-sharing arrangements with university clients. On March 17, 2011, the DOE issued official agency guidance, known as a "Dear“Dear Colleague Letter," or the DCL, providing guidance on this point. The DCL states that "[“[t]he Department generally views payment based on the amount of tuition generated as an indirect payment of incentive compensation based on success in recruitment and therefore a prohibited basis upon which to measure the value of the services provided"provided” and that "[“[t]his is true regardless of the manner in which the entity compensates its employees." But the DCL also provides an important exception to the ban on tuition revenue-sharing arrangements between institutions and third parties. According to the DCL, the DOE does not consider payment based on the amount of tuition generated by an institution to violate the incentive compensation ban if the payment compensates an "unaffiliated“unaffiliated third party"party” that provides a set of "bundled services"“bundled services” that includes recruitment services, such as those we provide. Example 2-B in the DCL is described as a "possible“possible business model"model” developed "with“with the statutory mandate in mind." Example 2-B describes the following as a possible business model:

      "

    A third party that is not affiliated with the institution it serves and is not affiliated with any other institution that provides educational services, provides bundled services to the institution including


    Table of Contents

      marketing, enrollment application assistance, recruitment services, course support for online delivery of courses, the provision of technology, placement services for internships, and student career counseling. The institution may pay the entity an amount based on tuition generated for the institution by the entity'sentity’s activities for all the bundled services that are offered and provided collectively, as long as the entity does not make prohibited compensation payments to its employees, and the institution does not pay the entity separately for student recruitment services provided by the entity."

    The DCL guidance indicates that an arrangement that complies with Example 2-B will be deemed to be in compliance with the incentive compensation provisions of the HEA and the DOE'sDOE’s regulations. Our business model and contractual arrangements with client institutionsour university clients closely follow Example 2-B in the DCL. In addition, we assure that none of our "covered employees"“covered employees” is paid any bonus or other incentive compensation in violation of the rule.

    Because the bundled services rule was promulgated in the form of agency guidance issued by the DOE in the form of a DCL and is not codified by statute or regulation, the rule could be altered or removed without prior notice, public comment period or other administrative procedural requirements that accompany formal agency rulemaking. Similarly, a court could invalidate the rule in an action involving our company or our university clients, or in action that does not involve us at all. The revision, removal or invalidation of the bundled services rule by Congress, the DOE or a court could require us to change our business model.

    Misrepresentation Rule

    The HEA prohibits an institution that participates in the Title IV programs from engaging in any "substantial misrepresentation"“substantial misrepresentation” regarding three broad subject areas: (1) the nature of the school'sschool’s education programs, (2) the school'sschool’s financial charges and (3) the employability of the school'sschool’s graduates. In 2010, as part of the program integrity rules, the DOE revised its regulations in order to significantly expand the scope of the misrepresentation rule. Although some of the DOE'sDOE’s most expansive amendments to the misrepresentation rule were overturned by the courts in 2012, most of the 2010 amendments survived and remain in effect.

    Under the new rule, "misrepresentation"“misrepresentation” is defined as any false, erroneous or misleading statement, written, visual or oral. This includes even statements that "have“have the likelihood or tendency to deceive." Therefore, a statement need not be intentionally deceitful to qualify as a misrepresentation. "Substantial misrepresentation"“Substantial misrepresentation” is defined loosely as a misrepresentation on which the person to whom it was made could reasonably be expected to rely, or has reasonably relied, to that person'sperson’s detriment.



    The newcurrent regulation also expands the scope of the original rule to cover statements made by any representative of an institution, including agents, employees and subcontractors, and statements made directly or indirectly to any third party, including state agencies, government officials or the public, and not just to students or prospective students.

    Violations of the misrepresentation rule are subject to various sanctions by the DOE and violations may be used as a basis for legal action by third parties. Similar rules apply under state laws or are incorporated in institutional accreditation standards and the Federal Trade Commission, (FTC)or FTC, applies similar rules prohibiting any unfair or deceptive marketing practices to the education sector. As a result, we and our employees and subcontractors, as agents of our university clients, must use a high degree of care to comply with such rules and are prohibited by contract from making any false, erroneous or misleading statements about our university clients. To avoid an issue under the misrepresentation rule and similar rules, we assure that all marketing materials are approved in advance by our university clients before they are used by our employees and we carefully monitor our subcontractors.


    Table of Contents

    Accreditation Rules and Standards

    Accrediting agencies primarily examine the academic quality of the instructional programs of an educational institution, and a grant of accreditation is typically viewed as confirmation that an institution or an institution'sinstitution’s programs meet generally accepted academic standards. Accrediting agencies also review the administrative and financial operations of the institutions they accredit to ensure that each institution has the resources to perform its educational mission. The DOE also relies on accrediting agencies to determine whether institutions' educational programsinstitutions qualify the institutions to participate in Title IV programs.

    In addition to institutional accreditation, colleges and universities may require specialized programmatic accreditation for particular educational programs. Many states and professional associations require professional programs to be accredited, and require individuals to have graduated from accredited programs in order to sit for professional license exams. Programmatic accreditation, while not a sufficient basis for institutional Title IV Program certification by the DOE, assists graduates to practice or otherwise secure appropriate employment in their chosen field. Common fields of study subject to programmatic accreditation include teaching and nursing.

    Although we are not an accredited institution and are not required to maintain accreditation, accrediting agencies are responsible for reviewing an accredited institution'sinstitution’s third-party contracts with service providers like us and may require an institution to obtain approval from or to notify the accreditor in connection with such arrangements. One purpose of the notification and approval requirements is to verify that the accredited institution remains responsible for providing academic instruction leading to a credential and provides oversight of other activities undertaken by third parties like us that are within the scope of its accreditation. We work closely with our university clients to assure that the standards of their respective accreditors are met and are not adversely impacted by us.

    Accrediting agencies are also responsible for assuring that any "written arrangements"“written arrangements” to outsource academic instruction meet accrediting standards and related regulations of the DOE. Our operations are generally not subject to such "written arrangements"“written arrangements” rules because academic instruction is provided by our university client institutions and not by us.

    us; however, the “written arrangements” rules may apply to online programs in the Short Course Segment to the extent such courses are outsourced by university clients. The “written arrangements” rule is under review by the current administration. Any changes are not expected to be final until 2020.

    State Laws and Regulations

    Each state has at least one licensing agency responsible for the oversight of educational institutions operating within its jurisdiction. Continued approval by such agencies is necessary for an institution to operate and grant degrees, diplomas or certificates in those states. Moreover, under the HEA, approval by such agencies is necessary to maintain eligibility to participate in Title IV programs. State attorneys general are also active in enforcing education laws, and the level of regulatory oversight varies substantially from state to state.

    We and our university clients may be subject to regulation in each state in which we or they own facilities, provide distance education or recruit students. State laws establish standards for, among other things, student instruction, qualifications of faculty, location and nature of facilities, recruiting practices and financial policies. The need to comply with applicable state laws and regulations may limit or delay our ability to market programs or offer new degree programs ofexpand our clients.

            State regulatory requirements for online education are inconsistent between states, change frequently and, in some instances, are outmoded.offerings. In addition, the interpretation of state authorization regulations is subject to substantial discretion by the state agency responsible for enforcing the regulations. Some states have enacted legislation or issued regulations that specifically address online educational programs, some of which may affect our operations.

    As part of the program integrity rules, the DOE required, among other things, that an institution offering distance learning or online programs secure the approval of those states which require such


    Table of Contents

    approval and provide evidence of such approval to the DOE upon request. This regulation dramatically increased the importance of state authorization because failure to obtain it could result in an obligation to return federal funds received by an institution. The U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia struck down the regulations requiring proof of state approval for online education programs in 2012 on



    procedural grounds; however, the DOE promulgated similar replacement regulations in December 2016, with an effective date of July 1, 2018. However,The current administration delayed the effective date of the regulations until 2020 and is considering repealing them outright or making further changes to them, which are expected to be effective in 2020. Repeal of the federal rules would not eliminate the obligation to comply with state law with respect to online programs, but it iswould reduce the policy of DOE to require proof of all necessary state approvals when an institution seeks to renew its authorization topotential liabilities associated with non-compliance.
    Most states participate in the Title IV programs.

    State Authorization Reciprocity Agreement, or SARA, governing the licensing of online offerings. All SARA-member institutions may provide online offerings in SARA states without obtaining separate state authorization (this includes externships, recruiting, local advertising, and faculty presence). SARA-member institutions must still obtain a separate authorization in order to open a physical location in another state and are also required to obtain any additional approvals that may be required for offerings leading to professional licensure in a state (e.g., nursing, teaching, or counseling). Most of our university clients are SARA members and the DOE has indicated it will accept participation in a reciprocity agreement as evidence of state approval.

    Finally, many programs leading to professional licensure, such as graduate programs in nursing or teaching, also require approval from, and are subject to ongoing oversight by separate state agencies such as state nursing boards. Membership in SARA does not encompass approvals by professional licensing boards, which must be obtained separately.
    We monitor state law developments closely and work closely with our university clients to assist them with obtaining any required approvals.

    Other Laws

    Our activities on behalf of institutions are also subject to other federal and state laws. These regulations include, but are not limited to, consumer marketing and unfair trade practices laws and regulations, including those promulgated and enforced by the FTC, as well as federal and state data protection and privacy requirements.

    Culture and Employees
    2U was founded on a set of “guiding principles” that are core to our culture and guide big and small decisions every day. New employees are introduced to the guiding principles in orientation and are expected to bring these guiding principles to life as they work with their teams, interact with our university clients and students or otherwise represent 2U in the community.
    EmployeesCherish each opportunity

    . Life is short, so treasure every moment.

    Give a damn. Care about what you do each day.
    Strive for excellence. Don’t settle for second best.
    Be bold and fearless. Question the status quo and embrace change.
    Be candid, honest and open. Listen to others and offer respectful feedback.
    Have fun. Fun is important. Fun is simply better.
    Make service your mission. Give the highest level of support to our partners and to one another.
    Don’t let the skeptic win. “No” is easy. “Yes” is hard. Fight for “yes.”
    Relationships matter. Invest the time, build trust, and value differences.
    This past year, 2U was certified as a Great Place to Work, was named a 2018 Top Workplace by the Denver Post and a Top Workplace by The Washington Post. As of December 31, 2016,2018, we had 1,1192,583 full-time employees and 9086 part-time employees. None of our employees are represented by a labor union or covered by a collective bargaining agreement. We consider our relations with our employees to be good.

    Facilities

    Other Information
    We were incorporated as a Delaware corporation in April 2008 and completed our initial public offering in April 2014. Our headquartersprincipal executive offices are located inat 7900 Harkins Road, Lanham, Maryland where we occupy approximately 153,000 square feet under a lease that expires in 2028. We also currently lease approximately 94,000 square feet in Landover, Maryland, in connection withMD 20706, and our former corporate headquarters, which expires in July, 2018.

            In February 2017, we signed a lease for new office space in Brooklyn, New York, which we expect to occupy in 2018 after we vacate our current offices in New York City. The lease covers three floors totaling approximately 80,000 square feet and will expire approximately eleven years and nine months after the lease commencement date. We expect that the new space will allow us to accommodate our growth in the local area.

            We also currently lease an aggregate of approximately 114,000 square feet of space in New York, California, Colorado, North Carolina, Virginia and Hong Kong. We believe that our current facilities are suitable and adequate to meet our ongoing needs and that, if we require additional space, we will be able to obtain additional facilities on commercially reasonable terms.

    Legal Proceedings

            From time to time, we may become involved in legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of our business. We are not presently a party to any material legal proceedings, nor are we a party to any legal proceedings that, if determined adversely to us, would individually or taken together have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, financial condition or cash flows.

    telephone number is (301) 892-4350.

    Table of Contents

    Available Information

    You can obtain copies of our Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, and other filings with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, and all amendments to these filings, free of charge from our website at investor.2u.com or on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov as soon as reasonably



    practicable following our filing of any of these reports with the SEC. You can also obtain copies free of charge by contacting our Investor Relations department at our office address listed above. The public may read and copy any materials filed by the Company with the SEC at the SEC's Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Room 1580, Washington, DC 20549. The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC at www.sec.gov. The contents of these websites are not incorporated into this filing. Further, the Company'sour references to the URLs for these websites are intended to be inactive textual references only.

    Item 1A.    Risk Factors

    In addition to the other information set forth in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, you should carefully consider the factors discussed in the "Special“Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements"Statements” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

    Risks Related to Our Business Model, Our Operations and Our Growth Strategy

    We have a limited operating history, which makes it difficult to predict our future financial and operating results, and we may not achieve our expected financial and operating results in the future.

    We were incorporated in 2008 and launched our first clientgraduate program in 2009. In July 2017, we acquired GetSmarter and extended our offerings to include premium online short courses offered in collaboration with universities. As a result of our limited operating history, our ability to forecast our future operating results, including revenue, cash flows and profitability, is limited and subject to a number of uncertainties. We have encountered and will encounter risks and uncertainties frequently experienced by growing companies in the technology industry. If our assumptions regarding these risks and uncertainties are incorrect or change due to factors impacting our targeted markets, or if we do not manage these risks successfully, our operating and financial results may differ materially from our expectations and our business may suffer.

    We have incurred significant net losses since inception, and we expect our operating expenses to increase significantly in the foreseeable future, which may make it more difficult for us to achieve and maintain profitability.

    We incurred net losses of $20.7$38.3 million, $26.7$29.4 million and $29.0$20.7 million during the years ended December 31, 2016, 20152018, 2017 and 2014,2016, respectively. We will need to generate and sustain increased revenue levels in future periods to become profitable, and, even if we do, we may not be able to maintain or increase our level of profitability. We anticipate that our operating expenses will increase substantially in the foreseeable future as we undertake increased technology and production efforts to support a growing number of client programsofferings and increase our program marketing and sales efforts to drive the acquisition of potential students in these programs.students. In addition, as a public company, we will continue to incur significant accounting, legal and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. These expenditures will make it harder for us to achieve and maintain profitability. Our efforts to grow our business may be more costly than we expect, and we may not be able to increase our revenue enough to offset our higher operating expenses. If we are forced to reduce our expenses, our growth strategy could be compromised. We may incur significant losses in the future for a number of reasons, including unforeseen expenses, difficulties, complications, delays and other unknown events. As a result, we can provide no assurance as to whether or when we will achieve profitability. If we are not ablemay be unable to achieve and maintain profitability, and the value of our company and our common stock could decline significantly.


    Table of Contents

    Our business depends heavily on the adoption by colleges and universities of online delivery of their programs.educational offerings. If we fail to attract new colleges and universities asuniversity clients, or if new leadership at existing university clients does not have an interest in continuing or expanding online delivery of their educational offerings, our revenue growth and profitability may suffer.

    The success of our business depends in large part on our ability to enter into agreements with additional nonprofit colleges and universities forto offer their offering of degreegraduate programs and short courses online. In particular, to engage new university clients, we need to convince nonprofit colleges and universities,potential university clients, many of which have been educating students in generally the same types of on-campus programs for hundreds of years, to invest significant time and resources to adjust the manner in which they teach students for an online degree program.students. The delivery of degree-granting programs online education at leading nonprofit colleges and universities is nascent, and many administrators and faculty members have expressed concern regarding the perceived loss of control over the education process that might result from offering content online, as well as skepticism regarding the ability of colleges and universities to provide high-quality education online that maintains the standards they set for their on-campus programs. It may be difficult to overcome this resistance, and there can be no assurance that online programs of the kind we develop with our university clients will evermay not achieve significant market acceptance.

    In addition, our university clients have regular turnover in their leadership positions, and there is no guarantee that any new leader will have an interest in continuing or expanding online delivery of the university’s educational offerings. If new leaders at our university clients do not embrace online delivery of educational offerings, we may not be able to add additional offerings with the university client and the university client may attempt to terminate or may not renew their relationship with us.

    Our financial performance depends heavily on our ability to acquire qualified potential students for our clients' programs,offerings, and our ability to do so may be affected by circumstances beyond our control.

    Building awareness of our clients' programsofferings is critical to our ability to acquire prospective students for our clients'university clients’ programs and courses and generate revenue. A substantial portion of our expenses is attributable to program marketing and sales efforts dedicated to attracting potential students to our clients' programs.offerings. Because we generate revenue based on a portion of the tuition and

    Table of Contents

    fees that our clients bill to the students enrolled in their programs,pay, it is critical to our success that we identify qualified prospective students who meetfor our clients' admissions criteriaofferings in a cost-effective manner, and that enrolled students remain active in our clients' programs.

    offerings until graduation or completion.

    The following factors, many of which are largely outside of our control, may prevent us from successfully driving and maintaining student enrollment in our clients' programsofferings in a cost-effective manner or at all:

    Negative perceptions about online learning programs.  As a non-traditional form of education delivery, prospective students will subject our clients'university clients’ online degree programsofferings to increased scrutiny. Online learning programsofferings that we or our competitors offerprovide may not be successful or operate efficiently, and new entrants to the field of online learning also may not perform well. Such underperformance could create the perception that online programsofferings in general are not an effective way to educate students, whether or not our clients' programsofferings achieve satisfactory performance, which could make it difficult for us to successfully attract prospective students for our clients' programs.students. Students may be reluctant to enroll in online programs and courses for fear that the learning experience may be substandard, that employers may be averse to hiring students who received their education online, or that organizations granting professional licenses or certifications may be reluctant to grant them based on degrees earned through online education.


    Ineffective program marketing efforts.  We invest substantial resources in developing and implementing data-driven program marketing strategies that focus on identifying the right potential student at the right time. Our programThese marketing efforts make substantial use of search engine optimization, paid search and custom website development and deployment and we rely on a small number of internet search engines and marketing partners. If our execution of this strategy proves to be inefficient or unsuccessful in generating a sufficient quantity of high-qualityqualified prospective students, or if the costs associated with the execution of this strategy increase, our revenue could be adversely affected.


    Damage to university client reputation.  Because we market a specific client degreegraduate program or course to potential students, the reputations of our university clients are critical to our ability to enroll students. Many factors affecting our clients'university clients’ reputations are beyond our control and can change over time, including

    Table of Contents

    Lack of interest in the degree offered by the program.an offering.  We may encounter difficulties attracting qualified students for degreegraduate programs or courses that are not highly desired or that are relatively new within their fields. Macroeconomic conditions beyond our control may diminish interest in employment in a field, and that could contribute to lack of interest in degreesofferings in the disciplines offered by our clients.related to that field.


    Our lack of control over admissions decisions for our clients' admissions decisions.university clients’ graduate programs.  Even if we are able to identityidentify prospective students for a graduate program, there is no guarantee that students will be admitted to that program. OurIn the Graduate Program Segment, the university clients retain complete discretion in theirover admissions decisions, and any changes to admissions standards, or inconsistent application of admissions standards, could affect student enrollment and our ability to generate revenue.


    Inability of students to secure funding.  Like traditional college and university students, many of the students in our clients'university clients’ graduate programs rely heavily on the availability of third-party financing to pay for the costs of their educations, including tuition. This tuition assistance may include federal or private student loans, scholarships and grants, or benefits or reimbursement provided by the students'students’ employers. Any developments that reduce the availability of financial aid for higher education generally, or for our clients'university clients’ graduate programs in particular, could impair students'students’ abilities to meet their financial obligations, which in turn could result in reduced enrollment and harm our ability to generate revenue.


    General economic conditions.  Student enrollment in our clients' programsofferings may be affected by changes in the U.S. economy and, to a lesser extent, by global economic conditions. An improvement in economic conditions in the United States and, in particular, an improvement in the economic conditions in the U.S. and the U.S. unemployment rate, may reduce demand among potential students for higher educational services, as they may find adequate employment without additional education. Conversely, a worsening of economic and employment conditions may reduce the willingness of employers to sponsor higher educational opportunities for their employees or discourage existing or potential students from pursuing higheradditional education due to a perception that there are insufficient job opportunities, increased economic uncertainty or other factors, any of which could adversely impact our ability to attract qualified students to our clients' programs.offerings. If one or more of these factors reduces student demand for our clients' programs,offerings, enrollment could be negatively affected, our costs associated with student acquisition and retention could increase, or both, any of which could materially compromise our ability to grow our revenue or achieve profitability. These developments could also harm our reputation and make it more difficult for us to engage additionalnew and existing university clients for new programs,offerings, which would negatively impact our ability to expand our business.


    Table of Contents

    Disruption to or failures of our SaaS technologyplatform could reduce university client and student satisfaction with our clients' programsofferings and could harm our reputation.

    The performance and reliability of our SaaS technologyplatform is critical to our operations, reputation and ability to attract new university clients, as well as our student acquisition and retention efforts. Our university clients rely on this technology to offer their programs and courses online, and students access this technology on a frequent basis as an important part of their educational experience. Accordingly, anyBecause our platform is complex and incorporates a variety of hardware and proprietary and third-party software, our platform may have errors or defects that could result in unanticipated downtime for our university clients and students. Web and mobile based applications frequently contain undetected errors when first introduced or when new versions or enhancements are released, and we have from time to time found errors and defects in our technology and new errors and defects may be detected in the future. In addition, we have experienced and may in the future experience temporary system interruptions to our platform for a variety of reasons including network failures, power failures, problems with third-party firmware updates, as well as an overwhelming numbers of users trying to access our platform. Any errors, defects, disruptions or other performance problems with our SaaS technologyplatform could damage our or our clients'university clients’ reputations, decrease student satisfaction and retention and impact our ability to attract new students and university clients. If any of these problems occur, our university clients may, following notice and our failurecould attempt to cure, terminate their agreements with us, or make indemnification or other claims against us. In addition, sustained or recurring disruptions in our SaaS technologyplatform could adversely affect our and our clients'university clients’ compliance with applicable regulations and accrediting body standards.

    We rely upon Amazon Web Services to host certain aspects of our platform and any disruption of or interference with our use of Amazon Web Services could impair our ability to deliver our platform to university clients and students, resulting in university client and student dissatisfaction, damage to our reputation, and harm to our business.
    Amazon Web Services, or AWS, provides a distributed computing infrastructure platform for business operations, or what is commonly referred to as a cloud computing service. We have designed our technology and technology-enabled services to use data processing, storage capabilities and other services provided by AWS. Currently, our online learning platform and certain of our front-end and back-end technology and services are run on AWS. Given this, along with the fact that we cannot easily switch our AWS operations to another cloud provider, any disruption of, or interference with our use of, AWS would impact our operations and our business would be adversely impacted. AWS provides us with computing and storage capacity pursuant to an agreement that continues until terminated by either party. AWS may terminate the agreement without cause by providing 30 days’ prior written notice, and may terminate the agreement for cause with 30 days’ prior written notice, including any material default or breach of the agreement by us that we do not cure within the 30-day period. Additionally, AWS has the right to terminate the agreement immediately with notice to us in certain scenarios such as if AWS believes providing the services could create a substantial economic or technical burden or material security risk for AWS, or in order to comply with the law or requests of governmental entities. If any of our arrangements with AWS is terminated, we could experience interruptions in our software as well as delays and additional expenses in arranging new facilities and services.
    We utilize third-party data center hosting facilities operated by AWS. Our operations depend, in part, on AWS’s abilities to protect these facilities against damage or interruption from natural disasters, power or telecommunications failures, criminal acts and similar events. The occurrence of spikes in usage volume, a natural disaster, an act of terrorism, vandalism or sabotage, a decision to close a facility without adequate notice, or other unanticipated problems at a facility could result in lengthy interruptions in the availability of our platform, which would result in harm to our business. Also, in the event of damage or interruption, our insurance policies may not adequately compensate us for any losses that we may incur. These factors in turn could further reduce our revenue, subject us to liability or cause our university clients to fail to renew or terminate their contracts, any of which could harm our business.
    Our ability to deliver our services is dependent on the development and maintenance of the infrastructure of the Internet by third parties.
    The infrastructure of the Internet consists of multiple fragmented networks. Multiple third-party organizations run this infrastructure together under the governance of the Internet Corporation for Assigned Numbers and Names (“ICANN”) and the Internet Assigned Numbers Authority under the stewardship of ICANN. The Internet has experienced outages and other delays resulting from damage to portions of infrastructure, denial-of-service attacks or related cyber incidents, and the Internet could face outages and delays in the future. These outages and delays could reduce the level of Internet usage or result in fragmentation of the Internet, resulting in multiple separate networks lacking interconnection. These scenarios are outside of our control and could impair the delivery of our platform to our university clients and students. Resulting interruptions in our platform or the ability of our university clients or students to access our platform could result in a loss of potential or existing university clients and students, subject us to liability or harm our business.
    Our student acquisition efforts depend in large part upon the availability of advertising space through a variety of media.

    Table of Contents

    Our


    We depend upon the availability of advertising space through a variety of media, including third-party applications on platforms such as Facebook and LinkedIn, to direct traffic to our offerings and acquire new students for our offerings. The availability of advertising space varies, and a shortage of advertising space in any particular media or on any particular platform, or the elimination of a particular medium on which we advertise, could limit our ability to direct traffic to our offerings and acquire new students on a cost-effective basis, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
    The market for our offerings may be limited based on the types of nonprofit colleges and universities we target.
    Our target for online degree programs.

            We primarily market our integrated solution toof selective nonprofit colleges and universities a market that is necessarily limited. Some of the contracts we enter into with our university clients contain limitations on our ability to contract with other institutions to offerprovide the same degree program, and maintainingor a similar offering. In addition, in order to maintain good relations with our university clients may mean that we may be less likelydecide not to approach certain institutions that theyour university clients regard as their direct competitors to offer similar programs or courses, even if we are allowed to do so under our contracts. Moreover, because of the long-term nature of our client contracts, and because of the relationships of trust we strive to build with our current clients, we generally will not be able or willing to terminate our existing client relationships to pursue a competitive program with another college or university, even if it may prove to be more profitable to us. Instead, we may continue with a program that does not generate expected levels of revenue to us, or one from which we may not be able to fully recover the program marketing and sales expenses we incur in attracting students to enroll in the program, if, for example, the client limits enrollment in the program. As a result, the nature of our contracts and our relationships with our clients could restrict the overall revenue potential of our business.

    We have agreed to incur, and we may incur in the future, costs to terminate some or all of the exclusivity obligations in certain of our university client contracts.

    Certain of our client contracts with our university clients limit our ability to enable competitive programsofferings with other schools. WeIn our Graduate Program Segment, we have determined that enabling some of these contractually prohibited competitive programs may be part of our business strategy. To eliminate some or all of the exclusivity obligations in certain clients'university clients’ contracts with us, we have agreed with certain university clients in our Graduate Program Segment to do some or all of the following: make fixed and contingent cash payments over time, reduce our revenue share over time, and/or make minimum investments in marketing under certain conditions.

    We may determine in the future that enabling additional contractually prohibited competitive programs or courses is desirable, and we may therefore agree with additional university clients to incur costs similar to those above to reduce or eliminate the exclusivity obligations contained in their contracts with us.

    If the competitive programs or courses we ultimately enable fail to reach scale or cannot be scaled at a reasonable cost, or if we need to incur contingent costs in connection with our offering of competitive programs or courses, our ability to grow our business and achieve profitability would be impaired.

    Our clients may disagree with our decision to offer competitive programs under the contracts we have with them.

            Our contracts with our clients include terms addressing the parties' respective rights to offer competitive programs. For example, some of our contracts permit us to offer competitive programs with other schools whose potential students are not academically qualified or otherwise interested in the program we offer with that client. Some of our other contracts prohibit us from offering competitive programs with specific schools. In addition, any contract limitations on our ability to offer competitive programs are inapplicable if our client either refuses to scale the program to accommodate all students qualifying for admission into the program, or raises the program admissions standards above those described in the contract at the time it was executed. If we elect to offer competitive programs in reliance on these contractual provisions, our clients may disagree with our interpretation of those provisions or with our interpretation of the facts surrounding our decision to offer a competitive program. Any disagreement with our clients over our decision to offer competitive programs could result in claims for breach of contract and equitable relief, and could cause damage to our reputation and impair our ability to grow our business and achieve profitability.


    Table of Contents

    Attracting new university clients for the launch of new programsofferings is complex and time-consuming. If we pursue unsuccessful client opportunities, we may foregoforgo more profitable opportunities and our operating results and growth would be harmed.

    The process of identifying specific degree programsnew offerings at the selective nonprofit colleges and universities, and then negotiating contracts with potential university clients, is complex and time-consuming. Because of the initial reluctance on the part of some nonprofit colleges and universities to embrace a new method of delivering their education services and the complicated approval process within universities, our sales process to attract and engage a new university client can be lengthy. Depending on the particular college or university and the particular offering, we may face resistance from university administrators or faculty members during the process.

    The sales cycle for a new degree programuniversity client often spans one year or longer. In addition, our sales cycle can vary substantially from program to program because of a number of factors, including the client'suniversity client’s approval processes or disagreements over the terms of our offerings. We spend substantial efforttime and management resources on our new programthese sales efforts without any assurance that our efforts will result in the launch of a new program.program or course. If we invest substantial resources pursuing unsuccessful program opportunities, we may foregoforgo other more profitable university client relationships, which would harm our operating results and growth.

    To launch a new graduate program, we must incur significant expense in technology and content development, as well as program marketing and sales, to identify and attract prospective students, and it may be several years, if ever, before we generate revenue from a new program sufficient to recover our costs.

    To launch a new graduate program, we must integrate components of our solutionsplatform with the various student information and other operating systems our university clients use to manage functions within their institutions. In addition, our content development staff must work closely with that client'suniversity client’s faculty members to produce engaging online coursework and content, and we must commence student acquisition activities. This process of launching a new graduate program is time-consuming and costly and, under our agreements with our university clients, we are primarily responsible for the significant costs of this effort, even before we generate any revenue. Additionally, during the life of our university client agreements, we are responsible for the costs associated with continued program marketing, maintaining our SaaS technologyplatform and providing non-academic and other support for students enrolled in the graduate program. We invest significant resources in these new graduate

    Table of Contents

    programs from the beginning of our relationship with a university client, and there is no guarantee that we will ever recoup these costs.

    Because our university client agreements provide that we receive a fixed percentage of the tuition that the university clients receive from the students enrolled in their graduate programs, we only begin to recover these costs once students are enrolled and our university clients begin billing students for tuition and fees. The time that it takes for us to recover our investment in a new graduate program depends on a variety of factors, primarily the level of our student acquisition costs and the rate of growth in student enrollment in the program. We estimate that, on average, it takes approximately four to five years after engagement with a university client to fully recover our investment in that client'suniversity client’s new graduate program. Because of the lengthy period required to recoup our investment in a new graduate program, unexpected developments beyond our control could occur that result in the university client ceasing or significantly curtailing a graduate program before we are able to fully recoup our investment. As a result, we may ultimately be unable to recover the full investment that we make in a new graduate program or achieve our expected level of profitability for the graduate program.

    If new programsofferings do not scale efficiently and in the time frames we expect, our reputation and our revenue will suffer.

    Our continued growth and profitability depends on our and our clients'university clients’ ability to successfully scale newly launched programs.offerings. As we continue aggressively growing our business, we plan to continue to hire new employees at a rapid pace, particularly in our program marketing and sales team and our


    Table of Contents

    technology and content development teams. If we cannot adequately train these new employees, we may not be successful in acquiring potential students for our clients' programs,offerings, which would adversely impact our ability to generate revenue, and our university clients and the students in their programs and courses could lose confidence in the knowledge and capability of our employees. If we cannot quickly and efficiently scale our technology to handle growing student enrollment and new client programs,offerings, our clients'university clients’ and their students'students’ experiences may suffer, which could damage our reputation among colleges and universities and their faculty and students.

    In addition, in our Graduate Program Segment, if our university clients cannot quickly develop the infrastructure and hire sufficient faculty and administrators to handle growing student enrollments, our clients'university clients’ and their students'students’ experiences with our solutionsplatform may suffer, which could damage our reputation among colleges and universities and their faculty and students.

    Our ability to effectively manage any significant growth of new programsofferings and increasing student enrollment will depend on a number of factors, including our ability to:

    satisfy existing students in, and attract and enroll new students for, our clients' programs;

    offerings;
    assist our university clients in recruiting qualified faculty to support their expanding enrollments;

    assist our university clients in developing and producing an increased volume of course content;

    successfully introduce new features and enhancements and maintain a high level of functionality in our SaaS technology;platform; and

    deliver high-quality support to our university clients and their faculty and students.

    Establishing new client programsofferings or expanding existing programsofferings will require us to make investments in management and key staff, increase capital expenditures, incur additional marketing expenses and reallocate other resources. If student enrollment in our clients' programsofferings does not increase, if we are unable to launch new programsofferings in a cost-effective manner or if we are otherwise unable to manage new client programsofferings effectively, our ability to grow our business and achieve profitability would be impaired, and the quality of our solutionsplatform and the satisfaction of our university clients and their students could suffer.

    Our financial performance depends heavily on student retention within our clients' programs,offerings, and factors influencing student retention may be out of our control.

    Once a student is enrolled in a program or course, we and our university client must retain the student over the life of the degree program or course to generate ongoing revenue. Our strategy involves offering high-quality support to students enrolled in our clients'these programs and courses to support their retention. If we do not help students quickly resolve any educational, technological or logistical issues they encounter, otherwise provide effective ongoing support to students or deliver the type of high-quality, engaging educational content that students expect, students may withdraw from the program or course, which would negatively impact our revenue.

    In addition, student retention could be compromised by the following factors, many of which are largely outside of our control:


    Table of Contents

    Reduced support from our university clients.  Because revenue from a particular programoffering is directly attributable to the level of student enrollment in the program,offering, our ability to grow our revenue from a university client relationship depends on the client continuing to offer its online program to students, as well as the growth of enrollment in that program. Although our contracts with clients generally require that the client expand enrollment in their programs to include all qualified applicants, our only recourse if they choose not to do so is termination of the exclusivity limitations on developing programs with other colleges or universities that are included in our agreements with our clients. Despite the agreements we have in place with our clients, ourOur university clients could limit enrollment in their programs,offerings, cease providing the programs

    Table of Contents

    Lack of support from client faculty members.members in our university clients’ graduate programs.  It takes a significant time commitment and dedication from our clients'university clients’ faculty members to work with us to develop course content for their graduate programs and courses designed for an online learning environment. Our clients'university clients’ faculty may be unfamiliar with the development and production process, may not understand the time commitment involved to develop the course content, or may otherwise be resistant to changing the ways in which they present the same content in an on-campus class. Our ability to maintain high student retention will depend in part on our ability to convince our clients'university clients’ faculty of the value in the time and effort they will spend developing the course program.content. Lack of support from faculty could cause the quality of our clients'graduate programs to decline, which could contribute to decreased student satisfaction and retention.retention in our Graduate Program Segment.


    Student dissatisfaction.  Enrolled students may drop out of our clients' programsofferings based on their individual perceptions of the value they are getting from the program.offering. For example, we may face retention challenges as a result of students'students’ dissatisfaction with the quality of course content and presentation, dissatisfaction with our clients'university clients’ faculty, changing views of the value of our clients' programs and degrees offeredofferings and perceptions of employment prospects following completion of the program.program or course. Factors outside our control related to student satisfaction with, and overall perception of, a program or course may contribute to decreased student retention rates for that program.


    Personal factors.  Factors impacting a student'sstudent’s willingness and ability to stay enrolled in a program or course include personal factors, such as ability to continue to pay tuition, ability to meet the rigorous demands of the program,offering, and lack of time to continue classes, all of which are generally beyond our control.

            Any

    If student retention is compromised by any of these factors, it could significantly reduce the revenue that we generate from a program,our offerings, which would negatively impact our return on investment for the particular program,offering, and could compromise our ability to grow our business and achieve profitability.

    We

    Of the graduate programs we operate, only a small number contribute a significant portion of our revenue, and loss or material underperformance of any one of these programs could have a disproportionate effect on our business.
    In our Graduate Program Segment, we currently have, and for the foreseeable future expect to continue to have, a small number of graduate programs that contribute a meaningful portion of our revenue and generate positive earnings and cash flow. Therefore, we expect that the loss, or material underperformance, ofif any one of these programs couldwere to materially underperform for any reason or if the university client for these programs terminate or do not renew their relationship with us, it would hurt our future financial performance.

            Of the programs we operate, only a small number contribute a significant portion of our revenue and generate positive earnings and cash flow. As a result, the material underperformance of any one of these programs could have a disproportionate effect on our business.

    A significant portion of our revenue is currently attributable to graduate programs with the University of Southern California.four university clients. The loss of, or a decline in enrollment in, either of these programs could significantly reduce our revenue.

            Our two longest running programs, launched in 2009 and 2010, are with the University of Southern California, or USC. For the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, 34% and 43%, respectively, of our revenue was derived from these two programs.

    We expect that theseour programs with our four largest university clients in the Graduate Program Segment will continue to account for a large portion of our revenue until our other university client programs become more mature and achieve significantly higher enrollment levels. Any decline in USC's reputation, any increase in USC's tuition, or any changes in USC's policies or leadership at these university clients, could adversely affect the number of students that enroll in these two programs. Further, the faculty or administrators of these two schoolsuniversity clients could become resistant to offering their online programs through our solutions,platform, making it more difficult for us to attract and retain students. These graduate schoolsuniversity clients are not required to expand student enrollment in theirthese online programs and, upon the expiration of their contracts, they are not required to continue using us as the


    Table of Contents

    provider of theirthese or other online programs. If eithercertain of these programs were to materially underperform for any reason or if any of these university clients terminated or did not renew their relationships with us, it would significantly reduce our revenue.

    A significant portion of our revenue in the Short Course Segment is attributable to courses with three university clients. The loss of any of these clients, or a decline in enrollment in certain of these courses, could significantly reduce our revenue in this segment.
    We expect that our courses with our three largest university clients in the Short Course Segment will continue to account for a large portion of our revenue in this segment. Any decline in these university clients’ reputations or any increase in the fees charged by the university clients for the courses could adversely affect the number of students that enroll in these courses. Further, these university clients could become resistant to offering online courses through our platform. These university clients are not required to continue using us as their provider for online short courses. If any of these university

    Table of Contents

    clients elected to end certain courses or to terminate or not renew their relationships with us, it would significantly reduce our revenue.

    revenue in this segment.

    The loss, or material underperformance, of any one of our graduate programs could harm our reputation, which could in turn affect our profitability.

    We rely on our reputation for delivering high-quality online graduate programs and recommendations from existing university clients to attract potential new university clients. Therefore, the loss of any single clientgraduate program, or the failure of any university client to renew its agreement with us upon expiration, could harm our reputation and impair our ability to pursue our growth strategy and ultimately to become profitable.

    If our security measures or those of our third-party service providers are breached or fail and result in unauthorized disclosure of data, we could lose university clients, fail to attract new university clients and be exposed to protracted and costly litigation.

            Maintaining security of our SaaS technology is of critical importance for our clients because it stores

    Our platform and transmitscomputer systems store and transmit proprietary and confidential university, student, and studentcompany information, which may include sensitive personally identifiablepersonal information of students, prospective students, faculty and employees, that isare subject to stringent legal and regulatory obligations. As a technology company, we face an increasing number of threats to our SaaS technology,platform and computer systems including unauthorized activity and access, system viruses, worms, malicious code, denial of service attacks, and organized cyberattacks, any of which could breach our security and disrupt our solutionsplatform and our clients' programs.university clients’ offerings. The techniques used by computer hackers and cyber criminals to obtain unauthorized access to data or to sabotage computer systems change frequently and generally are not detected until after an incident has occurred. We have implemented certain safeguards and processes to thwart hackers and protect the data in our platform and computer systems. However, our efforts to maintain the security and integrity of our platform, and the cybersecurity measures taken by our third-party service providers may be unable to anticipate, detect or prevent all attempts to compromise our systems. If our security measures are breached or fail as a result of third-party action, employee error, malfeasance or otherwise, weit could beresult in the loss or misuse of proprietary and confidential university, student (including prospective student) and company information, which could subject us to liability, or interrupt our business, could be interrupted, potentially over an extended period of time. Any or all of these issues could harm our reputation, adversely affect our ability to attract new university clients and students, cause existing university clients to scale back their programsofferings or elect not to renew their agreements, cause prospective students not to enroll or students to not stay enrolled in our clients' programs,offerings, or subject us to third-party lawsuits, regulatory fines or other action or liability. Further, any reputational damage resulting from breach of our security measures could create distrust of our company by prospective university clients or students. In addition, our insurance coverage may not be adequate to cover losses associated with such events, and in any case, such insurance may not cover all of the types of costs, expenses and losses we could incur to respond to and remediate a security breach. As a result, we may be required to expend significant additional resources to protect against the threat of these disruptions and security breaches or to alleviate problems caused by such disruptions or breaches.

    Many governments have enacted laws that require companies and institutions to notify impacted individuals of data breach incidents, usually in writing. Under the terms of our contracts with our university clients, we would be responsible for the costs of investigating and disclosing data breaches to the university clients’ students. In addition to costs associated with investigating and fully disclosing a data breach, we could be subject to substantial monetary fines or private claims by affected parties and our reputation would likely be harmed.
    We have grown rapidly and expect to continue to invest in our growth for the foreseeable future. If we fail to manage this growth effectively, the success of our business model will be compromised.

    We have experienced rapid growth in a relatively short period of time, which has placed, and will continue to place, a significant strain on our administrative and operational infrastructure, facilities and other resources. Our ability to manage our operations and growth will require us to continue to expand our program marketing and sales personnel, technology team, finance and administration teams, as well as our facilities and infrastructure. We will also be required to refine our operational, financial and management controls and reporting systems and procedures. If we fail to manage this expansion of our business efficiently, our costs and expenses may increase more than we plan and we may not successfully expand our university client base, enhance our solutions,platform, develop new programsofferings with new and existing university clients, attract a sufficient number of qualified students in a cost-effective manner, satisfy the requirements of our existing university clients, respond to competitive challenges or otherwise execute our business plan. AlthoughAccordingly, our business has experienced significanthistorical revenue growth rate may not continue in the past, we cannot provide any assurance that our revenue will continue to grow at the same rate in the future.


    Table of Contents

    Our ability to manage any significant growth of our business effectively will depend on a number of factors, including our ability to:

    These activities will require significant capital expenditures and allocation of valuable management and employee resources, and our growth will continue to place significant demands on our management and our operational and financial infrastructure.

            There are no guarantees that we will

    We may not be able to effectively manage any future growth in an efficient, cost-effective or timely manner, or at all. In particular, any failure to implement systems enhancements and improvements successfully will likely negatively impact our ability to manage our expected growth, ensure uninterrupted operation of key business systems and comply with the rules and regulations that are applicable to public reporting companies. Moreover, if we do not manage the growth of our business and operations effectively, the quality of our solutionsplatform could suffer, which could negatively affect our reputation, results of operations and overall business.

    We may expand by acquiring or investing in other companies or technologies, which may divert our management'smanagement’s attention, result in dilution to our shareholders and consume resources that are necessary to sustain our business.

    We have in the past and may in the future acquire complementary products, services, technologies or businesses. We also may enter into relationships with other businesses to expand our ability to provide our solutions in the United States and in international markets. Negotiating these transactions can be time-consuming, difficult and expensive, and our ability to complete these transactions may often be subject to conditions or approvals that are beyond our control. In addition, we have limited experience in acquiring other companies or technologies. We may not be able to identify desirable additional acquisition targets, may incorrectly estimate the value of an acquisition target or may not be successful in entering into an agreement with any particular target. Consequently, these transactions, even if undertaken and announced, may not close.

    An acquisition, investment, or new business relationship may result in unforeseen operating difficulties and expenditures. In particular, we may encounter difficulties assimilatingIt is also possible that the integration process could result in material challenges, including, without limitation:
    the diversion of management’s attention from ongoing business concerns and performance as a result of the devotion of management’s attention to acquisition or integration activities;
    managing a larger combined company;
    maintaining employee morale and retaining key management and other employees;
    the possibility of faulty assumptions underlying expectations regarding the integration process;
    retaining existing business and operational relationships and attracting new business and operational relationships;
    consolidating corporate and administrative infrastructures and eliminating duplicative operations and inconsistencies in standards, controls, procedures and policies;
    coordinating geographically separate organizations;
    unanticipated issues in integrating information technology, communications and other systems;
    undetected errors or unauthorized use of a third party’s code in the businesses, technologies, products personnel, or operations of acquired companies, particularly if the key personnel of the acquired company choosecompanies or in technology acquired;
    breaches to our cybersecurity measures if there are cybersecurity issues we are not to work for us,aware of at the acquired company's technology is not compatible with ours, ortime of the acquisition;
    entry into highly competitive markets in which we have difficulty retainingno or limited direct prior experience and where competitors have stronger market positions; and
    exposure to unknown liabilities, including claims and disputes by third parties against the customerscompanies we acquire.
    Many of these factors will be outside of the combined company’s control and any acquired business due to changesone of them could result in management or otherwise. Additionally,delays, increased costs, decreased revenues and diversion of management’s time and energy, which could materially affect our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

    Table of Contents

    If we may encounterexperience difficulties integrating the acquired companies with our standardized accounting systems as necessary to provide us with the accounting controls needed to comply with our continued financial reporting requirements as a public company. Acquisitions may also disrupt our business, divert our resources, and require significant management attention that would otherwise be available for the development of our business. Any problems or delays associated with the integration process following an acquisition, the anticipated benefits of the acquisition may not be realized fully or the failureat all, or may take longer to complete the integrations on a timely basis could adversely affect our ability to report financial information, including the filing of our quarterly or annual reports with the SEC on a timely and accurate basis.realize than expected. Moreover, the anticipated benefits of any acquisition, investment, or business relationship may not be realizedrealized.
    In addition, in connection with an acquisition, investment or we may be exposed to unknown liabilities, including litigation against the companies we may acquire. For one or more of those transactions,new business relationship we may:

    issue additional equity securities that would dilute ourcurrent shareholders;

    Table of Contents

    Any of these outcomes could harm our business and operating results.

    We face competition from established and emerging companies, which could divert university clients or students to our competitors, result in pricing pressure and significantly reduce our revenue.

    We expect existing competitors and new entrants to the online learning market to revise and improve their business models constantly in response to challenges from competing businesses, including ours. If these or other market participants introduce new or improved delivery of online education and technology-enabled services that we cannot match or exceed in a timely or cost-effective manner, our ability to grow our revenue and achieve profitability could be compromised.

            Our primary competitors include EmbanetCompass and Deltak, which were acquired in 2012 by Pearson and John Wiley & Sons, respectively, both of which are large education and publishing companies. There are also several private companies, including HotChalk and Everspring, providing some or all of the services we provide, and these companies may choose to pursue some of the institutions we target. In addition, colleges and universities may choose to continue using or to develop their own online learning solutions in-house, rather than pay for our solutions.

    Some of our competitors and potential competitors have significantly greater resources than we do. Increased competition may result in pricing pressure for us in terms of the percentage of tuition and fees we are able to negotiate to receive from a client.receive. The competitive landscape may also result in longer and more complex sales cycles with a prospective university client or a decrease in our market share among selective nonprofit colleges and universities seeking to offer online degreegraduate programs or short courses, any of which could negatively affect our revenue and future operating results and our ability to grow our business.

    Particularly in our Short Course Segment, which has a lower barrier to entry, we are facing increasing competition from traditional massive open online course providers, which have evolved from providing massive open online courses to providing short course certificates, nano degrees and similar non-degree alternatives, as well as from companies that provide corporate training programs and online courses taught outside the university environment (e.g., by experts in various fields).
    A number of competitive factors could cause us to lose potential university client and student opportunities or force us to offer our solutionsplatform on less favorable economic terms, including

    competitors may develop service offerings that our potential university clients or students find to be more compelling than ours;

    competitors may adopt more aggressive pricing policies and offer more attractive sales terms, adapt more quickly to new technologies and changes in university client and student requirements, and devote greater resources to the acquisition of qualified students than we can; and

    current and potential competitors may establish cooperative relationships among themselves or with third parties to enhance their products and expand their markets, and our industry is likely to see an increasing number of new entrants and increased consolidation. Accordingly, new competitors or alliances among competitors may emerge and rapidly acquire significant market share.

    share; and

    colleges and universities may choose to continue using or to develop their own online learning solutions in-house, rather than pay for our platform.
    We may not be able to compete successfully against current and future competitors. In addition, competition may intensify as our competitors raise additional capital and as established companies in other market segments or geographic markets expand into our market segments or geographic markets. If we cannot compete successfully against our competitors, our ability to grow our business and achieve profitability could be impaired.


    Table of Contents

    If for-profit postsecondary institutions, which offer online education alternatives different from ours, perform poorly, it could tarnish the reputation of online education as a whole, which could impair our ability to grow our business.


    Table of Contents

    For-profit postsecondary institutions, many of which provide course offerings predominantly online, areremain under intense regulatory and other scrutiny, which has led to media attention that has sometimes portrayed that sector in an unflattering light. Some for-profit online school operators have been subject to governmental investigations alleging the misuse of public funds, financial irregularities, exaggerated promises to students, and failure to achieve positive outcomes for students, including the inability to obtain employment in their fields. These allegations have attracted significant adverse media coverage and have prompted legislative hearings and regulatory responses. These investigations have focused on specific companies and individuals, and even entire industries in the case of marketing and recruiting practices by for-profit higher education companies. Even though we do not market our solutionsplatform to these institutions, this negative media attention may nevertheless add to skepticism about online higher education generally, including our solutions.

            The precise impact of these negative public perceptions on our current and future business is difficult to discern. If these few situations, or any additional misconduct, cause all online learning programs to be viewed by the public or policymakers unfavorably, we may find it difficult to enter into or renew contracts with selective colleges and universities or attract additional students for our clients' programs. In addition, this perception could serve as the impetus for more restrictive legislation, which could limit our future business opportunities. Moreover, allegationsplatform. Allegations of abuse of federal financial aid funds and other statutory violations against for-profit higher education companies could negatively impact our opportunity to succeed due to increased regulation and decreased demand. Any of these factors could negatively impact our ability to increase our university client base and grow our clients' programs,offerings, which would make it difficult to continue to grow our business.

    Our internal information technology systems are critical to our business. System integration and implementation issues could disrupt our operations, which could have a material adverse impact on our business or result in significant deficiencies or material weaknesses in our internal controls.

    We rely on the efficient and uninterrupted operation of complex information technology systems, including systems for billing, human resources, enterprise resource planning, and customer relationship management. As our business has grown in size and complexity, the growth has placed, and will continue to place, significant demands on our internal information technology systems. To effectively manage this growth, we must commit significant financial resources and personnel to maintain and enhance existing systems and develop or acquire new systems to keep pace with continuing changes in our business and information processing technology as well as evolving industry, regulatory, and accounting standards. If the information we rely upon to run our businesses is determined to be inaccurate or unreliable, or if we fail to properly maintain or enhance our internal information technology systems, we could have operational disruptions, significant deficiencies, or material weaknesses in our internal controls, incur increased operating and administrative expenses, lose our ability to produce timely and accurate financial reports, or suffer other adverse consequences.
    If we do not retain our senior management team and key employees, we may not be able to sustain our growth or achieve our business objectives.

    Our future success is substantially dependent on the continued service of our senior management team. Because of our small number of university clients and the significant nature of each new university client relationship, our senior management team is heavily involved in the university client identification and sales process, and their expertise is critical in navigating the complex approval processes of large nonprofit colleges and universities. We do not maintain key-person insurance on any of our employees, including our senior management team. The loss of the services of any individual on our senior management team, or failure to find a suitable successor, could make it more difficult to successfully operate our business and achieve our business goals.

    Our future success also depends heavily on the retention of our program marketing and sales, technology and content development and support teams to continue to attract and retain qualified students in our clients'university clients’ programs and courses, thereby generating revenue for us. In particular, our highly-skilled technology and content development employees provide the technical expertise underlying our bundled technology-enabled services that support our clients'university clients’ programs and courses and the students enrolled in these programs.offerings. Competition for these employees is intense. As a result, we may be unable to attract or retain these key personnel that are critical to our success, resulting in harm to our relationships with university clients, loss of expertise or know-how and unanticipated recruitment and training costs.

    In addition, as a result of business acquisitions, current and prospective employees of 2U and any acquired company may experience uncertainty about their future roles following the acquisition. If certain awards under our stock plans are deemedemployees or the employees of any acquired company depart because of issues relating to have not expired in accordance with their terms, weuncertainty or perceived difficulties of integration, our ability to realize the anticipated benefits of an acquisition could be liableadversely impacted.
    Our international operations expose us to certain award holders forfluctuations in currency exchange rates that could negatively impact our financial results and cash flows.
    After the GetSmarter acquisition, we conduct a more substantial amounts.

            Eachportion of our 2008 Stock Incentive Planbusiness outside the U.S. and 2014 Equity Incentive Plan provide that vested stock option awards issued under those plans expire uponwe accordingly make certain business and resource decisions considering assumptions about foreign currency. As a result, we face exposure to adverse movements in foreign currency exchange rates, in particular with respect to the occurrencevolatility of the South African rand, or ZAR. While our reporting currency is in U.S. dollars, a portion of our consolidated revenues and expenses are denominated in ZAR, certain events. For example, each plan provides, among other things, that stock options expireof our assets are denominated in ZAR and are no longer exercisable upon

    we have a significant employee base in South Africa. A decrease in the value of the U.S. dollar in relation to the ZAR could increase our cost of doing business in South Africa.

    Table of Contents


    Alternatively, if the earlierZAR depreciates against the U.S. dollar, the value of our ZAR revenues, earnings and assets as expressed in our U.S. dollar financial statements will decline. We have not entered into any hedging transactions in an effort to occur of 90 days afterreduce our exposure to foreign exchange risk. Our exposure to adverse movements in foreign currency exchange rates, including the ZAR, could have a separation of service, or, dependingmaterial adverse impact on our financial results and cash flows.
    In addition, local political events, financial instability and other factors can lead to economic uncertainty and currency exchange rate fluctuations. For example, the specific circumstancesannouncement of the grantee, 5 or 10 years afterReferendum of the grant date. Award recipients under these plans have failed and may failU.K.’s Membership of the EU (referred to as “Brexit”), advising for the exit of the U.K. from the EU resulted in significant volatility in the global stock markets and exchange rate fluctuations.
    The fluctuations of currencies in which we conduct business can both increase and decrease our overall revenue and expenses for any given fiscal period. Such volatility, even when it increases our revenues or decreases our expenses, impacts our ability to accurately predict our future results and earnings.
    We have incurred substantial transaction and integration expenses related to exercise their stock options within the prescribed time frame or may otherwise failacquisition of GetSmarter and expect to complyincur additional integration expenses that could negatively impact our financial results and cash flows.
    We have incurred, and expect to continue to incur, a number of non-recurring costs associated with termsthe GetSmarter acquisition and conditionscombining the operations of the two companies. For example, we expect to incur costs related to formulating and implementing integration plans, orincluding facilities and systems consolidation costs and employment-related costs. We continue to assess the corresponding award agreements resultingmagnitude of these costs, and additional unanticipated costs may be incurred in the expirationintegration of those option awards. Award recipients with expired option awards have disagreed andthe two companies’ businesses. Any expected efficiencies to offset these costs may disagreenot be achieved in the future with ournear term, or our Compensation Committee's interpretation of the provisions in the plans or the award agreements. Any disagreement between us and holders of expired option awards regarding the expiration of those awards under the terms of the plan or award agreements could result in claims for breach of contract and other claims that could subject us to costly litigation that could require management time and involvement, regardless of whether such claims have merit.

    at all.

    We may need additional capital in the future to pursue our business objectives. Additional capital may not be available on favorable terms, or at all, which could compromise our ability to grow our business.

            We believe that our existing cash balances and the available borrowing capacity under our revolving line of credit, will be sufficient to meet our minimum anticipated cash requirements for at least the next twelve months.

    We may however, need to raise additional funds to respond to business challenges or opportunities, accelerate our growth, develop new programsofferings or enhance our solutions.platform. If we seek to raise additional capital, it may not be available on favorable terms or may not be available at all. In addition, if we have borrowings outstanding under our credit facility, we may be restricted from using the net proceeds of financing transactions for our operating objectives. Lack of sufficient capital resources could significantly limit our ability to manage our business and to take advantage of business and strategic opportunities. Any additional capital raised through the sale of equity or debt securities with an equity component would dilute our stock ownership. If adequate additional funds are not available if and when needed, we may be required to delay, reduce the scope of, or eliminate material parts of our business strategy.

    Our employees located

    We maintain offices outside of the United States, and thehave international residents applyingthat apply to and enrollingenroll in our clients' programs exposeofferings and plan to expand our international business, which exposes us to international risks.

            Operatingrisks inherent in international markets requires significant resources and management attention and subjects us to regulatory, economic and political risks that are different from those in the United States. operations.

    We have a branch office in Hong Kong for program marketing and student support. BecauseIn addition, we have employeescurrently employ approximately 555 people in Hong Kong, we are subject to Hong Kong's compensationSouth Africa and benefits regulations, which differ from compensation and benefits regulations6 people in the United States. Further, acquiringKingdom as a result of the acquisition of GetSmarter, which significantly increased our international operations, including the number of international applicants and enrollments forstudents in our clients requires us to comply with international data privacy regulations of the countries from which our clients' programs draw applicants and enrollments. Failure to comply with international regulations or to adequately adapt to international markets could harm our ability to successfully operate our business and pursue our business goals.

    Future programs or other offerings with colleges and universities outside the United States could expose us to risks inherent in international operations.

    offerings. One element of our growth strategy is to expandcontinue expanding our international operations and to establish a worldwide client base. We cannot assure you that our expansion efforts intoOur current international marketsoperations and future initiatives will be successful. Our experience with attracting clients in the United States may not be relevant to our ability to attract clients in other emerging markets. In addition, we would faceinvolve a variety of risks in doing business internationally that could constrain our operations and compromise our growth prospects, including:

    the need to localize and adapt online degree programs or other offerings for specific countries, including translation into foreign languages and ensuring that these programsofferings enable our university clients to comply with local education laws and regulations;

    Tablethe burden of Contents

    currency, and the resulting effect on our revenue and expenses.

    Our expansion efforts may not be successful. Our experience with attracting university clients and students in the U.S. may not be relevant to our ability to attract clients and students in other markets. If we invest substantial time and resources to expand our international operations and are unable to attract university clients and students successfully and in a timely manner, our business and operating results will be harmed.
    Our operations in South Africa expose us to risks that could have an adverse effect on our business.
    We expect to continue adding personnel in South Africa. We may incur costs complying with labor laws, rules and regulations in South Africa, including laws that regulate work time, provide for mandatory compensation in the event of termination of employment for operational reasons, and impose monetary penalties for non-compliance with administrative and reporting requirements in respect of affirmative action policies. Our reliance on a workforce in South Africa also exposes us to disruptions in the business, political, and economic environment in that region, as well as natural disasters and other environmental conditions. Maintenance of a stable political environment is important to our operations in South Africa, and terrorist attacks and acts of violence or war may directly affect our physical facilities and workforce or contribute to general instability. Our operations in South Africa require us to comply with complex local laws and regulatory requirements and expose us to foreign currency exchange rate risk. The economy of South Africa in the past has been, and in the future may continue to be, characterized by rates of inflation and interest rates that are substantially higher than those prevailing in the United States, which could increase our South-African based costs and decrease our operating margins. Our operations in South Africa may also subject us to trade restrictions, exchange control limitations, reduced or inadequate protection for intellectual property rights, security breaches, and other factors that may adversely affect our business. Negative developments in any of these areas could increase our costs of operations or otherwise harm our business.
    We might not be able to utilize a portion of our net operating loss carryforwards, which could adversely affect our profitability.

    As of December 31, 2016,2018, we had federal net operating loss carryforwards due to prior period losses, which, if not utilized, will begin to expire in 2029. Our gross state net operating loss carryforwards are equal to or less than the federal net operating loss carryforwards and expire over various periods based on individual state tax laws. These net operating loss carryforwards could expire unused and be unavailable to offset future income tax liabilities, which could adversely affect our profitability. In addition, under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, if a corporation undergoes an "ownership“ownership change," which is generally defined as a greater than 50% change, by value, in its equity ownership over a three-year period, the corporation'scorporation’s ability to use its pre-change net operating loss carryforwards and other pre-change tax attributes to offset its post-change income may be limited. Similar rules may apply under state tax laws. We have completed an analysis ofDuring the stock ownership changes throughthree-year period ended December 31, 2016, andwe determined that a greater than 50%such an ownership change of one or more of its 5-percent shareholders occurred. Absent a subsequent ownership change, however, all of our historical net operating losses subject to the ownership change should be available. Therefore, despite the fact that anoccurrence of the ownership change occurred, such changeduring the three-year period ended December 31, 2016 is not expected to limit our ability to utilize carryforwardcarry forward historical net operating losses before expiration. In addition, weWe may experience ownership changes in the future as a result of subsequent shifts in our stock ownership. If a future ownership change occurs and limits our ability to use our historical net operating loss carryforwards, it would harm our future financial statement results by increasing our future tax obligations.

    We also have net operating loss carryforwards in South Africa and the United Kingdom, and there is no guarantee that entities in these countries will generate enough taxable income to fully utilize them.

    Table of Contents

    We engage some individuals classified as independent contractors, not employees, and if federal or state law mandates that they be classified as employees, our business would be adversely impacted.


    Table of Contents

    We engage independent contractors and are subject to the Internal Revenue Service regulations and applicable state law guidelines regarding independent contractor classification. These regulations and guidelines are subject to judicial and agency interpretation, and it could be determined that the independent contractor classification is inapplicable. Further, if legal standards for classification of independent contractors change, it may be necessary to modify our compensation structure for these personnel, including by paying additional compensation or reimbursing expenses. In addition, if our independent contractors are determined to have been misclassified as independent contractors, we would incur additional exposure under federal and state law, workers'workers’ compensation, unemployment benefits, labor, employment and tort laws, including for prior periods, as well as potential liability for employee benefits and tax withholdings. Any of these outcomes could result in substantial costs to us, could significantly impair our financial condition and our ability to conduct our business as we choose, and could damage our reputation and our ability to attract and retain other personnel.

    We rely on third-party software to provide certain components of our platform, which may be difficult to obtain or which could cause errors or failures of our platform.
    We rely on software licensed from third parties to offer certain components of our technology and services. In addition, we may need to obtain future licenses from third parties to use intellectual property necessary for the continued use of our technology and services, which might not be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all. Any loss of the right to use a component of our technology or services could result in errors or failures of our platform until equivalent technology is either developed by us, or, if available, is identified, obtained and integrated, which could harm our business. Any errors or defects in third-party software could result in errors or a failure of our platform, which could harm our business.
    Risks Related to Regulation of Our Business and That of Our University Clients

    Our business model relies on university client institutions complying with federal and state laws and regulations.

    Higher education is heavily regulated. All of our university clients in the United States and certain university clients outside of the United States participate in Title IV federal student financial assistance programs under the Higher Education ActHEA of 1965, as amended, or HEA, and are subject to extensive regulation by the U.S. Department of Education, or DOE, as well as various state agencies, licensing boards and accrediting commissions. To participate in the Title IV programs, an institution must receive and maintain authorization by the appropriate state education agencies, be accredited by an accrediting commission recognized by the DOE, and be certified by the DOE as an eligible institution. If any of our clients were to bea university client participating in Title IV was found to be in non-compliance with any of these laws, regulations, standards or policies, the university client could lose some or all access to Title IV program funds, lose the ability to offer certain programs or lose their ability to operate in certain states, any of which could cause our revenue from that client'suniversity client’s program to decline.

    The regulations, standards and policies ofapplicable to our clients' regulatorsuniversity clients change frequently and are often subject to interpretation. Changes in, or new interpretations of, applicable laws, regulations or standards could compromise our clients'university clients’ accreditation, authorization to operate in various states, permissible activities or use of federal funds under Title IV programs. We cannot predict with certainty how the requirements applied by our clients'university clients’ regulators will be interpreted, or whether our university clients will be able to comply with these requirements in the future.

    Our activities are subject to federal and state laws and regulations and other requirements.

    Although we are not an institution of higher education, we are required to comply with certain education laws and regulations as a result of our role as a service provider to higher education institutions, either directly or indirectly through our contractual arrangements with university clients. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations could result in breach of contract and indemnification claims and could cause damage to our reputation and impair our ability to grow our business and achieve profitability.

    Activities of the U.S. Congress or Department of Education could result in adverse legislation or regulatory action.

    The process of re-authorization of the HEA began in 2014 and is ongoing. Congressional hearings were held in 2013-2016 and will continue to be scheduled by the U.S. Senate Committee on Health, Education, Labor and Pensions, the U.S. House of Representatives Committee on Education and the Workforce and other Congressional committees regarding various aspects of the education industry,


    Table of Contents

    including accreditation matters, student debt, student recruiting, cost of tuition, distance learning, competency-based learning, student success and outcomes and other matters.

    The increased scrutiny and results-based accountability initiatives in the education sector, as well as ongoing policy differences in Congress regarding spending levels, could lead to significant changes in connection with the reauthorization of the HEA or otherwise. These changes may place new or additional regulatory burdens on postsecondary schools generally, and specific initiatives may be targeted at or have an impact upon companies like us that serve higher education. The adoption of any laws or regulations that limit our ability to provide our bundled services to our university clients could compromise our

    Table of Contents

    ability to drive revenue through their programs or make our solutionsplatform less attractive to them. Congress could also enact laws or regulations that require us to modify our practices in ways that could increase our costs.

    In addition, regulatory activities and initiatives of the DOE may have similar consequences for our business even in the absence of Congressional action.

    Our business model, which depends on our ability to receive a share of tuition revenue as payment from our university clients, has been validated by a DOE "dear colleague"“dear colleague” letter, but such validation is not codified by statute or regulation and may be subject to change.

    Each institution that participates in Title IV programs agrees it will not "provide“provide any commission, bonus, or other incentive payment based in any part, directly or indirectly, upon success in securing enrollments or the award of financial aid, to any person or entity who is engaged in any student recruitment or admission activity, or in making decisions regarding the award of titleTitle IV, HEA program funds." All of our university clients participate in Title IV Programs.

    Although this rule, referred to as the incentive compensation rule, generally prohibits entities or individuals from receiving incentive-based compensation payments for the successful recruitment, admission or enrollment of students, the DOE provided guidance in 2011 permitting tuition revenue-sharing arrangements known as the "bundled“bundled services rule." Our current business model relies heavily on the bundled services rule to enter into tuition revenue-sharing agreements with client colleges and universities.

    our university clients.

    Because the bundled services rule was promulgated in the form of agency guidance issued by the DOE in the form of a "dear colleague"“dear colleague” letter, or DCL, and is not codified by statute or regulation, there is risk that the rule could be altered or removed without prior notice, public comment period or other administrative procedural requirements that accompany formal agency rulemaking. Although the DCL represents the current policy of the DOE, the bundled services rule could be reviewed, altered or vacated in the future. In addition, the legal weight the DCL would carry in litigation over the propriety of any specific compensation arrangements under the HEA or the incentive compensation rule is uncertain. We can offer no assurances as to how the DCL would be interpreted by a court. The revision, removal or invalidation of the bundled services rule by Congress, the DOE or a court, whether in an action involving our company or our university clients, or in action that does not involve us, could require us to change our business model and renegotiate the terms of our university client contracts and could compromise our ability to generate revenue.

    If we or our subcontractors or agents violate the incentive compensation rule, we could be liable to our university clients for substantial fines, sanctions or other liabilities.

    Even though the DCL clarifies that tuition revenue-sharing arrangements with our university clients are permissible, we are still subject to other provisions of the incentive compensation rule that prohibit us from offering to our employees who are involved with or responsible for recruiting or admissions activities any bonus or incentive-based compensation based on the successful identification, admission or enrollment of students into any institution. If we or our subcontractors or agents violate the


    Table of Contents

    incentive compensation rule, we could be liable to our university clients for substantial fines, sanctions or other liabilities, including liabilities related to "whistleblower"“whistleblower” claims under the federal False Claims Act. Any such claims, even if without merit, could require us to incur significant costs to defend the claim, distract management'smanagement’s attention and damage our reputation.

    If we or our subcontractors or agents violate the misrepresentation rule, or similar federal and state regulatory requirements, we could face fines, sanctions and other liabilities.

    We are required to comply with other regulations promulgated by the DOE that affect our student acquisition activities, including the misrepresentation rule. The misrepresentation rule is broad in scope and applies to statements our employees, subcontractors or agents may make about the nature of a client'suniversity client’s program, a client'suniversity client’s financial charges or the employability of a client'suniversity client’s program graduates. A violation of this rule, FTC rules or other federal or state regulations applicable to our marketing activities by an employee, subcontractor or agent performing services for university clients could hurt our reputation, result in the termination of university client contracts, require us to pay fines or other monetary penalties or require us to pay the costs associated with indemnifying a university client from private claims or government investigations.

    If our university clients fail to maintain their state authorizations, or we or our university clients violate other state laws and regulations, students in their programsofferings could be adversely affected and we could lose our ability to operate in that state and provide services to ourthese university clients.

    Our university clients must be authorized in certain states to offer online programs,educational offerings, engage in recruiting and operate externships, internships, clinical training or other forms of field experience, depending on state law. The loss of or

    Table of Contents

    failure to obtain state authorization would, among other things, limit the ability of a client's abilityuniversity client to enroll students in that state, render the university client and its students ineligible to participate in Title IV programs in that state, diminish the attractiveness of the client's programuniversity client’s offering and ultimately compromise our ability to generate revenue and become profitable.

    In addition, if we or any of our university clients fail to comply with any state agency'sagency’s rules, regulations or standards beyond authorizations, the state agency or state attorney general could limit the ability of the university client to offer programseducational offerings in that state or limit our ability to perform our contractual obligations to our university client in that state.

    If our university clients fail to maintain institutional or programmatic accreditation for their programs,offerings, our revenue could be materially affected.

    The loss or suspension of a client'suniversity client’s accreditation or other adverse action by the client'suniversity client’s institutional or programmatic accreditor would render the institution or its programofferings ineligible to participate in Title IV programs, could prevent the university client from offering certain educational offerings and, for certain degree-granting programs, and could make it impossible for the graduates of the client'suniversity client’s program to practiceobtain employment in the profession for which they trained. If any of these results occurs, it could hurt our ability to generate revenue from that program.

    offering.

    Our future growth could be impaired if our university clients fail to obtain timely approval from applicable regulatory agencies to offer new programs, make substantive changes to existing programs or expand their programs into or within certain states.

    Our university clients are required to obtain the appropriate approvals from the DOE and applicable state and accrediting regulatory agencies for new programs or locations, which may be conditioned, delayed or denied in a manner that could impair our strategic plans and future growth. Education regulatory agencies are generally experiencing significant increases in the volume of requests for approvals as a result of new distance learning programs and adjustments to the significant volume of new regulations


    Table of Contents

    over the last several years. Regulatory capacity constraints have resulted in delays to various approvals our client institutionsuniversity clients are requesting, and such delays could in turn delay the timing of our ability to generate revenue from our clients'university clients’ programs.

    If more state agencies require specialized approval of our clients' programs,university clients’ offerings, our operating costs could rise significantly, approval times could lag or we could be prohibited from operating in certain states.

    In addition to state licensing agencies, our university clients may be required to obtain approval from professional licensing boards in certain states to offer specialized programs in specific fields of study. Currently, relatively few states require institutions to obtain professional board approval for their professional programs when offered online.online educational offerings. However, more states could pass laws requiring professional programs offered by our clients,university clients’ offerings, such as graduate programs in teaching or nursing, to obtain approval from state professional boards. If a significant number of states pass additional laws requiring schools to obtain professional board approval, the cost of obtaining all necessary state approvals could dramatically increase, which could make our solutionsplatform less attractive to university clients, and ourthese university clients could be barred from operating in some states entirely.

    If

    Evolving regulations and legal obligations related to data privacy, data protection and information security and our actual or perceived failure to comply with such obligations, could have an adverse effect on our business.
    The legislative and regulatory framework for privacy and security issues worldwide is rapidly evolving and is likely to remain uncertain for the personally identifiable informationforeseeable future. In providing our platform to university clients and in operating our business, we collect from students is unlawfully acquired, accessed or obtained, we could be required to pay substantial fines and bear the cost of investigating the data breach and providing notice to individuals whose personally identifiable information was unlawfully accessed.

            In providing services to our clients, we collect personally identifiableprocess regulated personal information from students, andfaculty, prospective students and employees. Our handling of this personal information is subject to a variety of laws and regulations, which have been adopted by federal, state and foreign governments to regulate the collection, distribution, use and storage of personal information. Any failure or perceived failure by us to comply with these privacy laws and regulations or any security incident that results in the unauthorized release or transfer of this personal information in our possession, could result in government enforcement actions, litigation, fines and penalties or adverse publicity, all of which could have an adverse effect on our reputation and business.

    Various federal, state and foreign legislative, regulatory or other governmental bodies may enact new or additional laws or regulations, or issue rulings that invalidate prior laws or regulations concerning privacy, data storage and data protection that could materially adversely impact our business. For example, in April 2016, the European Parliament and the Council of the European Union formally adopted a comprehensive General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR), which took effect in May 2018. The GDPR introduces new requirements for the protection of personal data of individuals in the EU and substantial fines for non-compliance. As another example, the European ePrivacy Directive (Directive 2002/58/EC, as amended by Directive 2009/136/EC), which obliges EU member states to introduce certain national laws regulating privacy in the electronic communications sector, will soon be replaced by the ePrivacy Regulation. As the text of the ePrivacy Regulation is still under development and in draft form, and as further guidance is issued and interpretations of both the ePrivacy Regulation and the GDPR develop, it is difficult to assess the impact of either on our business or operations, but it may require us to modify our data practices and policies (e.g., in relation to management of cookies and direct marketing messages sent through

    Table of Contents

    different media) and we could incur substantial costs as a result. We are also subject to evolving EU laws on data transfer, as we may transfer personal data from the European Economic Area to other jurisdictions. There is currently litigation challenging various EU mechanisms for adequate data transfers and it is uncertain whether various mechanisms, such as names, social security numbers and birth dates. In the event that“Privacy Shield” or “model contractual clauses” will be invalidated by the personally identifiable information is unlawfully accessed or acquired,European courts.
    Similarly, in the majority ofU.S., various states have either passed or proposed privacy laws that require institutionswill go into effect in the next few years. For example, California passed the California Consumer Privacy Act (CCPA) in 2018 (set to investigatego into effect in 2020), and immediately discloseMassachusetts recently proposed MA Bill SD 341, “An Act relative to consumer data privacy.” There are similar bills pending in a number of other states, as well. CCPA and MA Bill SD 341 each represent a trend toward stronger privacy protections and greater data transparency in the data breach to students, usually in writing. UnderU.S.. Currently, federal law legislates privacy on an industry by industry basis. Without an overarching federal law driving privacy compliance, the termsrisk is high of our contracts with our clients, we would be responsible for the costsa patchwork of investigating and disclosing these data breachesprivacy legislation formed by individual state laws, similar to the clients' students. In additionstates’ approach to breach notification obligations. This could not only increase costs associatedfor compliance but also raise the risk of enforcement by individual state Attorneys General.
    Complying with investigatingthese and fully disclosing a data breach in such instances, weother changing requirements could be subjectcause us to incur substantial monetary finescosts, or private claims by affected partiesrequire us to change our business practices, any of which could materially adversely affect our business and our reputation would likely be harmed.

    operating results.

    We are required to comply with The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act, or FERPA, and failure to do so could harm our reputation and negatively affect our business.

    FERPA generally prohibits an institution of higher education participating in Title IV programs from disclosing personally identifiable information from a student'sstudent’s education records without the student'sstudent’s consent. Our university clients and their students disclose to us certain information that originates from or comprises a student education record under FERPA. As an entity that provides services to institutions participating in Title IV programs, we are indirectly subject to FERPA, and we may not transfer or otherwise disclose any personally identifiable information from a student record to another party other than in a manner permitted under the statute. If we violate FERPA, it could result in a material breach of contract with one or more of our university clients and could harm our reputation. Further, in the event that we disclose student information in violation of FERPA, the DOE could require a university client to suspend our access to their student information for at least five years.

    In our Short Course Segment, we are subject to risks and compliance rules and regulations related to the third-party credit card payment processing platform integrated within our websites or otherwise used by our business.
    Students typically use a credit or debit card to pay application and enrollment fees and to make tuition payments for our short courses. We are subject to payment card association operating rules, certification requirements and rules governing electronic funds transfers, which could change or be reinterpreted to make it difficult or impossible for us to comply. We believe that we and the payment processing service providers we use are compliant in all material respects with the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard. However, there is no guarantee that such compliance will be maintained or that compliance will prevent illegal or improper use of our systems that are integrated with our payment processing providers. If we or any of the third-party payment processors we use fails to be in compliance with applicable credit card rules and regulations, we may be required to migrate to an alternate payment processor which could result in transaction downtime during the migration and/or a loss of students and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
    Risks Related to Intellectual Property

    We operate in an industry with extensive intellectual property litigation. Claims of infringement against us may hurt our business.

    Our success depends, in part, upon our ability to avoid infringing intellectual property rights owned by others and being able to resolve claims of intellectual property infringement without major financial expenditures or adverse consequences. The technology and software fields generally are characterized by extensive intellectual property litigation and many companies that own, or claim to own, intellectual property have aggressively asserted their rights. In addition, we face potential copyright and trademark infringement from the content we produce in connection with our marketing activities, including in websites related to our offerings. From time to time, we may be subject to legal


    Table of Contents

    proceedings and claims relating to the intellectual property rights of others, and we expect that third parties will assert intellectual property claims against us, particularly as we expand the complexity and scope of our business. In addition, our university client agreements require us to indemnify our university clients against claims that our solutions infringeplatform infringes the intellectual property rights of third parties.

    Future litigation may be necessary to defend ourselves or our university clients from intellectual property infringement claims or to establish our proprietary rights. Some of our competitors have substantially greater resources than we do and would be able to sustain the costs of complex intellectual property litigation to a greater degree and for longer periods of time than we could. In addition, patent holding companies that focus solely on extracting royalties and settlements by enforcing

    Table of Contents

    patent rights may target us. Regardless of whether claims that we are infringing patents or other intellectual property rights have any merit, these claims are time-consuming and costly to evaluate and defend and could:

    hurt our reputation;

    adversely affect our relationships with our current or future university clients;

    cause delays or stoppages in providing our solutions;

    platform;
    divert management'smanagement’s attention and resources;

    require technology changes to our software that could cause us to incur substantial cost;

    subject us to significant liabilities; and

    require us to cease some or all of our activities.

    In addition to liability for monetary damages against us, which may include attorneys'attorneys’ fees, treble damages in the event of a finding of willful infringement, or, in some circumstances, damages against our university clients, we may be prohibited from developing, commercializing or continuing to provide some or all of our bundled technology-enabled solutionsplatform unless we obtain licenses from, and pay royalties to, the holders of the patents or other intellectual property rights, which may not be available on commercially favorable terms, or at all.

    We may incur liability, or our reputation may be harmed, as a result of the activities of our university clients and students or the content in our online learning environments.
    We may be subject to potential liability for the unauthorized duplication, distributionactivities of our university clients or other use of materials posted online.

            In some instances,students in connection with the data they post or store in our online learning platform. For example, university personnel or students, or our employees or independent contractors, may post to Online Campusour online learning platform various articles or other third-party content for use in class discussions or within asynchronous lessons.

    Various U.S. federal statutes may apply to us with respect to these activities. The Copyright Act of 1976 provides recourse to copyright owners who believe that their rights under U.S. copyright law have been infringed on the internet. Those rights can be limited by operation of the Digital Millennium Copyright Act of 1998, or DMCA, such that we may not be liable for infringing content posted by university clients or students, provided that we follow the procedures for handling copyright infringement claims set forth in the DMCA.
    Although statutes and case law in the U.S. have generally shielded us from liability for these activities to date, court rulings in pending or future litigation may narrow the scope of protection afforded us under these laws. In addition, laws governing the fair use of these third-party materialsactivities are imprecise and adjudicated on a case-by-case basis, which makes it challenging to adopt and implement appropriately balanced institutional policies governing these practices.unsettled in many international jurisdictions. As a result, we could incur liability to third parties for the unauthorized duplication, distribution or other use of this material.third-party content. Any such claims could subject us to costly litigation and impose a significant strain on our financial resources and management personnel regardless of whether the claims have merit. Our various liability insurance coverages may not cover potential claims of this type adequately or at all, and we may be required to alter or cease our uses of such material, which may include changing or removing content from courses or altering the functionality of Online Campus,our online learning platform, or to pay monetary damages.

    Additionally, university personnel or students, or our employees or independent contractors could use our online learning platform to store or process regulated personal information without our knowledge. In the event that our systems experience a data security incident, or an individual or entity accesses information without, or in excess of, proper authorization, we could be subject to data security incident notification laws, as described elsewhere, which may require prompt remediation and notification to individuals. If we are unaware of the data and information stored on our systems, we may be unable to appropriately comply with all legal obligations, and we may be exposed to governmental enforcement or prosecution actions, private litigation, fines and penalties or adverse publicity and these incidents could harm our reputation and business.
    Our failure to protect our intellectual property rights could diminish the value of our solutions,platform, weaken our competitive position and reduce our revenue.

    We regard the protection of our intellectual property, which includes trade secrets, copyrights, trademarks and domain names, and patent applications, as critical to our success. We protect our proprietary information from unauthorized use and disclosure by entering into confidentiality agreements with any party who may come in contact with such information. We also seek to ensure that we own intellectual property created for us by signing agreements with employees, independent


    Table of Contents

    contractors, consultants, companies and any other third party who may create intellectual property for us and that assignassigns their copyright and patent rights to us.


    Table of Contents

    However, these arrangements and the other steps we have taken to protect our intellectual property may not prevent the misappropriation of our proprietary information or deter independent development of similar technologies by others.

    We have also begun seeking patent protection for our processes, including two patent applications pending in the United States. These pending applications are directed to computer-implemented processes that facilitate asynchronous student responses to teacher questions. We cannot predict whether these pending patent applications will result in issued patents that will effectively protect our intellectual property. Even if a patent issues, the patent may be circumvented or its validity may be challenged in proceedings before the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office. In addition, we cannot assure you that every significant feature of our products and services will be protected by any patent or patent application.

            We also pursue the registration of our domain names, trademarks and service marks in the United States and in jurisdictions outside the United States. However, third parties may knowingly or unknowingly infringe on our trademark or service mark rights, third parties may challenge our trademark or service mark rights, and pending or future trademark or service mark applications may not be approved. In addition, effective trademark protection may not be available in every country in which we operate or intend to operate. In any or all cases, we may be required to expend significant time and expense to prevent infringement or enforce our rights.

    Monitoring unauthorized use of our intellectual property is difficult and costly. Our efforts to protect our proprietary rights may not be adequate to prevent misappropriation of our intellectual property. Further, we may not be able to detect unauthorized use of, or take appropriate steps to enforce, our intellectual property rights. Our competitors may also independently develop similar technology. In addition, the laws of many countries may not protect our proprietary rights to as great an extent as do the laws of the United States. Further, the laws in the United States and elsewhere change rapidly, and any future changes could adversely affect us and our intellectual property rights. Our failure to meaningfully protect our intellectual property could result in competitors offering services that incorporate our most technologically advanced features, which could seriously reduce demand for our solutions.platform. In addition, we may in the future need to initiate litigation such as infringement or administrative proceedings, to protect our intellectual property rights. Litigation, whether we are a plaintiff or a defendant, can be expensive, time-consuming and may divert the efforts of our technical staff and managerial personnel, whether or not such litigation results in a determination that is unfavorable to us. In addition, litigation is inherently uncertain, and thus we may not be able to stop our competitors from infringing upon our intellectual property rights.

    Our

    The use of "open source"“open source” software in our platform could negatively affect our ability to offer our solutionsplatform and subject us to possible litigation.

    A substantial portion of our cloud-based SaaS technologyplatform incorporates so-called "open source"“open source” software, and we may incorporate additional open source software in the future. Open source software is generally freely accessible, usable and modifiable. Certain open source licenses may, in certain circumstances, require us to offer our solutionsplatform that incorporateincorporates the open source software for no cost, that we make available source code for modifications or derivative works we create based upon, incorporating or using the open source software and that we license such modifications or derivative works under the terms of the particular open source license. Our efforts to monitor the use of open source software in our platform to ensure that no open source software is used in such a way as to require us to disclose our source code when we do not wish to do so, may be unable to prevent such use from occurring. In addition, if a third-party software provider has incorporated certain types of open source software into software we license from such third party without our knowledge, we could, under certain circumstances, be required to comply with the foregoing conditions. If an author or other third party that distributes open source software that we use were to allege that we had not complied with the conditions of one or more of these licenses, we could be required to incur significant legal expenses defending against such allegations and could be subject to significant damages, including being enjoined from offering the offeringcomponent of our solutionsplatform that contained the open source software and being required to comply with the foregoing conditions, which could disrupt our ability to offer the affected solutions. certain components of our platform.
    We could also


    Table of Contents

    be subject to suits by parties claiming ownership of what we believe to be open source software. The terms of many open source licenses to which we are subject have not been interpreted by U.S. or foreign courts. Accordingly, there is a risk that those licenses could be construed in a manner that imposes unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to offer our platform. Litigation could be costly for us to defend, have a negative effect on our operating results and financial condition and require us to devote additional research and development resources to change our products.

    If internet search engines’ methodologies are modified, our search engine optimization capability in connection with our student recruiting efforts could be harmed.
    Our search engine optimization capability in connection with our student acquisition efforts substantially depends on various internet search engines, such as Google, to direct a significant amount of traffic to websites related to our offerings. Our ability to influence the number of visitors directed to these websites through search engines is not entirely within our control. For example, search engines frequently revise their algorithms in an attempt to optimize their search result listings. In 2011, Google announced an algorithm change that affected nearly 12% of their U.S. query results. Future changes that may be made by Google or any other search engines could impact our ability to effectively utilize search engine optimization as part of our student acquisition strategies in the long-term. Changes in the methodologies used by search engines to display results could cause the websites related to our offerings to receive less favorable placements, which could reduce the number of prospective students who visit these websites from search engines. Any reduction in the number of prospective students directed to our websites could negatively affect our ability to generate prospective students, and ultimately revenue, through our student acquisition activities.

    Table of Contents

    Individuals that appear in content hosted on Online Campusour online learning platform may claim violation of their rights.

    Faculty and students that appear in video segments hosted on Online Campusour online learning platform may claim that proper assignments, licenses, consents and releases were not obtained for use of their likenesses, images or other contributed content. Our contracts typically require that our university clients are contractually required to ensure that proper assignments, licenses, consents and releases are obtained for their course material, but we cannot know with certainty that they have obtained all necessary rights. Moreover, the laws governing rights of publicity and privacy, and the laws governing faculty ownership of course content, are imprecise and adjudicated on a case-by-case basis, such that the enforcement of agreements to transfer the necessary rights is unclear. As a result, we could incur liability to third parties for the unauthorized duplication, display, distribution or other use of this material. Any such claims could subject us to costly litigation and impose a significant strain on our financial resources and management personnel regardless of whether the claims have merit. Our various liability insurance coverages may not cover potential claims of this type adequately or at all, and we may be required to alter or cease our use of such material, which may include changing or removing content from courses, or to pay monetary damages. Moreover, claims by faculty and students could damage our reputation, regardless of whether such claims have merit.

    Risks Related to Ownership of Our Common Stock and Our Status as a Public Company

    Our quarterly operating results have fluctuated in the past and may do so in the future, which could cause our stock price to decline.

    Our quarterly operating results have historically fluctuated due to seasonality and changes in our business, and our future operating results may vary significantly from quarter to quarter due to a variety of factors, many of which are beyond our control. You should not rely on period-to-period comparisons of our operating results as an indication of our future performance. Factors that may cause fluctuations in our quarterly operating results include, but are not limited to, the following:

    the timing of our costs incurred in connection with the launch of new graduate programs and the delay in receiving revenue from these new programs, which delay may last for several years;

    seasonal variation driven by the semester schedules for our clients'university clients’ graduate programs, which may vary from year to year;

    changes in the student enrollment and retention levels in our clients' programs from one term to the next;

    university clients’ offerings;
    changes in our key metrics or the methods used to calculate our key metrics;

    changes in our clients' tuition rates;

    the timing and amount of our program marketing and sales expenses;

    costs necessary to improve and maintain our SaaSplatform;
    fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates;
    costs related to any acquisition and integration of business and technology;
    our ability to effectively integrate businesses and

    technologies that we acquire;
    changes in the prospects of the economy generally, which could alter current or prospective clients'university clients’ or students'students’ spending priorities, or could increase the time it takes us to launch new client programs.

    offerings.

    Our operating results may fall below the expectations of market analysts and investors in some future periods, which could cause the market price of our common stock to decline substantially.


    Table of Contents

    The trading price of the shares of our common stock may be volatile, and purchasers of our common stock could incur substantial losses.

    Our stock price may be volatile. The stock market in general and the market for technology companies in particular have experienced extreme volatility that has often been unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. As a result of this volatility, investors may not be able to sell their common stock at or above the price paid for the shares. The market price for our common stock may be influenced by many factors, including:

    actual or anticipated variations in our operating results;

    Table of Contents

    variations between our actual operating results and the expectations of securities analysts, investors and the financial community;
    changes in financial estimates by us or by any securities analysts who might cover our stock;

    conditions or trends in our industry, the stock market or the economy;

    the level of demand for our stock, including the amount of short interest in our stock;
    stock market price and volume fluctuations of comparable companies and, in particular, those that operate in the software and information technology industries;

    announcements by us or our competitors of new product or service offerings, significant acquisitions, strategic partnerships or divestitures;

    announcements of investigations or regulatory scrutiny of our operations or lawsuits filed against us;

    capital commitments;

    investors'
    investors’ general perception of our company and our business;

    recruitment or departure of key personnel; and

    sales of our common stock, including sales by our directors and officers or specific stockholders.

    In addition, in the past, stockholders have initiated class action lawsuits against technology companies following periods of volatility in the market prices of these companies'companies’ stock. Such litigation, if instituted against us, could cause us to incur substantial costs and divert management'smanagement’s attention and resources from our business.

    If equity research analysts do not continue to publish research or reports, or publish unfavorable research or reports, about us, our business or our market, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

    The trading market for our common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that equity research analysts publish about us and our business. Equity research analysts may elect not to initiate or to continue to provide research coverage of our common stock, and such lack of research coverage may adversely affect the market price of our common stock. Even if we do have equity research analyst coverage, we will not have any control over the analysts or the content and opinions included in their reports. The price of our stock could decline if one or more equity research analysts downgrade our stock or issue other unfavorable commentary or research. If one or more equity research analysts ceases coverage of our company or fails to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our stock could decrease, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

    In addition, if our operating results fail to meet the forecasts of analysts, our stock price would likely decline.

    Provisions in our corporate charter documents and under Delaware law may prevent or frustrate attempts by our stockholders to change our management and hinder efforts to acquire a controlling interest in us, and the market price of our common stock may be lower as a result.

    Provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may make it difficult for a third party to acquire, or attempt to acquire, control of our company, even if a change in control is considered favorable by you and other stockholders. For example, our board of directors has the authority to issue up to 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock. The board of


    Table of Contents

    directors can fix the price, rights, preferences, privileges, and restrictions of the preferred stock without any further vote or action by our stockholders. An issuance of shares of preferred stock may result in the loss of voting control to other stockholders, which could delay or prevent a change in control transaction. As a result, the market price of our common stock and the voting and other rights of our stockholders may be adversely affected.

    Our charter documents also contain other provisions that could have an anti-takeover effect, including:

    only one of our three classes of directors will be elected each year;

    stockholders are not entitled to remove directors other than by a 662/3% vote and only for cause;

    stockholders are not entitled to remove directors other than by a 662/3% vote and only for cause;
    stockholders are not permitted to take actions by written consent;

    stockholders are not permitted to call a special meeting of stockholders;

    Table of Contents

    allowing the board of directors to adopt, amend or repeal our bylaws; and

    stockholders are required to give us advance notice of their intention to nominate directors or submit proposals for consideration at stockholder meetings.

    In addition, we are subject to the anti-takeover provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which regulates corporate acquisitions by prohibiting Delaware corporations from engaging in specified business combinations with particular stockholders of those companies. These provisions could discourage potential acquisition proposals and could delay or prevent a change in control transaction. They could also have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our common stock, including transactions that may be in your best interests. These provisions may also prevent changes in our management or limit the price that investors are willing to pay for our stock.

    Concentration of ownership of our common stock among our existing executive officers, directors and large stockholders may prevent smaller stockholders from influencing significant corporate decisions.

    Our executive officers, directors and current beneficial owners of 5% or more of our common stock and their respective affiliates, in the aggregate, beneficially own a substantial percentage of our outstanding common stock. These persons, acting together, are able to significantly influence all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election and removal of directors, any merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all of our assets, or other significant corporate transactions. The interests of this group of stockholders may not coincide with our interests or the interests of other stockholders.

    If we fail to maintain proper and effective internal controls, our ability to produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis could be impaired.

    We are subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the rules and regulations of the NASDAQNasdaq Global Select Market. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. We are required to perform system and process evaluation and testing of our internal control over financial reporting to allow management to report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting in our Form 10-K filing for that year, as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. This may require us to incur substantial additional professional fees and internal costs to further expand our accounting and finance functions and expend significant management efforts.

    We may in the future discover material weaknesses in our system of internal financial and accounting controls and procedures that could result in a material misstatement of our financial statements. In addition, our internal control over financial reporting will not prevent or detect all errors


    Table of Contents

    and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the control system'ssystem’s objectives will be met. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that misstatements due to errors or fraud will not occur or that all control issues and instances of fraud will be detected.

    If we are not able to comply with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act in a timely manner, or if we are unable to maintain proper and effective internal controls, we may not be able to produce timely and accurate financial statements. If that were to happen, the market price of our stock could decline and we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by the stock exchange on which our common stock is listed, the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, or other regulatory authorities.

    Because we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future, capital appreciation, if any, will be your sole source of gains and you may never receive a return on your investment.

    You should not rely on an investment in our common stock to provide dividend income. We have not declared or paid cash dividends on our common stock to date. We currently intend to retain our future earnings, if any, to fund the development and growth of our business. In addition, the terms of our existing credit facility preclude, and the terms of any future debt agreements is likely to similarly preclude, us from paying dividends. As a result, capital appreciation, if any, of our common stock will be your sole source of gain for the foreseeable future. Investors seeking cash dividends should not purchase our common stock.

    We incur increased costs and demands upon management as a result of being a public company.

            As a public company listed in the United States, we incur significant additional legal, accounting and other costs. These additional costs could negatively affect our financial results. In addition, changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure, including regulations implemented by the SEC and the NASDAQ Global Select Market, may increase legal and financial compliance costs and make some activities more time-consuming. These laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. We intend to invest resources to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards, and this investment may result in increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of management's time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities. If, notwithstanding our efforts to comply with new laws, regulations and standards, we fail to comply, regulatory authorities may initiate legal proceedings against us and our business may be harmed.

            Failure to comply with these rules might also make it more difficult for us to obtain some types of insurance, including director and officer liability insurance, and we might be forced to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. The impact of these events could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, on committees of our board of directors or as members of senior management.

    Item 1B.    Unresolved Staff Comments

    None.


    Table of Contents

    Item 2.    Properties

    Table of Contents

    Our headquarters are located in Lanham, Maryland, where we occupy approximately 153,000225,000 square feet under a lease that expires in 2028. We also currently leaseoccupy approximately 94,00053,000 square feet in Landover, Maryland, in connection with our former corporate headquarters, which expires in July, 2018.

            In February 2017, we signed a lease for newof office space in Brooklyn, New York which we expect to occupy in 2018 after we vacate our current offices in New York City. The lease covers three floors totalingand approximately 80,000100,000 square feet of office space in Denver, Colorado.

    Including our headquarters and will expire approximately eleven yearsthe Brooklyn and nine months after the lease commencement date. We expect that the new space will allow us to accommodate our growth in the local area.

            We also currentlyDenver properties, we lease an aggregate of approximately 114,000421,000 square feet of space, primarily for our Graduate Program Segment, in Maryland, New York, California, Colorado, North Carolina, Virginia and Hong Kong.

    We also lease an aggregate of approximately 62,000 square feet of space, primarily for our Short Course Segment, in South Africa and the United Kingdom.
    We intend to add new facilities or expand existing facilities as we add employees and believe that our current facilities are suitable and adequate to meet our ongoing needs and that, if we require additional space, we will be able to obtain additional facilities on commercially reasonable terms.

    Item 3.    Legal Proceedings

            The Company is

    We are not presently involved in any legal proceeding or other contingency that, if determined adversely, to it, would individually or in the aggregate have a material adverse effect on its business, operating results, financial condition or cash flows. Accordingly, the Company doeswe do not believe that there is a reasonable possibility that a material loss exceeding amounts already recognized may have been incurred as of the date of the balance sheets presented herein.

    Item 4.    Mine Safety Disclosures

    None.


    Table of Contents


    PART II

    Item 5.    Market for Registrant'sRegistrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

    Our common stock has been listed on the NASDAQNasdaq Global Select Market since March 28, 2014, under the symbol "TWOU". Prior to our initial public offering, there was no public market for our common stock.

            The following table set forth for the indicated periods the high and low sales prices of our common stock as reported on the NASDAQ Global Select Market.

    “TWOU.”
     
     2016 
     
     First
    Quarter
     Second
    Quarter
     Third
    Quarter
     Fourth
    Quarter
     

    High

     $27.50 $29.87 $38.91 $38.49 

    Low

      14.94  21.76  28.78  29.34 


     
     2015 
     
     First
    Quarter*
     Second
    Quarter
     Third
    Quarter
     Fourth
    Quarter
     

    High

     $25.77 $33.01 $39.69 $35.72 

    Low

      16.69  24.20  29.18  18.81 

    *
    Beginning on March 28, 2014

    As of February 17, 2017,20, 2019, there were 4637 registered stockholders of record for our common stock. The actual number of stockholders is greater than this number of record holders and includes stockholders who are beneficial owners but whose shares are held in street name by brokers and other nominees. This number of holders of record also does not include stockholders whose shares may be held in trust by other entities.

    Stock Performance Graph

    The graph set forth below compares the cumulative total stockholder return on an initial investment of $100 in our common stock between March 28, 2014 (the date of our initial public offering) and December 31, 2016,2018, with the comparative cumulative total return of such amount over the same period on (i) the NASDAQNasdaq Composite Index, (ii) the S&P North American Technology Software Index and (iii) the Russell 3000 Index. We have not paid any cash dividends and, therefore, the cumulative total return calculation for us is based solely upon our stock price appreciation or depreciation and does not include any reinvestment of cash dividends. The graph assumes our closing sales price on March 28, 2014 of $13.98 per share as the initial value of our common stock. The comparisons shown in the graph below are based upon historical data, and are not necessarily indicative of, nor intended to forecast, the potential future stock performance of our common stock.


    Table of Contents


    Comparison of Cumulative Total Return

    Through December 31, 2016
    2018
    Assumes Initial Investment of $100

    a2018cumulativereturn.jpg
    The information presented above in the stock performance graph shall not be deemed to be "soliciting material"“soliciting material” or to be "filed"“filed” with the SEC or subject to Regulation 14A or 14C, except to the extent that we subsequently specifically request that such information be treated as soliciting material or specifically incorporate it by reference into a filing under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or a filing under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

    Dividend Policy

            We have never declared or paid any dividends on our common stock. We anticipate that we will retain all



    Table of our future earnings, if any, for use in the operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate paying cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Additionally, our ability to pay dividends on our common stock is limited by restrictions under the terms of the agreements governing our credit facility, and the terms of any future loan agreement into which we may enter or any additional debt securities we may issue are likely to contain similar restrictions on the payment of dividends.

    Use of Proceeds from Offering of Common Stock

    September 2015 Public Offering

            On September 30, 2015, we sold 3,625,000 shares of our common stock to the public, including 525,000 shares sold pursuant to the underwriters' over-allotment option. We received net proceeds of $117.1 million, which we intend to use for general corporate purposes.

    Contents

    Item 6.    Selected Financial Data

            See the information

    The following selected consolidated statements of operations data for the years 2012 throughended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, containedand the selected consolidated balance sheets data as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements in “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The selected consolidated statements of operations data for the table titled "Selected Financial Data," which isyears ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the selected consolidated balance sheets data as of December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements, except as otherwise noted, that are not included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and listed10-K. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in the Index to Consolidatedfuture. The selected consolidated financial data should be read together with Item 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Information on page 50 hereof (with onlyCondition and Results of Operations” and in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements, related notes, and other financial information for such years to be deemed filed as part ofincluded elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K).

    10-K.
     Year Ended December 31,
     2018 2017 2016 2015 2014
     (in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
    Consolidated Statements of Operations Data: 
      
      
      
      
    Revenue$411,769
     $286,752
     $205,864
     $150,194
     $110,239
    Costs and expenses         
    Curriculum and teaching23,290
     6,609
     
     
     
    Servicing and support67,203
     50,767
     40,982
     32,047
     26,858
    Technology and content development63,812
     45,926
     33,283
     27,211
     22,621
    Marketing and sales221,015
     150,923
     106,610
     82,911
     65,218
    General and administrative82,989
     62,665
     46,021
     34,123
     23,420
    Total costs and expenses458,309
     316,890
     226,896
     176,292
     138,117
    Loss from operations(46,540) (30,138) (21,032) (26,098) (27,878)
    Interest income5,173
     371
     383
     167
     92
    Interest expense(108) (87) (35) (552) (1,213)
    Other expense, net(1,722) (866) 
     (250) 
    Loss before income taxes(43,197) (30,720) (20,684) (26,733) (28,999)
    Income tax benefit4,867
     1,297
     
     
     
    Net loss(38,330) (29,423) (20,684) (26,733) (28,999)
    Preferred stock accretion
     
     
     
     (89)
    Net loss attributable to common stockholders$(38,330) $(29,423) $(20,684) $(26,733) $(29,088)
    Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted$(0.69) $(0.60) $(0.44) $(0.63) $(0.91)
    Weighted-average common shares outstanding used in computing net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted55,833,492
     49,062,611
     46,609,751
     42,420,356
     32,075,107
    Other Financial Data:         
    Adjusted EBITDA (loss)*$17,655
     $11,416
     $4,541
     $(6,629) $(14,779)
    *Adjusted EBITDA is a financial measure not in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles, or U.S. GAAP. For more information about adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of net loss, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP, to adjusted EBITDA, see the section below titled “Adjusted EBITDA.”

    Table of Contents

     As of December 31,
     2018 2017 2016 2015 2014
     (in thousands)
    Consolidated Balance Sheets Data: 
      
      
      
      
    Cash and cash equivalents$449,772
     $223,370
     $168,730
     $183,729
     $86,929
    Working capital*453,200
     190,053
     143,629
     160,310
     66,220
    Goodwill and amortizable intangible assets, net198,457
     162,749
     34,131
     25,024
     16,813
    Total assets807,354
     482,062
     244,320
     231,041
     113,039
    Total liabilities102,345
     94,230
     49,083
     35,252
     25,028
    Additional paid-in capital957,631
     588,289
     371,455
     351,324
     216,818
    Total stockholders’ equity705,009
     387,832
     195,237
     195,789
     88,011
    *We define working capital as current assets minus current liabilities.
    Adjusted EBITDA
    To provide investors with additional information regarding our financial results, we have provided within this Annual Report on Form 10-K adjusted EBITDA, a non-U.S. GAAP financial measure. We have provided a reconciliation below of net loss, the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP financial measure, to adjusted EBITDA.
    We have included adjusted EBITDA in this Annual Report on Form 10-K because it is a key measure used by our management and board of directors to understand and evaluate our core operating performance and trends, to prepare and approve our annual budget and to develop short-and long-term operational plans. In particular, the exclusion of certain expenses in calculating adjusted EBITDA can provide a useful measure for period-to-period comparisons of our core business. Accordingly, we believe that adjusted EBITDA provides useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our operating results in the same manner as our management and board of directors.
    Our use of adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our financial results as reported under U.S. GAAP. Some of these limitations are:

    although depreciation and amortization expense are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized may have to be replaced in the future, and adjusted EBITDA does not reflect cash capital expenditure requirements for such replacements or for new capital expenditure requirements;
    adjusted EBITDA does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;
    adjusted EBITDA does not reflect the impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates;
    adjusted EBITDA does not reflect acquisition related gains or losses such as, but not limited to, post-acquisition changes in the value of contingent consideration reflected in operations;
    adjusted EBITDA does not reflect the potentially dilutive impact of equity-based compensation;
    adjusted EBITDA does not reflect interest or tax payments that may represent a reduction in cash available to us; and
    other companies, including companies in our industry, may calculate adjusted EBITDA differently, which reduces its usefulness as a comparative measure.
    Because of these and other limitations, you should consider adjusted EBITDA alongside other U.S. GAAP-based financial performance measures, including various cash flow metrics, net income (loss) and our other U.S. GAAP results. The following table presents a reconciliation of net loss to adjusted EBITDA for each of the periods indicated:

    Table of Contents

     Year Ended December 31,
     2018 2017 2016 2015 2014
     (in thousands)
    Net loss$(38,330) $(29,423) $(20,684) $(26,733) $(28,999)
    Adjustments:         
    Interest income(5,173) (371) (383) (167) (92)
    Interest expense108
     87
     35
     552
     1,213
    Foreign currency loss1,722
     866
     
     
     
    Depreciation and amortization expense32,785
     19,624
     9,750
     7,220
     5,572
    Income tax benefit(4,867) (1,297) 
     
     
    Stock-based compensation expense31,410
     21,930
     15,823
     12,499
     7,527
    Total adjustments55,985
     40,839
     25,225
     20,104
     14,220
    Adjusted EBITDA (loss)$17,655
     $11,416
     $4,541
     $(6,629) $(14,779)



    Item 7.    Management'sManagement’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

            See the information contained under the heading "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition," which is included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and listed in the Index to Consolidated Financial Information on page 50 hereof.

    Item 7A.    Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

            Market risk is the risk of loss to future earnings, values or future cash flows that may result from changes in the price of a financial instrument. The value of a financial instrument may change as a result of changes in interest rates, exchange rates, commodity prices, equity prices and other market changes. Our exposure to market risk related to changes in foreign currency exchange rates is deemed low as further described below. In addition, we do not use derivative financial instruments for speculative, hedging or trading purposes, although in the future we may enter into exchange rate hedging arrangements to manage the risks described in the succeeding paragraphs.

    Interest Rate Risk

            We are subject to interest rate risk in connection with potential borrowings available under our bank line of credit which was procured in December 2013 and amended in January 2017. Borrowings under the revolving line of credit bear interest at variable rates. Increases in LIBOR or our lender's prime rate would increase the amount of interest payable on any borrowings outstanding under this line of credit. On January 21, 2014, we borrowed $5.0 million under this line of credit and repaid this borrowing in full on February 18, 2014. There have been no subsequent borrowings under this line of credit, and therefore, no amounts were outstanding as of December 31, 2016.

    Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

            All of our current client contracts are denominated in U.S. dollars. Therefore, we have minimal, if any, foreign currency exchange risk with respect to our revenue.

            We have a branch office in Hong Kong for program marketing and student support and incur expenses related to its operations. The functional currency of this office is Hong Kong dollars, which exposes us to changes in foreign currency exchange rates. Hong Kong dollar currency rates have historically been tied to the U.S. dollar, however. In addition, because of the small size of our Hong Kong office and the relatively nominal amount of our expenses denominated in Hong Kong dollars, we do not expect any material effect on our financial position or results of operations from fluctuations in exchange rates. However, our exposure to foreign currency exchange risk may change over time as business practices evolve or we expand internationally, and if our exposure increases, adverse movement in foreign currency exchange rates could have a material adverse impact on our financial results.

    Inflation

            We do not believe that inflation has had a material effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. Through our pricing model, we benefit from price increases implemented by our clients, and we continue to monitor inflation-driven cost increases in order to minimize their effects through productivity improvements and cost containment efforts. If our costs were to become subject to significant inflationary pressures, the price increases implemented by our clients and our own pricing strategies might not fully offset the higher costs. Our inability or failure to do so could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.


    Table of Contents

    Item 8.    Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

            See the Company's consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2016, and for the periods then ended, together with the report of KPMG LLP thereon and the information contained in Note 14 in said consolidated financial statements titled "Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited)," which are included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and listed in the Index to Consolidated Financial Information on page 50 hereof.

    Item 9.    Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

            None.

    Item 9A.    Controls and Procedures

    Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

            An evaluation was performed by our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer (our Principal Executive Officer) and our Chief Financial Officer (our Principal Financial Officer), of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)), as of December 31, 2016. Based on that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures, as designed and implemented, are effective in ensuring that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission's rules and forms and is accumulated and communicated to management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, in a manner that allows timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

    Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

            Management's report set forth on page 70 is incorporated herein by reference.

    Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

            There have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

    Item 9B.    Other Information

            Not applicable.


    Table of Contents


    PART III

            We will file a definitive Proxy Statement for our 2017 Annual Meeting of Stockholders or our 2017 Proxy Statement with the SEC, pursuant to Regulation 14A, not later than 120 days after the end of our fiscal year. Accordingly, certain information required by Part III has been omitted under General Instruction G(3) to Form 10-K. Only those sections of the 2017 Proxy Statement that specifically address the items set forth herein are incorporated by reference.

    Item 10.    Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

            The information required by Item 10 is hereby incorporated by reference to the sections of our 2017 Proxy Statement under the captions "Board of Directors and Committees," "Election of Directors," "Management" and "Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance."

    Item 11.    Executive Compensation

            The information required by Item 11 is hereby incorporated by reference to the sections of our 2017 Proxy Statement under the captions "Executive Compensation" and "Director Compensation."

    Item 12.    Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

            The information required by Item 12 is hereby incorporated by reference to the sections of our 2017 Proxy Statement under the captions "Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management" and "Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans."

    Item 13.    Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

            The information required by Item 13 is hereby incorporated by reference to the sections of our 2017 Proxy Statement under the captions "Transactions with Related Parties" and "Director Independence."

    Item 14.    Principal Accounting Fees and Services

            The information required by Item 14 is hereby incorporated by reference to the section of our 2017 Proxy Statement under the caption "Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Fees."


    Table of Contents


    PART IV

    Item 15.    Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

    (a)   Exhibits

            See the Exhibit Index immediately following the Selected Financial Data of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

    (b)   Financial Statements

            See the Index to Consolidated Financial Information on page 50 hereof.


    Table of Contents


    SIGNATURES

            Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15 (d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized:

    2U, Inc.
    February 24, 2017

    By:

    /s/ CHRISTOPHER J. PAUCEK


    Name:Christopher J. Paucek

    Title:Chief Executive Officer and Director

            Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

    Signature
    Title
    Date





    /s/ CHRISTOPHER J. PAUCEK

    Christopher J. Paucek
    Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)February 24, 2017

    /s/ CATHERINE A. GRAHAM

    Catherine A. Graham


    Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)


    February 24, 2017

    /s/ ANDREA PAPACONSTANTOPOULOS

    Andrea Papaconstantopoulos


    Chief Accounting Officer (Principal Accounting Officer)


    February 24, 2017

    /s/ PAUL A. MAEDER

    Paul A. Maeder


    Director and Chairman of the Board


    February 24, 2017

    /s/ MARK J. CHERNIS

    Mark J. Chernis


    Director


    February 24, 2017

    /s/ TIMOTHY M. HALEY

    Timothy M. Haley


    Director


    February 24, 2017

    /s/ JOHN M. LARSON

    John M. Larson


    Director


    February 24, 2017

    Table of Contents

    Signature
    Title
    Date





    /s/ CORETHA M. RUSHING

    Coretha M. Rushing
    DirectorFebruary 24, 2017

    /s/ ROBERT M. STAVIS

    Robert M. Stavis


    Director


    February 24, 2017

    /s/ SALLIE L. KRAWCHECK

    Sallie L. Krawcheck


    Director


    February 24, 2017

    /s/ EARL LEWIS

    Earl Lewis


    Director


    February 24, 2017

    /s/ EDWARD S. MACIAS

    Edward S. Macias


    Director


    February 24, 2017

    Table of Contents


    2U, Inc.

    INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION


    PAGE

    Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (Unaudited)

    51

    Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting (Unaudited)

    70

    Consolidated Financial Statements:

    Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

    71

    Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2016 and 2015

    73

    Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

    74

    Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity (Deficit) for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

    75

    Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

    76

    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

    77

    Selected Financial Data (Unaudited)

    102

    Table of Contents

    Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

    You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Some of the information contained in this discussion and analysis or set forth elsewhere in this report, including information with respect to our plans and strategy for our business, includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. You should review Item 1A. "Risk Factors"1A “Risk Factors” and "Special“Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements"Statements” in this report for a discussion of important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results described in or implied by the forward-looking statements contained in the following discussion and analysis.

    Overview

    We are a leading provider of cloud-based software-as-a-service, or SaaS,education technology and technology-enabled servicescompany that enable leadingwell-recognized nonprofit colleges and universities trust to deliver their degree programs at scale to students anywhere.bring them into the digital age. Our SaaS technology consistscomprehensive platform of an innovative online learning environment, where our clients deliver their high-quality educational content to students in a live, intimate and engaging setting. We also provide a comprehensive suite oftightly integrated applications, including a content management system and customer relationship management, that serve as the back-end infrastructure of the programs we enable. This technology is fused with technology-enabled services, including student acquisition services, content development services, student and faculty support, clinical placement services, and admissions applications advising services, each of which we optimize with data analysis and machine learning techniques. This suite of technology and services allows our clients' programs to expand and operate at scale, providingprovides the comprehensivedigital infrastructure colleges and universities need to attract, enroll, educate and support students at scale. With our platform, students can pursue their education anytime, anywhere, without quitting their jobs or moving; and graduate theiruniversity clients can improve educational outcomes, skills attainment and career prospects for a greater number of students.

    We have achieved significant growthtwo reportable segments: the Graduate Program Segment and the Short Course Segment.
    Our Graduate Program Segment provides services to well-recognized nonprofit colleges and universities primarily in a relatively short period of time. Full course equivalent enrollments in our clients' programs grew from 41,034 during the twelve months ended December 31, 2014United States to 77,344 duringenable the twelve months ended December 31, 2016, representing a compound annual growth rate of 37%. From our inception through December 31, 2016, more than 24,000 unique individuals have enrolled as students in our clients' programs. For the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, our revenue was $205.9 million, $150.2 million and $110.2 million, respectively. However, because we must incur significant technology, content development, program marketing and sales expenses well in advance of generating revenue under a new client program, we have a history of losses despite our revenue growth. In order to become profitable, our revenue from existing client programs will need to increase at a rate faster than the expenses we will incur in connection with the launch of new client programs.

            We believe our business strategy will continue to offer significant opportunities for growth, but it also presents a number of risks and challenges. In particular, to remain competitive, we will need to continue to innovate in a rapidly changing landscape for the application of technology like ours to theonline delivery of higher education. As described above, we have added,graduate programs. We target students seeking a full graduate degree of the same quality they would receive on-campus.

    Our Short Course Segment provides premium online short courses to working professionals around the world through relationships with leading universities in the United States, the United Kingdom and we intendSouth Africa. We target working professionals seeking career advancement through skills attainment.
    Our core strategy is to continue to add,launch graduate programs and short courses with new and existing university clients in a numberand to increase student enrollments across our portfolio of newofferings. We are also committed to continuously improving our platform to deliver high-quality university and existing degree verticals each year. student experiences and outcomes at scale.
    We also have increasedare focused on rapidly growing our business and intendplan to continue to increaseinvest for long-term growth, including investments in our marketing activities as we continue to scale current offerings while adding new student enrollments at existing client programs. To do so, we will needgraduate programs and short courses, investments in our technology platform and infrastructure to convincedeliver new clients asfunctionality to meet the quality and valueneeds of our solutions, cost-effectively identify qualified students for our clients' programs and help our clients retain those students once enrolled. We must also be able to successfully execute our business strategy while navigating constantly changing higher education laws and regulations applicable to ouruniversity clients and students, and investments in some casesdeveloping content to ourselves, particularlymeet the incentive compensation rule that generally prohibits making incentive payments related to student acquisition. We seek to ensure that addressing all of these risks and challenges does not divert our management's attention from continuing to build on the strengths that we believe have driven the growthneeds of our businessaccelerating program and offering launch schedules.    To support our anticipated growth, we expect to continue to hire new employees (which will increase both our cash and non-cash compensation and benefit costs, including stock-based compensation). As a result, we expect our costs to increase in absolute dollars, but to decrease as a percentage of revenue over time as we achieve economies of scale through the last several years. expansion of our business.
    Non-cash stock-based compensation expense is a component of compensation cost. Under our current framework for granting equity awards under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, the majority of our equity awards are made on or around April 1 of each year and typically have four-year vesting periods. Non-cash stock based compensation expense also includes charges associated with providing our 2017 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
    Certain Trends and Uncertainties
    The following represents a summary of certain trends and uncertainties, which could have a significant impact on our financial condition and results of operations. This summary is not intended to be a complete list of potential trends and uncertainties and should be considered along with the factors identified in the section titled “Risk Factors” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and elsewhere in this report.
    The risk of a data security breach or service disruption has increased as the frequency, intensity and sophistication of attempted attacks and intrusions from around the world have increased. While we make significant efforts to maintain the security and integrity of our services and computer systems, our cybersecurity measures and the cybersecurity measures taken by our third-party data center facilities may be unable to anticipate, detect or prevent all attempts to compromise our systems.
    We believeand our focus

    university clients are subject to certain education regulations, such as the HEA, which are frequently revised, repealed or expanded. The re-authorization of the HEA is currently in process and the outcome could alter the

    Table of Contents

    on delivering


    regulatory landscape of the higher education industry, and thereby impact the manner in which we conduct business and serve our bundle of technology and services, maintaining the integrity of our clients' educational brands and enabling strong student outcomes will contribute to the success ofuniversity clients.
    Our university clients have regular turnover in leadership positions. These changes can have a positive or negative impact on our business. However,If new leaders do not support online delivery of educational offerings, we may not be successfulable to add additional offerings with the university client or the university client may not renew their relationship with us. New leaders may also make changes in addressinguniversity policies, which could result in changes to admissions standards or application of admissions standards and managing the many challenges and risks that we face.

    negatively impact student enrollment in a university client’s 2U-powered graduate programs.

    Our Business Model

    and Components of Operating Results

    The key elements of our business model and components of our operating results are described below.

    Revenue Drivers
    Our Graduate Program Segment derives revenue primarily from contractually specified percentages of the amounts our university clients receive from their students for tuition and Predictability

            Substantially allfees, less credit card fees and other agreed-upon charges. Most of our contracts with university clients in this segment are long-term and typically have 10 to 15 year initial terms.

    Our Short Course Segment derives revenue is deriveddirectly from revenue-share arrangementscontracts with students for the tuition and fees paid to enroll in and progress through our clients, under which we receiveshort courses. We pay a contractually specified percentage of the amountsgross proceeds received from students pay themfor each course to the associated university client for providing short course content and certification, which is recognized on our consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss as curriculum and teaching costs. Our contracts with university clients in tuitionthis segment are typically shorter and other fees. Accordingly, theless restrictive than our contracts with university clients in our Graduate Program Segment.
    The primary driver of our revenue growth across our segments is the increase in the number of student course enrollments in our clients' programs.graduate programs and short courses. This in turn is influenced primarily by three factors:

    our ability to increase the number of graduate programs and short courses offered, by our clients, either by adding new university clients or by expanding the number of client programs;

    adding graduate programs and short courses with current university clients;
    our ability to identify and acquire prospective students for our clients' programs;graduate programs and

    short courses; and
    our ability and that of our clients, to retain the students who enroll in their programs.

    graduate programs and short courses.

    In the near term, we expect the primarysignificant drivers of our consolidated financial results to continue to be our first twograduate programs with the University of Southern California, which areSimmons University, the University of North Carolina and Syracuse University, within our longest running programs, which we launchedGraduate Program Segment. The following table sets forth the percentages of our consolidated revenue earned from these university clients in 2009 and 2010, and our programs with Simmons College, which launched between 2013 and 2016. Graduate Program Segment for the periods presented:
     Year Ended
    December 31,
     2018 2017 2016
    University of Southern California21% 27% 34%
    Simmons University13% 17% 18%
    Syracuse University10% 11% <10%
    University of North Carolina<10%
     10% 11%
    For the yearsyear ended December 31, 2016, 20152018, revenue associated with our three largest university clients in our Short Course Segment accounted for approximately 81% of the segment’s revenue, and 2014, 34%, 43% and 55%, respectively,each were less than 10% of our consolidated revenue was derived from the two University of Southern California programs.on a combined basis. For the yearsyear ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, 18%, 16% and 8%, respectively,2017, revenue associated with our three largest university clients in our Short Course Segment accounted for approximately 82% of the segment’s revenue, which was less than 10% of our consolidated revenue was derived from the Simmons College programs. We expect that the two programs with the University of Southern California and our programs with Simmons College will continue to account foron a large portion of our revenue even though that portion should decline as other client programs become more mature and achieve higher enrollment levels.

    Program combined basis.

    Marketing and Sales Expense

    Costs

    Our most significant expensecost in each fiscal period has been program marketing and sales expense, which relates primarily to student acquisition activities. activities across both of our segments. This includes the cost of online advertising and demand generation, as well as cash and non-cash compensation and benefit costs (including stock-based compensation) for our graduate program and short course marketing, marketing analytics and admissions application counseling personnel.


    We have the primary responsibility for identifying qualified students for our clients'graduate programs and short courses, generating potential student interest in the programs and driving applications to the programs. While our clients make all admissions decisions, theeducational offerings. The number of students who enroll in our clients'graduate programs and short courses in any given period is significantly dependent on the amount we have spent on these student acquisition activities in prior periods. Accordingly, although
    Graduate Program Segment
    We typically identify prospective students for our graduate programs between three months and two or more years before they ultimately enroll. For the students currently enrolled in our graduate programs and those who have graduated, the average time from our initial contact with that student to enrollment was approximately eight months. Based on the student retention rates and patterns we have observed in our graduate programs, we estimate that, for our current graduate programs, the average time from a graduate program student’s initial enrollment to graduation will be approximately two years.
    Although most of our clients'university clients’ graduate programs span multiple academic terms and, therefore, generate continued revenue beyond the term in which initial enrollments occur, we expect that we will need to continue to incur significant program marketing and sales expense for existing graduate programs going forward to generate a continuous pipeline of new enrollments. For new graduate programs, we begin incurring program marketing and sales costs as early as nine months prior to the start of a new client program.

            We typically identify prospective students for our clients' programs between three months and two or more years before they ultimately enroll. For the students currently enrolled in our clients' programs and those who have graduated, the average time from our initial prospective student acquisition to initial enrollment was approximately seven months. For the students who have graduated from these programs, the average time from initial enrollment to graduation was 22 months. Based on the student retention rates and patterns we have observed in our clients' programs, we estimate that, for our

    classes beginning.

    Table of Contents

    current programs, the average time from a student's initial enrollment to graduation will be approximately two years.

    Accordingly, our program marketing and sales expense in any period is an investment we make to generate revenue in future periods. Likewise, revenue generated in any period is largely attributable to the investment made in student acquisition activities in earlier periods. Because program marketing and sales expense in any period is almost entirely unrelated to revenue generated in that period, we do not believe it is meaningful to directly compare the two. We believe that the total revenue we will receive over time related to students who enroll in our clients'graduate programs as a result of current period program marketing and sales expense, will be significantly greater as a multiple of that current period expense than is implied by the multiple of current period revenue to current period program marketing and sales expense as expressed in our financial statements. Further, we believe that our program marketing and sales expense in future periods will generally decline as a percentage of the revenue reported in those same periods as our revenue base from returning students in existing programs increases.

    We continually manage our program marketing and sales expense to ensure that across our portfolio of client programs,offerings, our cost to acquire students for these programsofferings is appropriate for our business model. We use a ratio of attrition adjusted lifetime revenue of a student, or LTR, to the total cost to acquire that student, or TCA, as the measure of our marketing efficiency and to determine how much we are willing to spend to acquire an additional student for any program. The calculations included in this ratio include certain assumptions. For any period, we know what we spent on program sales and marketing and therefore, can accurately calculate the ratio's denominator. However, given the time lag between when we incur our program marketing and sales expense and when we receive revenue related to students enrolled based on that expense, we have to incorporate forecasts of student enrollments and retention into our calculation of the ratio's numerator, which is our estimate of future revenue related to that period's expense. We use the significant amount of data we have on the effectiveness of various marketing channels, student attrition and other factors to inform our forecasts and are continually testing the assumptions underlying these forecasts against actual results to give us confidence that our forecasts are reasonable.offering. The LTR to TCA ratio may vary from program to programacross offerings depending on the degree being offered,nature of the offering, where that programoffering is in its lifecycle and whether we enable the same or similar degreesofferings at other universities.

    Short Course Segment
    We typically begin incurring marketing and sales costs approximately three months prior to each short course presentation, and our short courses run between six and 16 weeks. As our short courses often have a course length that straddles two fiscal quarters based on the timing of the course start, the marketing and sales expense in any period is a combination of investments we make to generate revenue in the current and subsequent periods. Likewise, revenue generated in any period is attributable to investments made in student acquisition activities in the prior and current periods.
    As the majority of our short course student enrollments are attributable to discrete marketing efforts for each short course presentation, we expect that we will need to continue to incur significant marketing and sales expense for each new and recurring short course presentation going forward to generate a continuous pipeline of new enrollments.
    Other Costs and Expenses
    Our other costs and expenses consist of the following:
    Curriculum and teaching.    Curriculum and teaching costs are associated with our Short Course Segment and primarily relate to amounts due to our university clients, which are based on contractually specified percentages of the gross proceeds associated with our short course offerings for providing content and certifying courses. This also includes costs to compensate short course facilitators.
    Servicing and support.    Servicing and support costs consist primarily of cash and non-cash compensation and benefit costs (including stock-based compensation) related to the management and operations of our graduate programs and short courses, providing support for our SaaS technology, as well as supporting students enrolled in our offerings and faculty members. It also includes software licensing, telecommunications, technical support and other costs related to providing access to and support for our platform for our university clients and students. In addition, servicing and support includes costs to


    facilitate in-program field placements, student immersions and other student enrichment experiences, as well as costs to assist our university clients with their state compliance requirements.
    Technology and content development.    Technology and content development costs consist primarily of cash and non-cash compensation and benefit costs (including stock-based compensation) and outsourced services costs related to the ongoing improvement and maintenance of our platform, and the developed content for our graduate programs and short courses. It also includes the associated amortization expense related to capitalized technology and content development, as well as hosting and licensing and other costs associated with maintaining our platform in a cloud environment and support for our internal infrastructure.
    General and administrative.    General and administrative costs consist primarily of cash and non-cash compensation and benefit costs (including stock-based compensation) for employees in our executive, administrative, finance and accounting, legal, communications and human resources functions. It also includes external legal, accounting and other professional fees, and other corporate costs such as insurance and travel that are not related to another function.
    Net Interest Income (Expense)
    Interest income is derived from interest received on our cash and cash equivalents. Interest expense consists primarily of the amortization of deferred financing costs associated with our line of credit. Net interest income (expense) reflects the aggregation of interest income and interest expense.
    Other Income (Expense), Net
    Other income (expense), net primarily consists of foreign currency gains and losses.
    Income Tax Benefit
    Income tax benefit consists of U.S. federal, state and foreign income taxes. Our effective tax rate for the period is based on a mix of higher-taxed and lower-taxed jurisdictions. To date, we have not been required to pay U.S. federal income taxes because of our current and accumulated net operating losses.
    Period-to-Period Fluctuations

    Our revenue, cash position, accounts receivable, and deferred revenue, and sales and marketing expense can fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter due to variations driven by the academic schedules of our clients' programs. Thesegraduate programs and short courses.
    Our graduate programs generally start classes for new and returning students an average of four times per year and our short courses have multiple course starts per year. Class startsGraduate program courses and short course presentations are not necessarily evenly spaced throughout the year, do not necessarily correspond to the traditional academic calendar and may vary from year to year. As a result, the number of classescourses our clientgraduate programs and short courses have in session, and therefore the number of students enrolled, will vary from month to month and quarter to quarter, leading to variability in our revenue.

    Our clients'graduate programs and short courses often have academic terms that straddle two fiscal quarters. Our graduate program university clients generally pay us when they have billed tuition and specified fees to their students, which is typically early in the academic term, and once the drop/add period has passed. We recognize the related revenue ratably over the course of the academic term, beginning on the first day of classes through the last. Our short course students typically pay either in full upon registration of the short course or in full before the end of the short course based on a payment plan. Because we generally receive payments from our graduate program university clients and short course students prior to our ability to recognize the majority of those amounts as revenue, we record deferred revenue at each balance sheet date equal to the excess of the amounts we have billed or received from our graduate program university clients and short course students over the amounts we have recognized as revenue as of that date. For these reasons, our cash flows typically vary considerably from quarter to quarter and our cash position, accounts receivable and deferred revenue typically fluctuate between quarterly balance sheet dates.


    Table of Contents

    Our expense levels across both segments also fluctuate from quarter to quarter, driven primarily by our program marketing and sales activity. We typically reduce our paid search and other program marketing and sales efforts during late November and December because these efforts are less productive during the holiday season. This generally results in lower total program marketing and sales expense during the fourth quarter. In addition, because we begin spending on program marketing and sales, and, to a lesser extent, services and support as much as nine months prior to the start of classes for a new clientgraduate program and as much as three months prior to the start of a new short course, these costs as a percentage of revenue fluctuate, sometimes significantly, depending on the timing of new clientgraduate programs and anticipated program launch dates.

    Componentsshort courses launches.


    Table of Operating Results and Contents

    Results of Operations

    Full-Year 20162018 Highlights

    Revenue was $205.9$411.8 million, an increase of 37.1%43.6% from $150.2$286.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2015.

    2017.
    Net loss was $(20.7)$(38.3) million, or $(0.44)$(0.69) per share, compared to $(26.7)$(29.4) million, or $(0.63)$(0.60) per share for the year ended December 31, 2015.

    2017.
    Adjusted EBITDAEBITDA* was $4.5$17.7 million, compared to an adjusted EBITDA loss of $(6.6)$11.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2015.

    Revenue

            Substantially all2017.

    We launched 14 new graduate programs and 17 new short courses.
    We completed a public offering of our revenue consistscommon stock in May 2018 in which we sold 3,833,334 shares and received net proceeds of a contractually specified percentage$330.9 million.
    *Adjusted EBITDA is a financial measure not in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles, or U.S. GAAP. For more information about adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of net loss, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP, to adjusted EBITDA, see the section below titled “Adjusted EBITDA.”
    Consolidated Operating Results
    Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2018 and 2017
    The following table sets forth selected consolidated statement of operations data for each of the amountsperiods indicated.
     Year Ended December 31,     
     2018 2017 Period-to-Period Change 
     Amount Percentage of Revenue Amount Percentage of Revenue Amount Percentage 
     (dollars in thousands) 
    Revenue$411,769
     100.0 % $286,752
     100.0 % $125,017
     43.6% 
    Costs and expenses            
    Curriculum and teaching23,290
     5.7
     6,609
     2.3
     16,681
     252.4
     
    Servicing and support67,203
     16.3
     50,767
     17.7
     16,436
     32.4
     
    Technology and content development63,812
     15.5
     45,926
     16.0
     17,886
     38.9
     
    Marketing and sales221,015
     53.7
     150,923
     52.6
     70,092
     46.4
     
    General and administrative82,989
     20.2
     62,665
     21.9
     20,324
     32.4
     
    Total costs and expenses458,309
     111.4
     316,890
     110.5
     141,419
     44.6
     
    Loss from operations(46,540) (11.4) (30,138) (10.5) (16,402) 54.4
     
    Interest income5,173
     1.3
     371
     0.1
     4,802
     *
     
    Interest expense(108) 
     (87) 
     (21) 24.6
     
    Other expense, net(1,722) (0.4) (866) (0.3) (856) 98.7
     
    Loss before income taxes(43,197) (10.5) (30,720) (10.7) (12,477) 40.6
     
    Income tax benefit4,867
     1.2
     1,297
     0.4
     3,570
     *
     
    Net loss$(38,330) (9.3)% $(29,423) (10.3)% $(8,907) 30.3
     
    *Not meaningful for comparative purposes.

    Our results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2018 included a full year of operations related to our clients bill to their students for tuition and fees, less credit card fees and other specified charges we have agreed to exclude in certainShort Course Segment, whereas the same period of our client contracts, which we refer to as net program proceeds. Most2017 included only six months of our contracts have 10 to 15 year initial terms. We recognize revenue ratably over the service period, which we definesuch operations as the first throughacquisition of GetSmarter occurred on July 1, 2017.    

    The following table sets forth the last day of classesrevenue by segment for each academic term in a client's program.

            We establish a refund allowance for our share of tuition and fees ultimately uncollected by our clients.

            We also offered rebates to a limited group of students who enrolled in a specific client program between 2009 and 2011, which we will be required to pay to such students if they complete their degrees and pre-specified, post-graduation work requirements within a defined period of time after graduation. For students in this group who are still enrolled in the program, we accrue the rebate liability as they continue through the program towards graduation. In addition, all students in this group are required to certify to us each September as to their continuing eligibility for these rebates. For those students who do not make such certification and are therefore no longer eligible for the rebate, because, for example, they have failed to meet their post-graduation work requirements, we reduce the allowance accordingly at that time. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, 61 and 81 students, respectively, remained eligible to receive these rebates. These rebates and refunds offset the net program proceeds that we recognize as revenue.

            In addition to providing access to our SaaS technology, we provide technology-enabled services that support the complete lifecycle of a higher education program, including attracting students, advising prospective students through the admissions application process, providing technical, success coaching and other support, facilitating accessibility to individuals with disabilities and facilitating in-program field placements. We have determined that no individual deliverable has standalone value upon delivery and, therefore, the multiple deliverables within our arrangements do not qualify for treatment as separate units of accounting. Accordingly, we consider all deliverables to be a single unit of accounting and we recognize revenue from the entire arrangement over the term of the service period.

    periods indicated.

    Table of Contents

     Year Ended December 31, Period-to-Period Change
     2018 2017 Amount Percentage
     (dollars in thousands)
    Revenue by segment* 
      
      
      
    Graduate Program Segment$348,361
     $270,432
     $77,929
     28.8%
    Short Course Segment63,408
     16,320
     47,088
     288.5
    Total revenue$411,769
     $286,752
     $125,017
     43.6
    *Approximately $44,000 of intersegment revenues have been excluded from the year ended December 31, 2018.
    Revenue

            We generally receive payments from our clients early in each academic term, prior to completion of the service period. We record these advance payments as deferred revenue until the services are delivered or until our obligations are otherwise met, at which time we recognize the revenue. As of each balance sheet date, deferred revenue is a current liability and represents the excess amounts we have billed or received over the amounts we have recognized as revenue in the consolidated statements of operations as of that date.

    . Revenue for the year ended December 31, 20162018 was $205.9$411.8 million, an increase of $55.7$125.0 million, or 37.1%43.6%, from $150.2$286.8 million for the same period of 2017. Graduate Program Segment revenue increased by $77.9 million, or 28.8%. This increase was primarily due to growth in full course equivalent enrollments of 28,774, or 29.1%. Short Course Segment revenue increased by $47.1 million, or 288.5%. This increase was driven by both a growth in full course equivalent enrollments of 21,372, or 197.3%, and an increase in the average revenue per full course equivalent enrollment, from $1,507 to $1,969. Fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates from those prevailing in the same period of 2017 did not have a material impact on revenue.

    Curriculum and Teaching. Curriculum and teaching costs for the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase was primarily attributable to a 35.6% increase in period-over-period full course equivalent enrollments in our client programs, from 57,019 for the year ended December 31, 2015 to 77,344 for the year ended December 31, 2016. Of the increase in full course equivalent enrollments, 476, or 2.3% of the total increase,2018 were attributable to client programs launched during the 12 months ended December 31, 2016.

            Revenue for the year ended December 31, 2015 was $150.2$23.3 million, an increase of $40.0$16.7 million, or 36.2%252.4%, from $110.2$6.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. The increasesame period of 2017. This was primarily attributabledue to a 39.0%an increase in period-over-period full course equivalent enrollmentsthe number of short courses taken in our client programs, from 41,034 for the year ended December 31, 2014 to 57,019 for the year ended December 31, 2015. Of the increase in full course equivalent enrollments, 3,354, or 21.0% of the total increase, were attributable to client programs launched during the 12 months ended December 31, 2015.

    Short Course Segment.

    Costs and Expenses

            Costs and expenses consist of servicing and support costs, technology and content development costs, program marketing and sales expenses and general and administrative expenses. To support our anticipated growth, we expect to continue to hire new employees (which will increase both our cash and non-cash stock-based compensation costs), increase our program promotion and student acquisition efforts, expand our technology infrastructure and increase our other program support capabilities. As a result, we expect our costs and expenses to increase in absolute dollars, but to decrease as a percentage of revenue over time as we achieve economies of scale through the expansion of our business.

            Non-cash stock-based compensation expense is a component of compensation cost within each of the four cost and expense categories described above. In early 2014, the Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors approved a framework for granting equity awards under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan. Under this framework, the majority of our equity awards are made on or around April 1 of each year and typically have four-year vesting periods. As such, non-cash stock-based compensation expense is expected to continue to increase year-over-year until four years after the initial early-2014 grants.

    Servicing and support.Support.     Servicing and support expense consists primarily of cash and non-cash stock-based compensation costs related to program management and operations, as well as costs for technical support for our SaaS technology and faculty and student support. It includes costs to facilitate in-program field placements, student immersions and other student enrichment experiences and costs to assist our clients with their state compliance requirements. It also includes software licensing, telecommunications and other costs to provide access to our SaaS technology for our clients and their students.

    Servicing and support costs for the year ended December 31, 20162018 were $41.0$67.2 million, an increase of $9.0$16.4 million, or 27.9%32.4%, from $32.0$50.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2015.same period of 2017. This increase was primarily due primarily to a $5.4$12.3 million increase in cash and non-cash compensation costs, a $1.0 million increase in non-cash stock-based compensation costs and a $0.5 million increase in travel and related expensesbenefit costs, as we increased our headcount in this area by 26% to serve a growing number of students and faculty in


    Table of Contents

    existing and new client programs and a $0.9 million increase in costs associated with student immersion courses and on-campus initiatives. Additionally, software licensing costs increased by $0.7 million, while other servicing and support costs increased $0.5 million. As a percentage of revenue, servicing and support costs decreased from 21.4% for the year ended December 31, 2015 to 19.9% for the same period of 2016, as client programs continued to mature and greater operational efficiencies were achieved.

            Servicing and support costs for the year ended December 31, 2015 were $32.0 million, an increase of $5.2 million, or 19.3%, from $26.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. This increase was due primarily to a $3.9 million increase in compensation costs, and a $0.2 million increase in travel and related expenses as we increased our headcount in this area by 25%31% to serve a growing number of students and faculty in existing and new client programs.graduate programs and short courses. Additionally, $1.9 million of the increase related to student immersion costs, for student support services increased by $0.6and $1.1 million software licensing costs increased by $0.3of the increase related to rent and other facilities costs. The remainder of the increase related to $1.1 million of higher travel and costs for facilitating in-program field placements increased by $0.2 million. As a percentage of revenue,other servicing and support costs decreased from 24.4% for the year ended December 31, 2014 to 21.4% for the same period of 2015, as client programs continued to mature and greater operational efficiencies were achieved.

    costs.

    Technology and content development.Content Development.     Technology and content development expense consists primarily of cash and non-cash stock-based compensation and outsourced services costs related to the ongoing improvement and maintenance of our SaaS technology, and the developed content for our client programs. It also includes the costs to support our internal infrastructure, including our cloud-based server usage. Additionally, it includes the associated amortization expense related to capitalized technology and content development costs, as well as hosting and other costs associated with maintaining our SaaS technology in a cloud environment.

    Technology and content development costs for the year ended December 31, 20162018 were $33.3$63.8 million, an increase of $6.1$17.9 million, or 22.3%38.9%, from $27.2$45.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2015.same period of 2017. This increase was due, primarilyin part, to a $0.8$7.9 million increase inrelated to higher amortization expense associated with capitalized technology and content development to support the scaling of existing and launching of new graduate programs and short courses. Additionally, $5.4 million of the increase related to cash and non-cash compensation and benefit costs (net of amounts capitalized for technology and content development), a $0.8 million increase in non-cash stock-based compensation costs, a $0.5 million increase in employee technological equipment expenditures and a $0.3 million increase in travel and related expenses, as we increased our headcount in this areatechnology and content development by 31%40% to support the launch of new client programs and scaling of existing programs. Additionally,and launching of new graduate programs and short courses and $3.0 million of the increase inrelated to higher hosting and licensing costs due to the larger number of courses that have been developed forand the continued maintenance and support of our client programs resultedplatform and internal infrastructure in $1.8a cloud environment. The remainder of the increase related to $1.6 million of higher amortization expense associated withother net costs to support and maintain our capitalized technologyinternal software applications.

    Marketing and content development costsSales. Marketing and higher cloud-based hosting services of $0.7 million. Finally, technology consulting expense increased by $0.1 million, while other technology and content development expense increased by $1.1 million. As a percentage of revenue, technology and content development costs decreased from 18.1% for the year ended December 31, 2015 to 16.2% for the same period of 2016, as we have continued to achieve scale.

            Technology and content developmentsales costs for the year ended December 31, 20152018 were $27.2$221.0 million, an increase of $70.1 million, or 46.4%, from $150.9 million for the same period of 2017. This increase was primarily due to higher direct internet marketing costs of $40.0 million, as we increased our student acquisition activities to drive enrollments in our new and existing graduate programs and short courses. Additionally, $21.7 million of the increase related to higher cash and non-cash compensation and benefit costs, as we increased our headcount in marketing and sales by 32% to drive enrollment and revenue growth in existing and new graduate programs and short courses. The remainder of the increase related to $4.6 million of higher amortization expense related to acquired websites, a $1.9 million increase related to higher rent expense, $1.0 million of higher travel and entertainment costs and $0.9 million related to higher other net cost increases to support our graduate program and short course marketing efforts.

    General and Administrative. General and administrative costs for the year ended December 31, 2018 were $83.0 million, an increase of $20.3 million, or 20.3%32.4%, from $22.6$62.7 million for the same period of 2017. This was primarily due to a $17.8 million increase in cash and non-cash compensation and benefit costs, as we increased our headcount in general and administrative by 27% to support our growing business. Additionally, $2.5 million of the increase related to higher consulting and other professional services, travel costs, depreciation and amortization expense, rent and other facilities costs, partially offset by reductions in year-over-year costs after the integration of our enterprise resource planning system that was completed in the second quarter of 2017.

    Table of Contents

    Net Interest Income (Expense). For the year ended December 31, 2018, we earned net interest income of $5.1 million, compared to $284,000 for the same period of 2017, primarily due to a higher cash and cash equivalents balance resulting from our May 2018 public offering of common stock.
    Other Expense, Net. For the year ended December 31, 2018, we incurred other expense, net, of $1.7 million, compared to $866,000 in the same period of 2017, primarily due to foreign currency rate fluctuations associated with the operations of our Short Course Segment.
    Income Tax Benefit. For the year ended December 31, 2018, we recognized a tax benefit of $4.9 million. Our effective tax rate was approximately 11% for the year ended December 31, 2018. A one-time tax benefit of approximately $2.8 million related to an asset acquisition of certain third-party technologies is included in our income tax benefit for the year ended December 31, 2018. This benefit relates to the reversal of our tax valuation allowance that was no longer needed as a result of establishing a net deferred tax liability. Excluding the one-time tax benefit, our tax benefit of $2.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. This was due primarily to a $2.8 million increase in compensation costs (net of capitalized amounts for software and content development) as we increased our headcount in this area by 23% to support additional client program launches and scaling of existing client programs. Further, an increase of $1.4 million resulted from higher depreciation expense associated with our capitalized internal use software and content development costs, primarily as a result of an increase in the number of courses that have been developed for our client programs. Additionally, costs2018, related to our cloud-based server usage increasedlosses generated by $0.4 million to support a greater number of our clients' programs. As a percentage of revenue, technologyoperations and content development costs decreased from 20.5% for the year ended December 31, 2014 to 18.1% for the same period of 2015, as we have continued to achieve scale.


    Table of Contents

            Program marketing and sales.    Program marketing and sales expense consists primarily of costs related to student acquisition. This includes the cost of online advertising and prospective student generation, as well as cash and non-cash stock-based compensation costs for our program marketing, search engine optimization, marketing analytics and admissions application counseling personnel. We expense all costs related to program marketing and sales as they are incurred.

            Program marketing and sales expense for the year ended December 31, 2016 was $106.6 million, an increase of $23.7 million, or 28.6%, from $82.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. This increase was due primarily to a $11.6 million increase in direct internet marketing costs to acquire students for our clients' programs. Additionally, cash compensation costs increased by $8.0 million, non-cash stock-based compensation costs increased by $0.3 million, rent expense increased by $1.0 million and travel and related expenses increased by $0.6 million as we increased our headcount in this area by 21% to acquire students for, and drive revenue growth in, new client programs. Finally, advertising expenses increased by $0.7 million, depreciation and amortization of fixed assets increased by $0.4 million, and other program marketing and sales expenses increased by $1.1 million to support our program marketing efforts. As a percentage of revenue, program marketing and sales expense decreased from 55.2% for year ended December 31, 2015 to 51.8% for the same period of 2016, reflecting a higher year-over-year percentage increase in revenue than the increase in expense.

            Program marketing and sales expense for the year ended December 31, 2015 was $82.9 million, an increase of $17.7 million, or 27.1%, from $65.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. This increase was due primarily to an $8.4 million increase in direct internet marketing costs to acquire students for our clients' programs. Additionally, compensation costs increased by $8.0 million as we increased our headcount in this area by 29% to acquire students for, and drive revenue growth in, new client programs, while advertising expenses increased by $0.2 million and other program marketing and sales expenses increased by $1.1 million to support our program marketing efforts. As a percentage of revenue, program marketing and sales expense decreased from 59.2% for year ended December 31, 2014 to 55.2% for the same period of 2015, reflecting a higher year-over-year percentage increase in revenue than the increase in expense.

            General and administrative.    General and administrative expense consists primarily of cash and non-cash stock-based compensation costs for employees in our executive, administrative, finance and accounting, legal, communications and human resources functions. Additional expenses include external legal, accounting and other professional fees, telecommunications charges and other corporate costs such as insurance and travel that are not related to another function.

            General and administrative expense for the year ended December 31, 2016 was $46.0 million, an increase of $11.9 million, or 34.9%, from $34.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. This increase was due primarily to a $4.3 million increase in cash compensation costs and a $2.0 million increase in non-cash stock-based compensation costs as we increased in our headcount in this area by 35% to support our growing business. Further, software expenses primarily related to the implementation of our enterprise resource planning system integration increased by $2.5 million, employee education benefits increased by $2.5 million, accounting services and other professional fees increased by $1.1 million and other general and administrative costs increased by $0.5 million. These increases were partially offset by a $1.0 million signing bonus of a key executive in June 2015, which consisted of cash and a common stock award signing bonus. As a percentage of revenue, general and administrative expense decreased slightly from 22.7% for the year ended December 31, 2015 to 22.4% for the same period of 2016.

            General and administrative expense for the year ended December 31, 2015 was $34.1 million, an increase of $10.7 million, or 45.7%, from $23.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. This was due primarily to a $6.7 million increase in compensation costs and $1.0 million increase in travel and related expenses, as we increased our headcount in this area by 22% to support our growth.


    Table of Contents

    Additionally, we recorded a $0.8 million charge related to the execution of a new lease for our Maryland headquarters, costs for higher education benefits we provide to our employees increased by $0.5 million, while legal and other professional fees increased by $0.7 million. Further, insurance costs increased by $0.1 million and other general and administrative costs increased by $0.9 million. As a percentage of revenue, general and administrative expense increased from 21.2% for the year ended December 31, 2014 to 22.7% for the same period of 2015.

    Other Income (Expense)

            Other income (expense) consists of interest income, interest expense and other expenses. Interest income is derived from interest received on our cash and cash equivalents. Interest expense consists primarily of the amortization of deferred financing costs associated with our line of credit and convertible notes prior to their conversion and changesacquired intangibles in our preferred stock warrant liability asShort Course Segment that are expected to be realized through future reversing taxable temporary differences. We expect to continue to recognize a result of changestax benefit in the fair value of such warrants (through April 2, 2014).

            The fair value offuture for our preferred stock warrant liability was reassessed at the end of each reporting period and any increase in fair value was recognized in other expense, while any decrease in fair value was recognized in other income. Upon completion of our initial public offering, or IPO, the preferred stock warrants automatically became warrants to purchase common stock. At that time, we reclassified the preferred stock warrant liability to additional paid-in capital and no further changes in fair value were recognized in other income or expense.

            For the year ended December 31, 2015, other expense consisted of a loss on an investment we made in an early stage entity to test international marketing channels.

            Total other income (expense) for the year ended December 31, 2016 was $0.3 million, an increase of $0.9 million, or 154.8%, from an other loss of $0.6 million for the same period of 2015. This increase was primarily driven by lower interest expense of $0.5 million and higher interest income of $0.2 million. Also contributingShort Course Segment to the year-over-year increaseextent that this segment continues to generate pre-tax losses while carrying deferred tax liabilities that are in other income (expense) was a $0.3 million write-down on an investment which occured during 2015.

            Total other income (expense) for the year ended December 31, 2015 was a net expenseexcess of $0.6 million, a decrease of $0.5 million, or 43.3%, from $1.1 million for the same period of 2014. This decrease was primarily driven by lower interest expense of $0.7 million and higher interest income of $0.1 million. Also, during 2015 we invested in an early stage entity which is establishing an international marketing channel. Due to the risk of recoverability of this investment, we estimated the fair value of the investment to be zero, recorded a write-down on the investment to fair value and recognized a $0.3 million charge in other expense, which partially offset the decrease to other income (expense).

    Income Tax (Expense) Benefit

            Incomedeferred tax expense consists of U.S. federal, state and foreign income taxes.assets. To date, we have not been required to pay U.S. federal income taxes because of our current and accumulated net operating losses. We incurred immaterial state and foreign

    On December 22, 2017, Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118 (“SAB 118”) was issued to address the application of U.S. GAAP in situations when a registrant does not have the necessary information available, prepared, or analyzed (including computations) in reasonable detail to complete the accounting for certain income tax liabilities foreffects of the years endedTax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 (“Tax Act”). As of December 31, 2016, 20152018, we finalized our assessment of the Tax Act, including our determination that no transitional tax is required.
    Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2017 and 2014.

    2016

    Table of Contents

    Consolidated Statements of Operations as a Percentage of Revenue

    The following table sets forth selected consolidated statementsstatement of operations data as a percentage of revenue for each of the periods indicated.


     
     Year Ended December 31, 
     
     2016 2015 2014 

    Revenue

      100.0% 100.0% 100.0%

    Costs and expenses:

              

    Servicing and support

      19.9% 21.4% 24.4%

    Technology and content development

      16.2  18.1  20.5 

    Program marketing and sales

      51.8  55.2  59.2 

    General and administrative

      22.4  22.7  21.2 

    Total costs and expenses

      110.3  117.4  125.3 

    Loss from operations

      (10.3) (17.4) (25.3)

    Other income (expense):

              

    Interest expense

      0.0  (0.4) (1.1)

    Interest income

      0.2  0.1  0.1 

    Other

      0.0  (0.1) 0.0 

    Total other income (expense)

      0.2  (0.4) (1.0)

    Net loss

      (10.1)% (17.8)% (26.3)%
     Year Ended December 31,     
     2017 2016 Period-to-Period Change 
     Amount Percentage of Revenue Amount Percentage of Revenue Amount Percentage 
     (dollars in thousands) 
    Revenue$286,752
     100.0 % $205,864
     100.0 % $80,888
     39.3 % 
    Costs and expenses            
    Curriculum and teaching6,609
     2.3
     
     
     6,609
     *
     
    Servicing and support50,767
     17.7
     40,982
     19.9
     9,785
     23.9
     
    Technology and content development45,926
     16.0
     33,283
     16.2
     12,643
     38.0
     
    Marketing and sales150,923
     52.6
     106,610
     51.8
     44,313
     41.6
     
    General and administrative62,665
     21.9
     46,021
     22.4
     16,644
     36.2
     
    Total costs and expenses316,890
     110.5
     226,896
     110.3
     89,994
     39.7
     
    Loss from operations(30,138) (10.5) (21,032) (10.3) (9,106) 43.3
     
    Interest income371
     0.1
     383
     0.2
     (12) (3.0) 
    Interest expense(87) 0.0
     (35) 0.0
     (52) 150.0
     
    Other income (expense), net(866) (0.3) 0.0
     0.0
     (866) *
     
    Loss before income taxes(30,720) (10.7) (20,684) (10.1) (10,036) 48.5
     
    Income tax benefit1,297
     0.4
     
     
     1,297
     *
     
    Net loss$(29,423) (10.3)% $(20,684) (10.1)% $(8,739) 42.3
     

    *Not meaningful for comparative purposes.

    Our results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2017 includes six months of operations related to our Short Course Segment, whereas the same period of 2016 includes no amounts of such operations as the acquisition of GetSmarter occurred on July 1, 2017.

    Table of Contents


    The following table sets forth the revenue by segment for each of the periods indicated.
     Year Ended December 31, Period-to-Period Change
     2017 2016 Amount Percentage
     (dollars in thousands)
    Revenue by segment* 
      
      
      
    Graduate Program Segment270,432
     205,864
     64,568
     31.4%
    Short Course Segment16,320
     
     16,320
     *
    Total revenue$286,752
     $205,864
     $80,888
     39.3
    Revenue. Revenue for the year ended December 31, 2017 was $286.8 million, an increase of $80.9 million, or 39.3%, from $205.9 million for the same period of 2016. Graduate Program Segment revenue increased by $64.6 million, or 31.4%. This increase was primarily driven by growth in full course equivalent enrollments of 21,560, or 27.9% and, to a lesser extent, an increase in the average revenue per full course equivalent enrollment, from $2,662 to $2,734. We also reported incremental revenue of $16.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 related to our Short Course Segment, which was created as a result of our acquisition of GetSmarter in July of 2017. Fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates from those prevailing in the same period of 2016 did not have a material impact on revenue.
    Curriculum and Teaching. Curriculum and teaching costs for the year ended December 31, 2017 were $6.6 million, and we did not incur any such costs for the same period of 2016 as the acquisition of GetSmarter occurred on July 1, 2017.

    Servicing and Support. Servicing and support costs for the year ended December 31, 2017 were $50.8 million, an increase of $9.8 million, or 23.9%, from $41.0 million for the same period of 2016. This increase was primarily due to a $7.5 million increase in cash and non-cash compensation and benefit costs within our Graduate Program Segment, as we increased our headcount by 21% in this area to serve a growing number of students and faculty in new and existing graduate programs. Additionally, $1.4 million of the increase related to rent, other facilities costs and travel costs within our Graduate Program Segment and $0.8 million of the increase related to additional servicing and support costs associated with our Short Course Segment. The remainder of the increase related to other net costs to service and support our Graduate Program Segment.

    Technology and Content Development. Technology and content development costs for the year ended December 31, 2017 were $45.9 million, an increase of $12.6 million, or 38.0%, from $33.3 million for the same period of 2016. This increase was due in part to a $4.1 million increase in cash and non-cash compensation and benefit costs (net of amounts capitalized for technology and content development) within our Graduate Program Segment, as we increased our headcount by 30% in this area to support the scaling of existing programs and launch of new graduate programs. Additionally, $5.1 million of the increase related to higher amortization expense associated with capitalized technology and content development, as well as higher hosting and licensing costs within our Graduate Program Segment due to the larger number of courses that have been developed and the continued maintenance of our platform in a cloud environment and $2.8 million of the increase related to additional technology and content development costs associated with our Short Course Segment. The remainder of the increase related to other net costs to support and maintain our internal software applications in our Graduate Program Segment.

    Marketing and Sales. Marketing and sales costs for the year ended December 31, 2017 were $150.9 million, an increase of $44.3 million, or 41.6%, from $106.6 million for the same period of 2016. This increase was primarily due to a $19.6 million increase in direct internet marketing costs to acquire students for our Graduate Program Segment. Additionally, $10.1 million of the increase related to cash and non-cash compensation and benefit costs, as we increased our headcount in marketing and sales by 26% within our Graduate Program Segment to acquire students for, and drive revenue growth in, existing and new graduate programs and $8.9 million of the increase related to additional marketing and sales costs associated with our Short Course Segment. The remainder of the increase related to other net costs to support growth within our Graduate Program Segment.


    Table of Contents

    General and Administrative. General and administrative costs for the year ended December 31, 2017 were $62.7 million, an increase of $16.6 million, or 36.2%, from $46.0 million for the same period of 2016. This increase was due in part to a $7.5 million increase in cash and non-cash compensation and benefit costs within our Graduate Program Segment, as we increased our headcount by 18% in this area to support our growing business. Additionally, $2.0 million of the increase related to higher consulting and other professional services within our Graduate Program Segment, primarily driven by additional recurring and nonrecurring costs associated with the acquisition of GetSmarter and partially offset by reductions in year-over-year costs after the integration of our enterprise resource planning system, which was completed in the second quarter of 2017. Further, $3.3 million of the increase related to additional general and administrative costs associated with our Short Course Segment and $1.2 million of the increase related to rent, other facilities costs and travel costs within our Graduate Program Segment. The remainder of the increase related to other net costs to support growth within our Graduate Program Segment.

    Net Interest Income (Expense). For the year ended December 31, 2017, we earned net interest income of $284,000, a decrease of 18.4%, from $348,000 for the same period of 2016.

    Other Income (Expense), Net. For the year ended December 31, 2017, we incurred other expense, net, of $0.9 million primarily due to foreign currency rate fluctuations associated with the acquisition and operations of our Short Course Segment, compared to no activity in the same period of 2016.
    Income Tax Benefit. For the year ended December 31, 2017, we recognized a tax benefit of $1.3 million. The tax benefit primarily relates to the GetSmarter acquisition and losses generated from the acquired operations. Our effective tax rate was approximately 4% for the year ended December 31, 2017.
    Business Segment Operating Results
    We define segment profitability as net income or net loss, as applicable, before net interest income (expense), taxes, depreciation and amortization expense, foreign currency gains or losses, acquisition-related gains or losses and stock-based compensation expense. Some or all of these items may not be applicable in any given reporting period.

    The following table reconciles net loss to total segment profitability:
     Year Ended
    December 31,
     2018 2017 2016
     (in thousands)
    Net loss$(38,330) $(29,423) $(20,684)
    Adjustments:     
    Interest income(5,173) (371) (383)
    Interest expense108
     87
     35
    Foreign currency loss1,722
     866
     
    Depreciation and amortization expense32,785
     19,624
     9,750
    Income tax benefit(4,867) (1,297) 
    Stock-based compensation expense31,410
     21,930
     15,823
    Total adjustments55,985
     40,839
     25,225
    Total segment profitability$17,655
     $11,416
     $4,541

    Years Ended December 31, 2018 and 2017

    Revenue by segment and segment profitability for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 were as follows:

    Table of Contents

     Year Ended December 31, Period-to-Period Change
     2018 2017 Amount Percentage
     (dollars in thousands)
    Revenue by segment* 
      
      
      
    Graduate Program Segment$348,361
     $270,432
     $77,929
     28.8 %
    Short Course Segment63,408
     16,320
     47,088
     288.5
    Total revenue$411,769
     $286,752
     $125,017
     43.6
            
    Segment profitability 
      
      
      
    Graduate Program Segment$16,839
     $13,022
     $3,817
     29.3
    Short Course Segment816
     (1,606) 2,422
     (150.8)
    Total segment profitability$17,655
     $11,416
     $6,239
     54.6
    *Approximately $44,000 of intersegment revenues have been excluded from the year ended December 31, 2018.

    Segment profitability in our Graduate Program Segment for the year ended December 31, 2018 was $16.8 million, an increase of $3.8 million, or 29%, from $13.0 million for the same period of 2017. The primary factor favorably impacting segment profitability in this segment was the year-over-year growth in revenue. Additionally, we experienced a decrease in short-term annual incentive compensation costs and a decline in professional fees following the implementation of an enterprise resource planning system that was largely completed in 2017. We expect to increase investment in the development, marketing and support of newer and newly launching programs in this segment as we continue to scale our operations to prepare for future launches of an increasing number of programs in 2019 as compared to prior periods. Based on timing differences between the addition of costs related to the increased investment and the related recognition of revenue, we expect that there will be significant variability in segment profitability in this segment between periods.
    Segment profitability in our Short Course Segment for the year ended December 31, 2018 was $0.8 million, an increase of $2.4 million, or 151%, from $(1.6) million for the same period of 2017. Segment profitability for the year ended December 31, 2018 includes 12 months of operations related to our Short Course Segment, whereas the same period of 2017 includes only six months of such operations as the acquisition of GetSmarter occurred on July 1, 2017. The primary factor favorably impacting segment profitability in this segment was year-over-year growth in revenue. There were also changes in relative expense levels and expense timing in this period of rapid growth for the Short Course Segment, year-over-year. Therefore, changes in segment profitability do not necessarily represent a business trend. Changes in segment profitability are highly dependent upon the timing of new course launches and new course presentations. We expect to increase investment in the development, marketing and support of newer and newly launching courses in this segment. Based on timing differences between the addition of costs related to the increased investment and the related recognition of revenue, we expect that there will be significant variability in segment profitability in this segment between periods.
    Years Ended December 31, 2017 and 2016

    Revenue by segment and segment profitability for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 were as follows:
     Year Ended December 31, Period-to-Period Change
     2017 2016 Amount Percentage
     (dollars in thousands)
    Revenue by segment 
      
      
      
    Graduate Program Segment270,432
     $205,864
     $64,568
     31.4%
    Short Course Segment16,320
     
     16,320
     *
    Total revenue$286,752
     $205,864
     $80,888
     39.3%
            
    Segment profitability 
      
      
      
    Graduate Program Segment13,022
     $4,541
     $8,481
     186.8%
    Short Course Segment(1,606) 
     (1,606) *
    Total segment profitability$11,416
     $4,541
     $6,875
     151.4%
    *Not meaningful for comparative purposes.


    Table of Contents

    Segment profitability in our Graduate Program Segment for the year ended December 31, 2017 was $13.0 million, an increase of $8.5 million, or 186.8%, from $4.5 million for the same period of 2016. The period-over-period increase in segment profitability in this segment was primarily due to cost growth outpacing revenue growth, particularly in marketing expenditures and marketing and program staffing, during 2017. We had been scaling operations to prepare for future launches of an increasing number of programs in 2017 and 2018 as compared to 2016.

    Segment profitability in our Short Course Segment for the year ended December 31, 2017 was $(1.6) million, compared to zero for the same period of 2016. Segment profitability for the year ended December 31, 2017 includes six months of operations related to our Short Course Segment, whereas the same period of 2016 includes no activity of such operations as the acquisition of GetSmarter occurred on July 1, 2017.

    Key Business and Financial Performance Metrics
    We use a number of key metrics to evaluate our business, measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business, formulate financial projections and make strategic decisions. In addition to adjusted EBITDA, which we discuss below, and revenue and the components of loss from operations in the section above entitled “Our Business Model and Components of Operating Results,” we utilize full course equivalent enrollments as a key metric to evaluate the success of our growth strategy.
    Full Course Equivalent Enrollments in Our University Clients’ Offerings
    We measure full course equivalent enrollments for each of the courses offered during a particular period by taking the number of students enrolled in that course and multiplying it by the percentage of the course completed during that period. We add the full course equivalent enrollments for each course within each segment to calculate the total full course equivalent enrollments per segment. This metric allows us to consistently view period over period changes in enrollments by accounting for the fact that many courses we enable straddle two or more fiscal quarters. For example, if a course had 25 enrolled students and 40% of the course was completed during a particular period, we would count the course as having 10 full course equivalent enrollments for that period. Any individual student may be enrolled in more than one course during a period.
    Average revenue per full course equivalent enrollment represents our weighted-average revenue per course across the mix of courses being offered during a period in each of our operating segments. This number is derived by dividing the total revenue for a period for each of our operating segments by the number of full course equivalent enrollments within the applicable segment during that same period. This amount may vary from period to period depending on the academic calendars of our university clients, the relative growth rates of our graduate programs and short courses, as applicable, and varying tuition levels, among other factors.
    The following table sets forth the full course equivalent enrollments and average revenue per full course equivalent enrollment in our Graduate Program Segment and Short Course Segment for the periods presented.
     Year Ended December 31,
     2018 2017 2016
    Graduate Program Segment     
    Full course equivalent enrollments127,678
     98,904
     77,344
    Average revenue per full course equivalent enrollment$2,728
     $2,734
     $2,662
    Short Course Segment     
    Full course equivalent enrollments32,202
     10,830
    *
    Average revenue per full course equivalent enrollment$1,969
     $1,507
    **$
    *We acquired GetSmarter on July 1, 2017 and their results of operations are included in our financial results from the date of acquisition. As such, the full course equivalent enrollment measures of our short courses in 2017 are measured only for the six months ended December 31, 2017.
    **The calculation of short course average revenue per full course equivalent enrollment includes $0.7 million of revenue that was excluded from the results of operations in the third quarter of 2017, due to an adjustment recorded as part of the valuation of GetSmarter.
    Of the increase in full course equivalent enrollments in our Graduate Program Segment for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, 7,899 or 27.5% and 959 or 4.4%, respectively, were attributable to graduate programs launched

    Table of Contents

    during the preceding 12 months. Of the increase in full course equivalent enrollments in our Short Course Segment for the year ended December 31, 2018, 7,266 were attributable to short courses launched during the preceding 12 months.
    Adjusted EBITDA
    Adjusted EBITDA represents our earnings before net interest income (expense), taxes, depreciation and amortization expense, foreign currency gains or losses, acquisition-related gains or losses and stock-based compensation expense. Adjusted EBITDA is a key measure used by our management and board of directors to understand and evaluate our core operating performance and trends, to prepare and approve our annual budget and to develop short- and long-term operational plans. In particular, the exclusion of certain expenses in calculating adjusted EBITDA can provide a useful measure for period-to-period comparisons of our core business. Accordingly, we believe that adjusted EBITDA provides useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our operating results in the same manner as our management and board of directors.
    Adjusted EBITDA is not a measure calculated in accordance with U.S. GAAP, and should not be considered as an alternative to any measure of financial performance calculated and presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP. In addition, adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies because other companies may not calculate adjusted EBITDA in the same manner as we do. We prepare adjusted EBITDA to eliminate the impact of stock-based compensation expense, which we do not consider indicative of our core operating performance.
    Our use of adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our financial results as reported under U.S. GAAP. Some of these limitations are:
    although depreciation and amortization expense are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized may have to be replaced in the future, and adjusted EBITDA does not reflect cash capital expenditure requirements for such replacements or for new capital expenditure requirements;
    adjusted EBITDA does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;
    adjusted EBITDA does not reflect the impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates;
    adjusted EBITDA does not reflect acquisition related gains or losses such as, but not limited to, post-acquisition changes in the value of contingent consideration reflected in operations;
    adjusted EBITDA does not reflect the potentially dilutive impact of equity-based compensation;
    adjusted EBITDA does not reflect interest or tax payments that may represent a reduction in cash available to us; and
    other companies, including companies in our industry, may calculate adjusted EBITDA differently, which reduces its usefulness as a comparative measure.
    Because of these and other limitations, you should consider adjusted EBITDA alongside other U.S. GAAP-based financial performance measures, including various cash flow metrics, net income (loss) and our other U.S. GAAP results. The following table presents a reconciliation of net loss to adjusted EBITDA for each of the periods indicated:
     Year Ended December 31,
     2018 2017 2016
     (in thousands)
    Net loss$(38,330) $(29,423) (20,684)
    Adjustments:     
    Interest income(5,173) (371) (383)
    Interest expense108
     87
     35
    Foreign currency loss1,722
     866
     
    Depreciation and amortization expense32,785
     19,624
     9,750
    Income tax benefit(4,867) (1,297) 
    Stock-based compensation expense31,410
     21,930
     15,823
    Total adjustments55,985
     40,839
     25,225
    Adjusted EBITDA$17,655
     $11,416
     $4,541

    Financial Condition: Capital Resources and Liquidity
    Capital Expenditures

    Table of Contents

    During the year ended December 31, 2018, we had capital asset additions of $87.4 million, which were comprised of $67.2 million in capitalized technology and content development, $7.9 million of trade and domain names, $7.4 million of other property and equipment and $4.9 million of leasehold improvements. The $87.4 million increase consisted of $77.2 million in cash capital expenditures and $5.3 million of non-cash capital expenditures, primarily related to the acquisition of certain long-lived assets for which we have an accrued liability. Due to extended payment terms associated with the timing of cash capital expenditures made more than 90 days after the date of purchase, an additional $4.9 million was classified as cash flows from financing activities in the consolidated statement of cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2018. In 2019, we expect new capital asset additions of approximately $95 to $98 million, of which approximately $12 to $14 million will be funded by landlord leasehold improvement allowances.
    Sources of Liquidity
    Public Offerings of Common Stock
    On May 22, 2018 we sold 3,833,334 shares of our common stock to the public, including 500,000 shares sold pursuant to the underwriters’ over-allotment option, and received net proceeds of $330.9 million. On September 11, 2017 we sold 4,047,500 shares of our common stock to the public, including 547,500 shares sold pursuant to the underwriters’ over-allotment option, and received net proceeds of $189.5 million. We intend to use the net proceeds from both of these public offerings of common stock for working capital and other general corporate purposes, including expenditures for graduate program and short course marketing, technology and content development, in connection with new graduate program and short course launches and growing existing graduate programs and short courses, as well as the strategic acquisitions of, or investments in, complementary products, technologies, solutions or businesses.
    Lines of Credit
    We currently have a $25.0 million revolving line of credit with Comerica Bank (“Comerica”), which had no amounts outstanding as of December 31, 2018 and 2017. During 2017, we amended our line of credit agreement multiple times to extend the maturity date as well as to receive Comerica’s consent to our acquisition of GetSmarter and our formation of certain subsidiaries in connection therewith. The most recent amendment was effective as of December 31, 2018, to extend the maturity date of the credit agreement through March 31, 2019.
    Under this revolving line of credit, we have the option of borrowing funds subject to (i) a base rate, which is equal to 1.5% plus the greater of Comerica’s prime rate, the federal funds rate plus 1% or the 30-day LIBOR plus 1%, or (ii) LIBOR plus 2.5%. For amounts borrowed under the base rate, we may make interest-only payments quarterly, and may prepay such amounts with no penalty. For amounts borrowed under LIBOR, we may make interest-only payments in periods of one, two and three months and will be subject to a prepayment penalty if we repay such borrowed amounts before the end of the interest period.
    Borrowings under the line of credit are collateralized by substantially all of our assets. The availability of borrowings under this credit line is subject to our compliance with reporting and financial covenants, including, among other things, that we achieve specified minimum three-month trailing revenue levels during the term of the agreement and specified minimum six-month trailing profitability levels for some of our graduate programs, measured quarterly. In addition, we are required to maintain a minimum adjusted quick ratio, which measures our short-term liquidity, of at least 1.10 to 1.00. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, our adjusted quick ratios were 12.38 and 5.44, respectively.
    The covenants under the line of credit also place limitations on our ability to incur additional indebtedness or to prepay permitted indebtedness, grant liens on or security interests in our assets, carry out mergers and acquisitions, dispose of assets, declare, make or pay dividends, make capital expenditures in excess of specified amounts, make investments, loans or advances, enter into transactions with our affiliates, amend or modify the terms of our material contracts, or change our fiscal year. If we are not in compliance with the covenants under the line of credit, after any opportunity to cure such non-compliance, or we otherwise experience an event of default under the line of credit, the lenders may require repayment in full of all principal and interest outstanding. We are currently in compliance with all such covenants.
    Certain of our operating lease agreements entered into require security deposits in the form of cash or an unconditional, irrevocable letter of credit. As of December 31, 2018, we have entered into standby letters of credit totaling $11.5 million, as security deposits for the applicable leased facilities and standby letters of credit totaling $3.5 million in connection with two government grants. These letters of credit reduced the aggregate amount we may borrow under our revolving line of credit to $10.0 million.
    Government Grants

    Table of Contents

    In June 2017, we entered into a total of two conditional loan agreements with Prince George’s County, Maryland and the State of Maryland for an aggregate amount of $3.5 million, each bearing an interest rate of 3% per annum. These agreements are conditional loan obligations that may be forgiven provided that we attain certain conditions related to employment levels at our Lanham, Maryland headquarters. The loan with the State of Maryland has a maturity date of December 31, 2026, and the loan with Prince George’s County, Maryland has a maturity date of June 22, 2027. The interest expense related to these loans for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 is immaterial.
    Working Capital
    We define working capital as current assets minus current liabilities. Our working capital as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 was $453.2 million and $190.1 million, respectively. Our cash and cash equivalents balance within working capital as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 was $449.8 million and $223.4 million, respectively. The increase in our working capital in 2018 as compared to 2017 primarily relates to higher cash balances held at year end related to our public offering of common stock in May 2018. We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes. We invest any cash in excess of our immediate requirements in investments designed to preserve the principal balance and provide liquidity. Accordingly, our cash is invested primarily in demand deposit accounts or certificates of deposits that are currently providing only a minimal return.
    Cash Flows
    The following table summarizes our cash flows for the periods presented:
     Year Ended December 31,
     2018 2017 2016
     (in thousands)
    Cash (used in) provided by:     
    Operating activities$(3,120) $8,106
     $5,210
    Investing activities(102,461) (149,374) (24,518)
    Financing activities333,037
     196,752
     4,309
    Effect of exchange rate changes on cash(1,054) (844) 
    Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents$226,402
     $54,640
     $(14,999)
    Operating Activities
    Cash flows from operating activities have typically been generated from our net income (loss) and by changes in our operating assets and liabilities, particularly from accounts receivable, adjusted for non-cash expense items such as amortization and depreciation expense and stock-based compensation expense.
    Cash used in operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2018 was $3.1 million, while cash provided by operating activities for the same period of 2017 was $8.1 million, a change of $11.2 million, or 138.5%. This $11.2 million change in operating cash flows was primarily due to a $25.8 million change in working capital and a $8.9 million increase in net loss. These changes in operating cash flows were partially offset by a $13.2 million increase in depreciation and amortization expense, a $9.5 million increase in stock-based compensation expense and an increase in other net cash inflows of $0.8 million. Our cash flows from operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2018 included a full year of operations related to our Short Course Segment, whereas the same period of 2017 included only six months of such operations as the acquisition of GetSmarter occurred on July 1, 2017.
    Cash provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2017 was $8.1 million, an increase of $2.9 million or 55.6% from net cash provided by operating activities of $5.2 million for the same period of 2016. This was primarily due to a $8.7 million increase in net loss and a $5.2 million change in working capital. These decreases in cash were partially offset by a $9.9 million increase in stock-based compensation expense and a $6.1 million increase in depreciation and amortization expense. Of the $8.1 million increase in cash provided by operating activities, $1.7 million is associated with the GetSmarter acquisition.
    Investing Activities
    Cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2018 was $102.5 million, a decrease of $46.9 million from $149.4 million for the same period of 2017. This decrease was primarily due to the July 1, 2017 acquisition of GetSmarter for $97.1 million and a $15.3 million decrease in purchases of property, plant and equipment as we moved into new facilities in the prior year. These decreases in outflows were partially offset by an increase of $41.4 million in amortizable intangible assets to support a greater number of launched graduate programs and short courses. The increase in amortizable intangible assets included an increase of $17.3 million in acquisitions of technology to be integrated into our platform,

    Table of Contents

    including $9.0 million related to the purchase of WeWork’s intangible assets. Additionally offsetting these items was a $25.0 million outflow related to a short-term investment in a certificate of deposit.
    Cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2017 was $149.4 million, an increase of $124.9 million from $24.5 million for the same period of 2016. This increase was primarily due to $97.1 million in net cash paid to acquire GetSmarter, a $19.7 million increase in purchases of property and equipment for our new office locations, and a $7.1 million increase in additions to amortizable intangible assets to support a greater number of launched graduate programs and short courses.
    Financing Activities
    Cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2018 was $333.0 million, an increase of $136.3 million from $196.8 million for the same period of 2017. This increase was primarily due to an increase of $141.4 million in proceeds received from our public offering of common stock, partially offset by an outflow of $4.9 million related to payments on the acquisition of amortizable intangible assets.
    Cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2017 was $196.8 million, an increase of $192.4 million from $4.3 million for the same period of 2016. This increase was primarily due to $189.5 million in proceeds received from our public offering of common stock and $2.0 million in net proceeds from borrowings.
    Contractual Obligations and Commitments
    The following table summarizes our obligations under deferred government grant obligations, non-cancelable operating leases, commitments to certain of our university clients in exchange for contract extensions and various marketing and other rights and purchase obligations as of December 31, 2018. Future events could cause actual payments to differ from these amounts.
     Payment due by period
    Contractual Obligations
    Less than
    1 year
     1 - 3 years 3 - 5 years 
    More than
    5 years
     Total
     (in thousands)
    Deferred government grant obligations$
     $
     $
     $3,500
     $3,500
    Operating lease obligations12,941
     27,920
     27,592
     68,347
     136,800
    Future minimum payments to university clients10,125
     1,250
     1,250
     3,775
     16,400
    Purchase obligations7,234
     6,550
     
     
     13,784
    Total$30,300
     $35,720
     $28,842
     $75,622
     $170,484
    Other purchase orders made in the ordinary course of business are excluded from the table above. Any amounts for which we are liable under purchase orders are reflected on our consolidated balance sheets as accounts payable and accrued liabilities.
    We have entered into an agreement with one university client in our Graduate Program Segment under which we would be obligated to make future minimum program payments in the event that certain program metrics are not achieved. Due to the dependency of these calculations on future program performance, the timing and amounts of any associated contingent payments cannot be reasonably estimated at this time, and have therefore been excluded from the table above.
    See Note 6 in the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” included in Part II, Item 8 and “Legal Proceedings” contained in Part I, Item 3 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information regarding contingencies.
    Other
    We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements, as defined in Item 303(a)(4)(ii) of Regulation S-K, such as the use of unconsolidated subsidiaries, structured finance, special purpose entities or variable interest entities.
    Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Judgments and Estimates

    This management'smanagement’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations is based on our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reported period. In accordance with U.S. GAAP, we base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates if conditions differ from our assumptions.


    Table of Contents

    While our significant accounting policies are more fully described in Note 2 in the "Notes“Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements"Statements” included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, we believe the following accounting policies are critical to the process of making significant judgments and estimates in preparation of our consolidated financial statements.

    Revenue Recognition, Accounts Receivable and Deferred Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
    On January 1, 2018, we adopted Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606)

    and the related amendments using the modified retrospective transition method and concluded that doing so did not have a material impact on the amount and timing of either our revenue or costs. As part of our assessment, we completed reviews of our contracts and evaluated our costs, including costs of obtaining contracts with our university clients and costs associated with content development. Certain of these contract and content costs are capitalized under the new standard. The adoption of ASU 2014-09 did not have a material impact as of January 1, 2018, and no cumulative adjustment was recorded. Further, the amounts reported as of December 31, 2018 on our consolidated balance sheets and our results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2018 reported on our consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss would not have been materially different than under legacy U.S. GAAP (i.e., Topic 605).

    We recognize revenue whengenerate substantially all of the following conditions are met: (i) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, (ii) rendering of services is complete, (iii) fees are fixed or determinable and (iv) collection of fees is reasonably assured.

            We primarily derive our revenue from long-term contracts that typically range from 10contractual arrangements, with either our university clients or students, to 15 years in length. Under these contracts, we enable access to our cloud-basedprovide a comprehensive platform of tightly integrated technology and provide technology-enabled marketing, content developmentservices that support our graduate programs and supporting servicesshort courses.

    Performance Obligations
    A performance obligation is a promise in a contract to our clientstransfer a distinct good or service to the customer. A contract’s transaction price is allocated to each distinct performance obligation and their faculty and students. We are entitled to arecognized as revenue when, or as, the performance obligation is satisfied.
    Our Graduate Program Segment derives revenue primarily from contractually specified percentagepercentages of net program proceedsthe amounts our university clients receive from our clients. These net program proceeds represent gross proceeds billed by our clients totheir students in 2U-enabled graduate programs for tuition and fees, less credit card fees and other specified charges we have agreed to exclude in certain university contracts. Our contracts with university clients in this segment typically have 10 to 15 year initial terms and have a single performance obligation, as the promises to provide a platform of our clienttightly integrated technology and services that university clients need to attract, enroll, educate and support students are not distinct within the context of the contracts. A refund allowanceThe single performance obligation is established for our share of tuitiondelivered as the university clients receive and fees ultimately uncollected by


    Table of Contents

    our clients. We also offered rebates to a group of students who enrolled in a specific client program between 2009 and 2011,consume benefits, which we will pay to the student if he or she completes the degree and certain post-graduation work requirements within a specified period of time. These rebates and refunds offset the net program proceeds recognized as revenue. Revenue is recognizedoccurs ratably over the service period, which we define as the first through the last daya series of classes for each academic term in a client's program. We invoice ourterms. The amounts received from university clients based on enrollment reports that are generated by our clients. In some instances, these enrollment reports are received prior to the conclusion of the drop/add period. In such cases, we establish a reserve against revenue, if necessary, based on our estimate of changes in enrollments expected prior to the end of the drop/add period.

            We generate substantially all of our revenue from multiple-deliverable contractual arrangements with our clients. Under each of these arrangements, we provide (i) cloud-based technology that serves as a learning platform for our client's faculty and students and which also enables a comprehensive range of other client functions, (ii) program marketing and application services for student acquisition, (iii) in conjunction with the client's faculty members, content development for courses and (iv) faculty and student support services, including technical field training and support, non-academic student advising and academic progress monitoring.

            In order to treat deliverables in a multiple-deliverable contractual arrangement as separate units of accounting, deliverables must have standalone value upon delivery. The services are provided primarily in support of courses offered through our through solutions and for students of the online courses delivered through our solutions. Accordingly, we haves determined that no individual deliverable has standalone value upon delivery and, therefore, deliverables within our multiple-deliverable arrangements do not qualify for treatment as separate units of accounting. Accordingly, we consider all deliverables to be a single unit of accounting and recognize revenue from the entire arrangement over the term of the arrangement are variable in nature in that they are dependent upon the number of students that are enrolled in the program within each academic term. These amounts are allocated to and are recognized ratably over the related academic term, defined as the period beginning on the first day of classes through the last. Revenue is recognized net of an allowance, which is established for our expected obligation to refund tuition and fees to university clients.

    Our Short Course Segment derives revenue directly from contracts with students for the tuition and fees paid to enroll in and progress through our short courses, which run between six and 16 weeks. Our contracts with students in this segment have multiple performance obligations as the delivery of the short course and student support services are each considered distinct performance obligations. These performance obligations are each satisfied ratably over the same short course presentation period, which is defined as the period beginning on the first day of the course through the last. We recognize the gross proceeds received from the students and shares contractually specified percentages with our university clients, for providing short course content and certification, which are recognized as curriculum and teaching costs on our consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. Our contracts with university clients in this segment are typically shorter and less restrictive than our contracts with university clients in our Graduate Program Segment.
    We do not disclose the value of unsatisfied performance obligations for our Graduate Program Segment because the variable consideration is allocated entirely to a wholly unsatisfied promise to transfer a service period.

            Advancethat forms part of a single performance obligation. We do not disclose the value of unsatisfied performance obligations for our Short Course Segment because the performance obligation is part of a contract that has an original duration of less than one year.

    Contract Acquisition Costs
    We pay commissions to certain of our employees to obtain contracts with university clients in our Graduate Program Segment. These costs are capitalized and recorded on a contract-by-contract basis and amortized using the straight-line method over the expected life, which is generally the length of the contract.
    With respect to contract acquisition costs in our Short Course Segment, we have elected to apply the practical expedient in ASC Topic 606 to expense these costs as incurred, as the terms of contracts with students in this segment are less than one year.

    Table of Contents

    Payments to University Clients
    Pursuant to certain of our contracts in the Graduate Program Segment, we have made, or are obligated to make, payments to university clients at either execution of a contract or at the extension of a contract in exchange for various marketing and other rights. Generally, these amounts are recordedcapitalized and amortized as contra revenue over the life of the contract, commencing on the later of when payment is due or when contract revenue recognition begins.
    Accounts Receivable, Contract Assets and Liabilities
    Balance sheet items related to contracts consist of accounts receivable, net and deferred revenue untilon our consolidated balance sheets. Included in accounts receivable, net are trade accounts receivable, which are comprised of billed and unbilled revenue. Accounts receivable, net is stated at net realizable value, and we utilize the servicesallowance method to provide for doubtful accounts based on management’s evaluation of the collectability of the amounts due. Our estimates are delivered or obligations are met, at which timereviewed and revised periodically based on historical collection experience and a review of the current status of accounts receivable, net. Historically, actual write-offs for uncollectible accounts have not significantly differed from prior estimates. We recognize unbilled revenue when revenue recognition occurs in advance of billings. Unbilled revenue is recognized. recognized in our Graduate Program Segment because billings to university clients do not occur until after the academic term has commenced and final enrollment information is available. Our unbilled revenue represents contract assets.
    Deferred revenue as of a particular balance sheet date represents the excess of amounts billed or received as compared to amounts recognized in revenue in theon our consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss as of the end of the reporting period, and such amounts are reflected as a current liability on our consolidated balance sheets.

    Accounts Receivable We generally receive payments for our share of tuition and Allowancefees from graduate program university clients early in each academic term and from short course students, either in full upon registration for Doubtful Accounts

    the course or in full before the end of the course based on a payment plan, prior to completion of the service period. These payments are recorded as deferred revenue until the services are delivered or until our obligations are otherwise met, at which time revenue is recognized.

    Goodwill
    Goodwill is the excess of purchase price over the fair value of identified net assets of the business acquired. Our accounts receivable are statedgoodwill balance relates to the acquisition of GetSmarter in 2017. We review goodwill at net realizableleast annually, as of October 1. Between annual tests, goodwill is reviewed for possible impairment if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of the reporting unit below its carrying value. We extendwill test our goodwill at the reporting unit level, which is an operating segment or one level below an operating segment. We initially assess qualitative factors to determine if it is necessary to perform the two-step goodwill impairment review. We will review our goodwill for impairment using the two-step process if we decide to bypass the qualitative assessment or determine that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a minimal amount of uncollateralized credit to our clients. We utilize the allowance method to provide for doubtful accountsreporting unit is less than its carrying value based on management's evaluationour qualitative assessment. Upon the completion of the collectabilitytwo-step process, we may be required to recognize an impairment based on the difference between the carrying value and the fair value of the amounts due. Our estimate is based on historical collection experiencegoodwill recorded.
    Internally-Developed Intangible Assets
    Capitalized Technology
    Capitalized technology includes certain purchased software and a reviewtechnology licenses, direct third-party costs, and internal payroll and payroll-related costs used in the creation of the current status of accounts receivable. Historically, actual write-offs for uncollectible accounts have not significantly differed from our estimates. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, we determined that no significant allowances for doubtful accounts were necessary.

    Internally-Developed Software Costs

            We capitalize certain costs associated with internally-developed software, primarily consisting of direct labor associated with creating theinternal-use software. Software development projects generally include three stages: the preliminary project stage (all costs are expensed as incurred), the application development stage (certain costs are capitalized and certain costs are expensed as incurred) and the post-implementation/operation stage (all costs are expensed as incurred). Costs capitalized in the application development stage include costs of designing the application, coding, integrating our and the university'suniversity’s networks and systems, and the testing of the software. Capitalization of costs requires judgment in determining when a project has reached the application development stage and the period


    Table of Contents

    over which we expect to benefit from the use of that software. Once the software is placed in service, these costs are depreciatedamortized on athe straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the software, which is generally three to five years.

    Capitalized Content Development Costs

    We work with each of our clients' faculty members to develop and maintain educational content that is delivered to their students through our cloud-based technology. The online content developed jointly by us and our clients consists of subjects chosen and taught by client's faculty members and incorporates references and examples designed to remain relevant over extended periods of time. Online delivery of the content, combined with live, face-to-face instruction, provides us with rapid user feedback, which we use to make ongoing corrections, modifications and improvements to the course content. Our clients retain all intellectual property rights to the developed content, although we retain the rights to the content packaging and delivery mechanisms. Much of our new content development uses proven delivery platforms and is therefore primarily subject-specific in nature. As a result, a significant portion of content development costs qualify for capitalization due to the focus of our development efforts on the unique subject matter of the content. Similar to on-campus programs offered by our clients, the online degree programs that we enable offer numerous courses for each degree. We therefore capitalize our development costs on a course-by-course basis.

            We develop contentoffering on a course-by-course basis in conjunction with the faculty for each client program. Thegraduate program and short course. University clients and their faculty generally provide materials used for the course outlines in the form of the curriculum, required textbooks,an on-campus setting, including curricula, case studies and other reading materials, as well as presentations that are typically used in the on-campus setting.and presentations. We are then responsible for and incur all of the expenses related to, the conversion of the materials provided by each client into a format suitable for delivery through our cloud-based technology.

    online learning platform, including all expenses associated with this effort. With regard to the Graduate Program Segment, the development of content is part of our single performance obligation and is considered a contract fulfillment cost.


    Table of Contents

    The content development costs that qualify for capitalization are third-party direct costs, such as videography, editing and other services associated with creating digital content. Additionally, we capitalize internal payroll and payroll-related costs incurred to create and produce videos and other digital content utilized in the clients' programsuniversity clients’ offerings for delivery throughvia our solutions.online learning platform. Capitalization ends when content has been fully developed by both us and the university client, at which time amortization of the capitalized content development costs begin. The capitalized costs for each offering are recorded on a course-by-course basis and included in capitalized content costs in amortizable intangible assets, net on theour consolidated balance sheets. These costs are amortized using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the respective capitalized content program,course, which is generally four to five years. The estimated useful life corresponds with the planned curriculum refresh rate. This refresh rate is consistent with expected curriculum refresh rates as cited by program faculty members for similar on-campus programs. Itofferings.
    Evaluation of Long-Lived Assets
    We review long-lived assets, which consist of property and equipment, capitalized technology costs, capitalized content development costs and acquired finite-lived intangible assets, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. In order to assess the recoverability of the capitalized technology and content development costs, the costs are grouped by the lowest level of independent cash flows (i.e., by degree program or short course, for content development costs). Recoverability of a long-lived asset is reasonably possiblemeasured by a comparison of the carrying value of an asset or asset group to the future undiscounted net cash flows expected to be generated by that developed content couldasset or asset group. If such assets are not recoverable, the impairment to be refreshed beforerecognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying value of an asset exceeds the estimated useful lives are complete.

    Stock-Based Compensation

            We have issued three types of stock-based awards under our stock plans: stock options, restricted stock units and stock awards. Stock option awards granted to employees, directors and independent contractors are measured at fair value at each grant date. We consider what we believe to be comparable publicly traded companies, discounted free(discounted cash flows, and an analysis of our enterprise value in estimating the fair value of our common stock. For awards subject to service-based vesting conditions, we recognize compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service periodflow) of the award, adjusted for estimated forfeitures. Stock options subjectasset or asset group. Our impairment analysis is based upon cumulative results and forecasted performance.

    Recent Accounting Pronouncements
    Refer to service-based vesting generally vest at various times from the date of the grant, with most stock options vesting in tranches, generally over a period of four years. Restricted stock units subject to service-based vesting generally vest 25% on each anniversary of the grant date over four years.


    Table of Contents

            For the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, we recorded stock-based compensation expense of $15.8 million, $12.5 million and $7.5 million, respectively. Information about the assumptions usedNote 2 in the calculation of stock-based compensation expense is set forth in Note 9 in the "Notes“Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements"Statements” included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

    10-K for a discussion of FASB’s recent accounting pronouncements and their effect on us.

    Item 7A.    Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
    Market risk is the risk of loss to future earnings, values or future cash flows that may result from changes in the price of a financial instrument. The value of a financial instrument may change as a result of changes in interest rates, exchange rates, commodity prices, equity prices and other market changes. Our exposure to market risk related to changes in foreign currency exchange rates is deemed moderate as further described below. In addition, we do not use derivative financial instruments for speculative, hedging or trading purposes, although in the future we may enter into exchange rate hedging arrangements to manage the risks described in the succeeding paragraphs.
    Interest Rate Risk
    We are subject to interest rate risk in connection with potential borrowings available under our bank line of credit which was procured in December 2013 and amended in January 2017. Borrowings under the revolving line of credit bear interest at variable rates. Increases in LIBOR or our lender’s prime rate would increase the amount of interest payable on any borrowings outstanding under this line of credit. No amounts were outstanding as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.
    Foreign Currency Exchange Risk
    Prior to July 1, 2017, we did not have significant foreign currency exchange risk. Beginning in the third quarter of 2017, with the acquisition of GetSmarter, we now transact material business in foreign currencies and are exposed to risks resulting from fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. Our primary exposures are related to non-U.S. dollar denominated revenue and operating expenses in South Africa and the United Kingdom. Accounts relating to foreign operations are translated into U.S. dollars using prevailing exchange rates at the relevant period end. As a result, we would experience increased revenue and operating expenses in our non-U.S. operations if there were a decline in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to these foreign currencies. Conversely, we would experience decreased revenue and operating expenses in our non-U.S. operations if there were an increase in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to these foreign currencies. Translation adjustments are included as a separate component of stockholders’ equity.
    For the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, our foreign currency translation adjustment was a loss of $13.8 million and a gain of $5.3 million, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, we recognized foreign currency exchange losses of $1.7 million and $0.9 million, respectively, included on our consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

    Table of Contents

    The foreign exchange rate volatility of the trailing 12 months ended December 31, 2018 was 13% and 6% for the South African rand and British pound, respectively. The foreign exchange rate volatility from the date of acquisition of GetSmarter to December 31, 2017 was 10% and 5% for the South African rand and British pound, respectively. A 10% fluctuation of foreign currency exchange rates would have had an immaterial effect on our results of operations and cash flows for all periods presented.
    The fluctuations of currencies in which we conduct business can both increase and decrease our overall revenue and expenses for any given fiscal period. Such volatility, even when it increases our revenues or decreases our expenses, impacts our ability to accurately predict our future results and earnings.
    Inflation
    We do not believe that inflation currently has had a material effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations, though we continue to monitor costs we incur in higher inflationary economies. Additionally, we continue to monitor all inflation-driven costs, regardless of where they are incurred. If our costs were to become subject to significant inflationary pressures, the price increases implemented by our university clients and our own pricing strategies might not fully offset the higher costs, which could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.


    Item 8.    Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

    2U, Inc.
    INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
    PAGE
    Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2018 and 2017
    Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016
    Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016
    Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016



    Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
    To the Stockholders and Board of Directors
    2U, Inc.:
    Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements
    We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of 2U, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2018, and the related notes and financial statement Schedule IIValuation and Qualifying Accounts (collectively, the consolidated financial statements). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2018, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
    We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission, and our report dated February 26, 2019 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
    Change in Accounting Principle
    As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has changed its method of accounting for revenues and related costs in 2018 due to the adoption, effective January 1, 2018, of ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers.
    Basis for Opinion
    These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
    We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
    /s/ KPMG LLP
    We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2013.
    McLean, Virginia
    February 26, 2019


    Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
    To the Stockholders and Board of Directors
    2U, Inc.:
    Opinion on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
    We have audited 2U, Inc. and subsidiaries’ (the Company) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
    We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated balance sheets of the Company as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2018, and the related notes and financial statement Schedule IIValuation and Qualifying Accounts (collectively, the consolidated financial statements), and our report dated February 26, 2019 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.
    Basis for Opinion
    The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
    We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
    Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
    A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
    Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
    /s/ KPMG LLP
    McLean, Virginia
    February 26, 2019


    2U, Inc.
    Consolidated Balance Sheets
    (in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
     December 31,
    2018
     December 31,
    2017
    Assets 
      
    Current assets 
      
    Cash and cash equivalents$449,772
     $223,370
    Investments25,000
     
    Accounts receivable, net32,636
     14,174
    Prepaid expenses and other assets14,272
     10,509
    Total current assets521,680
     248,053
    Property and equipment, net52,299
     49,055
    Goodwill61,852
     71,988
    Amortizable intangible assets, net136,605
     90,761
    University payments and other assets, non-current34,918
     22,205
    Total assets$807,354
     $482,062
    Liabilities and stockholders’ equity 
      
    Current liabilities 
      
    Accounts payable and accrued expenses$27,647
     $22,629
    Accrued compensation and related benefits23,001
     19,017
    Deferred revenue8,345
     7,024
    Other current liabilities9,487
     9,330
    Total current liabilities68,480
     58,000
    Deferred government grant obligations3,500
     3,500
    Deferred tax liabilities, net6,949
     10,087
    Lease-related and other liabilities, non-current23,416
     22,643
    Total liabilities102,345
     94,230
    Commitments and contingencies (Note 6)

     

    Stockholders’ equity 
      
    Preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 5,000,000 shares authorized, none issued
     
    Common stock, $0.001 par value, 200,000,000 shares authorized, 57,968,493 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2018; 52,505,856 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 201758
     53
    Additional paid-in capital957,631
     588,289
    Accumulated deficit(244,166) (205,836)
    Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)(8,514) 5,326
    Total stockholders’ equity705,009
     387,832
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity$807,354
     $482,062







    See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


    2U, Inc.
    Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss
    (in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
     Year Ended December 31,
     2018 2017 2016
    Revenue$411,769
     $286,752
     $205,864
    Costs and expenses     
    Curriculum and teaching23,290
     6,609
     
    Servicing and support67,203
     50,767
     40,982
    Technology and content development63,812
     45,926
     33,283
    Marketing and sales221,015
     150,923
     106,610
    General and administrative82,989
     62,665
     46,021
    Total costs and expenses458,309
     316,890
     226,896
    Loss from operations(46,540) (30,138) (21,032)
    Interest income5,173
     371
     383
    Interest expense(108) (87) (35)
    Other expense, net(1,722) (866) 
    Loss before income taxes(43,197) (30,720) (20,684)
    Income tax benefit4,867
     1,297
     
    Net loss$(38,330) $(29,423) $(20,684)
    Net loss per share, basic and diluted$(0.69) $(0.60) $(0.44)
    Weighted-average shares of common stock outstanding, basic and diluted55,833,492
     49,062,611
     46,609,751
    Other comprehensive loss 
      
      
    Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax of $0 for all periods presented(13,840) 5,326
     
    Comprehensive loss$(52,170) $(24,097) $(20,684)







    See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


    2U, Inc.
    Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity
    (in thousands, except share amounts)
     Common Stock Additional Paid-In Capital Accumulated Deficit Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) Total Stockholders’ Equity
     Shares Amount    
    Balance, December 31, 201545,776,455
     $46
     $351,324
     $(155,581) $
     $195,789
    Exercise of stock options1,011,153
     1
     4,858
     
     
     4,859
    Issuance of common stock in connection with settlement of restricted stock units, net of withholdings351,319
     
     (382) 
     
     (382)
    Issuance of common stock award12,708
     
     (168) 
     
     (168)
    Stock-based compensation expense
     
     15,823
     
     
     15,823
    Net loss
     
     
     (20,684) 
     (20,684)
    Balance, December 31, 201647,151,635
     47
     371,455
     (176,265) 
     195,237
    Cumulative-effect of accounting change (Note 2)
     
     148
     (148) 
     
    Balance, December 31, 2016, adjusted47,151,635
     47
     371,603
     (176,413) 
     195,237
    Exercise of stock options846,821
     1
     6,614
     
     
     6,615
    Issuance of common stock in connection with settlement of restricted stock units, net of withholdings459,900
     1
     (1,310) 
     
     (1,309)
    Issuance of common stock in connection with a public offering of common stock, net of offering costs4,047,500
     4
     189,452
     
     
     189,456
    Stock-based compensation expense
     
     21,930
     
     
     21,930
    Net loss
     
     
     (29,423) 
     (29,423)
    Foreign currency translation adjustment
     
     
     
     5,326
     5,326
    Balance, December 31, 201752,505,856
     53
     588,289
     (205,836) 5,326
     387,832
    Exercise of stock options1,012,473
     1
     7,365
     
     
     7,366
    Issuance of common stock in connection with settlement of restricted stock units, net of withholdings553,159
     
     (3,451) 
     
     (3,451)
    Issuance of common stock in connection with a public offering of common stock, net of offering costs3,833,334
     4
     330,897
     
     
     330,901
    Issuance of common stock in connection with employee stock purchase plan63,671
     
     3,121
     
     
     3,121
    Stock-based compensation expense
     
     31,410
     
     
     31,410
    Net loss
     
     
     (38,330) 
     (38,330)
    Foreign currency translation adjustment
     
     
     
     (13,840) (13,840)
    Balance, December 31, 201857,968,493
     $58
     $957,631
     $(244,166) $(8,514) $705,009


    See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


    2U, Inc.
    Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
    (in thousands)
     Year Ended December 31,
     2018 2017 2016
    Cash flows from operating activities 
      
      
    Net loss$(38,330) $(29,423) $(20,684)
    Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities: 
      
      
    Depreciation and amortization expense32,785
     19,624
     9,750
    Stock-based compensation expense31,410
     21,930
     15,823
    Changes in operating assets and liabilities: 
      
      
    Accounts receivable, net(18,497) (5,634) (6,885)
    Prepaid expenses and other assets(4,932) 1,549
     (1,090)
    Accounts payable and accrued expenses4,724
     3,504
     (2,459)
    Accrued compensation and related benefits4,046
     2,504
     3,086
    Deferred revenue1,527
     1,661
     528
    Payments to university clients(11,322) (13,239) 2,234
    Other liabilities, net(6,243) 4,763
     4,907
    Other1,712
     867
     
    Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities(3,120) 8,106
     5,210
    Cash flows from investing activities 
      
      
    Purchase of a business, net of cash acquired
     (97,102) 
    Purchases of property and equipment(11,996) (27,316) (7,648)
    Additions of amortizable intangible assets(65,190) (23,823) (16,728)
    Purchase of investments(25,000) 
     
    Advances made to university clients(300) (1,950) 
    Advances repaid by university clients25
     817
     
    Other
     
     (142)
    Net cash used in investing activities(102,461) (149,374) (24,518)
    Cash flows from financing activities 
      
      
    Proceeds from issuance of common stock, net of offering costs330,901
     189,463
     
    Proceeds from exercise of stock options7,366
     6,615
     4,859
    Proceeds from Employee Stock Purchase Plan share purchases3,121
     
     
    Proceeds from debt
     3,500
     
    Payments on debt
     (1,517) 
    Tax withholding payments associated with settlement of restricted stock units(3,451) (1,309) (378)
    Payments for acquisition of amortizable intangible assets(4,900) 
     
    Other
     
     (172)
    Net cash provided by financing activities333,037
     196,752
     4,309
    Effect of exchange rate changes on cash(1,054) (844) 
    Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents226,402
     54,640
     (14,999)
    Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period223,370
     168,730
     183,729
    Cash and cash equivalents, end of period$449,772
     $223,370
     $168,730





    See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


    2U, Inc.
    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

    1. Organization
    2U, Inc. (together with its subsidiaries, the “Company”) is a leading education technology company that well-recognized nonprofit colleges and universities trust to bring them into the digital age. The Company’s comprehensive platform of tightly integrated technology and services provides the digital infrastructure universities need to attract, enroll, educate and support students at scale. With the Company’s platform, students can pursue their education anytime, anywhere, without quitting their jobs or moving; and university clients can improve educational outcomes, skills attainment and career prospects for a greater number of students.
    On July 1, 2017, the Company completed its acquisition of all of the outstanding equity interests of Get Educated International Proprietary Limited (“GetSmarter”). As a result of the acquisition of GetSmarter, the Company now manages its operations in two operating segments, which are also its two reportable segments: the Graduate Program Segment and the Short Course Segment.
    The Company’s Graduate Program Segment provides services to well-recognized nonprofit colleges and universities, primarily in the United States, to enable the online delivery of graduate programs. The Company’s Short Course Segment provides premium online short courses to working professionals around the world through relationships with leading universities in the United States, the United Kingdom and South Africa. Refer to Note 13 for further information on the Company’s segments.
    2. Significant Accounting Policies
    Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation
    The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries and have been prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”) and include the assets, liabilities, results of operations and cash flows of the Company. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
    Use of Estimates
    The preparation of consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP requires management to make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported herein. The Company bases its estimates and assumptions on historical experience and on various other factors that it believes to be reasonable under the circumstances. Due to the inherent uncertainty involved in making estimates, actual results reported in future periods may be affected by changes in those estimates. The Company evaluates its estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis.
    Investments
    The Company’s investments within current assets on the consolidated balance sheets relate to certificates of deposit with original maturities between three months and one year. As of December 31, 2016, unrecognized compensation expense2018, the Company had a $25.0 million certificate of deposit included in investments that qualifies as a Level 1 fair value measurement asset and was stated at cost, which approximates fair value.
    Revenue Recognition, Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
    On January 1, 2018, the Company adopted Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) and the related to unvested options totaled $11.6 millionamendments using the modified retrospective transition method and will be recognized overhas concluded that doing so did not have a weighted-average periodmaterial impact on the amount and timing of approximately 2.1 years.

    either its revenue or costs. As part of its assessment, the Company completed reviews of its contracts and evaluated its costs, including costs of obtaining contracts with its university clients and costs associated with content development. Certain of these contract and content costs are capitalized under the new standard. The adoption of ASU 2014-09 did not have a material impact as of January 1, 2018, and no cumulative adjustment was recorded. Further, the amounts reported as of December 31, 2016, unrecognized compensation2018 on the consolidated balance sheets and the results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2018 reported on the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss would not have been materially different than under legacy U.S. GAAP (i.e., Topic 605).

    The Company generates substantially all of its revenue from contractual arrangements, with either its university clients or students, to provide a comprehensive platform of tightly integrated technology and technology-enabled services that support its graduate programs and short courses.
    2U, Inc.
    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
    2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

    Performance Obligations
    A performance obligation is a promise in a contract to transfer a distinct good or service to the customer. A contract’s transaction price is allocated to each distinct performance obligation and recognized as revenue when, or as, the performance obligation is satisfied.
    The Graduate Program Segment derives revenue primarily from contractually specified percentages of the amounts the Company’s university clients receive from their students in 2U-enabled graduate programs for tuition and fees, less credit card fees and other specified charges the Company has agreed to exclude in certain university contracts. The Company’s contracts with university clients in this segment typically have 10 to 15 year initial terms and have a single performance obligation, as the promises to provide a platform of tightly integrated technology and services that university clients need to attract, enroll, educate and support students are not distinct within the context of the contracts. The single performance obligation is delivered as the university clients receive and consume benefits, which occurs ratably over a series of academic terms. The amounts received from university clients over the term of the arrangement are variable in nature in that they are dependent upon the number of students that are enrolled in the program within each academic term. These amounts are allocated to and are recognized ratably over the related academic term, defined as the period beginning on the first day of classes through the last. Revenue is recognized net of an allowance, which is established for the Company’s expected obligation to refund tuition and fees to university clients.
    The Short Course Segment derives revenue directly from contracts with students for the tuition and fees paid to enroll in and progress through the Company’s short courses, which run between six and 16 weeks. The Company’s contracts with students in this segment have multiple performance obligations as the delivery of the short course and student support services are each considered distinct performance obligations. These performance obligations are each satisfied ratably over the same short course presentation period, which is defined as the period beginning on the first day of the course through the last. The Company recognizes the gross proceeds received from the students and shares contractually specified percentages with its university clients, for providing short course content and certification, which are recognized as curriculum and teaching costs on the Company’s consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. The Company’s contracts with university clients in this segment are typically shorter and less restrictive than the Company’s contracts with university clients in the Graduate Program Segment.
    The Company does not disclose the value of unsatisfied performance obligations for the Graduate Program Segment because the variable consideration is allocated entirely to a wholly unsatisfied promise to transfer a service that forms part of a single performance obligation. The Company does not disclose the value of unsatisfied performance obligations for the Short Course Segment because the performance obligation is part of a contract that has an original duration of less than one year.
    Contract Acquisition Costs
    The Company pays commissions to certain of its employees to obtain contracts with university clients in the Graduate Program Segment. These costs are capitalized and recorded on a contract-by-contract basis and amortized using the straight-line method over the expected life, which is generally the length of the contract.
    With respect to contract acquisition costs in the Short Course Segment, the Company has elected to apply the practical expedient in ASC Topic 606 to expense these costs as incurred, as the terms of contracts with students in this segment are less than one year.
    Payments to University Clients
    Pursuant to certain of the Company’s contracts in the Graduate Program Segment, the Company has made, or is obligated to make, payments to university clients at either execution of a contract or at the extension of a contract in exchange for various marketing and other rights. Generally, these amounts are capitalized and amortized as contra revenue over the life of the contract, commencing on the later of when payment is due or when contract revenue recognition begins.
    Accounts Receivable, Contract Assets and Liabilities
    Balance sheet items related to unvested restricted stock units was $19.2 millioncontracts consist of accounts receivable, net and willdeferred revenue on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. Included in accounts receivable, net are trade accounts receivable, which are comprised of billed and unbilled revenue. Accounts receivable, net is stated at net realizable value, and the Company utilizes the allowance method to provide for doubtful accounts based on management’s evaluation of the collectability of the amounts due. The Company’s estimates are reviewed and revised periodically based on historical collection experience and a review of the current status of
    2U, Inc.
    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
    2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

    accounts receivable, net. Historically, actual write-offs for uncollectible accounts have not significantly differed from prior estimates. The Company recognizes unbilled revenue when revenue recognition occurs in advance of billings. Unbilled revenue is recognized in the Graduate Program Segment because billings to university clients do not occur until after the academic term has commenced and final enrollment information is available. The Company’s unbilled revenue represents contract assets.
    Deferred revenue represents the excess of amounts billed or received as compared to amounts recognized in revenue on the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss as of the end of the reporting period, and such amounts are reflected as a current liability on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. The Company generally receives payments for its share of tuition and fees from graduate program university clients early in each academic term and from short course students, either in full upon registration for the course or in full before the end of the course based on a payment plan, prior to completion of the service period. These payments are recorded as deferred revenue until the services are delivered or until the Company’s obligations are otherwise met, at which time revenue is recognized.
    Business Combinations
    The purchase price of an acquisition is allocated to the assets acquired, including intangible assets, and liabilities assumed, based on their respective fair values at the acquisition date. Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred. The excess of the cost of an acquired entity, net of the amounts assigned to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, is recognized as goodwill. The net assets and results of operations of an acquired entity are included on the Company’s consolidated financial statements from the acquisition date.
    Concentration of Credit Risk
    Financial instruments that subject the Company to significant concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable. All of the Company’s cash is held at financial institutions that management believes to be of high credit quality. The Company’s bank accounts exceed federally insured limits at times. The Company has not experienced any losses on cash to date. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts, if needed, based on collection history.
    Cash and Cash Equivalents
    Cash and cash equivalents consist of bank checking accounts, money market accounts, investments in certificates of deposit that have an original maturity of three months or less and highly liquid marketable securities with maturities at the time of purchase of three months or less.
    Fair Value Measurements
    The carrying amounts of certain assets and liabilities, including cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, advances to university clients, accounts payable and accrued expenses and other current liabilities, approximate their respective fair values due to their short-term nature.
    Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date, based on the Company’s principal or, in the absence of a principal, most advantageous, market for the specific asset or liability.
    U.S. GAAP provides for a three-tier fair value hierarchy to classify and disclose all assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis, as well as assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis, in periods subsequent to their initial measurement. The fair value hierarchy requires the Company to use observable inputs when available, and to minimize the use of unobservable inputs when determining fair value. The three tiers are defined as follows:
    Level 1—Observable inputs that reflect quoted market prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets;
    Level 2—Observable inputs, other than quoted prices in active markets, that are observable either directly or indirectly in the marketplace for identical or similar assets and liabilities; and
    Level 3—Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market data, which require the Company to develop its own assumptions about the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability based on the best information available in the circumstances.
    2U, Inc.
    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
    2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

    Advances to University Clients
    The Company is contractually obligated to pay advances to certain of its university clients in order to fund start-up expenses of the program on behalf of the university client. Advances to university clients are stated at realizable value. Advances are repaid to the Company on terms as required in the respective agreements. The Company recognizes imputed interest income on these advance payments when the related amount of imputed interest is deemed significant. For the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, the Company did not incur a material amount of imputed interest income.
    Long-Lived Assets
    Property and Equipment
    Property and equipment is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Expenditures for major additions, construction and improvements are capitalized. Depreciation and amortization is expensed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets, which range from three to five years for computer hardware and five to seven years for furniture and office equipment. Leasehold improvements are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the lesser of the remaining term of the leased facility or the estimated useful life of the improvement, which generally ranges from four to approximately 11 years. Useful lives of significant assets are periodically reviewed and adjusted prospectively to reflect the Company’s current estimates of the respective assets’ expected utility. Repair and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred.
    Amortizable Intangible Assets
    Acquired Intangible Assets.    The Company capitalizes purchased intangible assets, such as software, websites and domains, and amortizes them on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful life. Historically, the Company has assessed the useful lives of these acquired intangible assets to be between three and ten years.
    Capitalized Technology.    Capitalized technology includes certain purchased software and technology licenses, direct third-party costs, and internal payroll and payroll-related costs used in the creation of our internal-use software. Software development projects generally include three stages: the preliminary project stage (all costs are expensed as incurred), the application development stage (certain costs are capitalized and certain costs are expensed as incurred) and the post-implementation/operation stage (all costs are expensed as incurred). Costs capitalized in the application development stage include costs of designing the application, coding, integrating the Company’s and the university’s networks and systems, and the testing of the software. Capitalization of costs requires judgment in determining when a project has reached the application development stage and the period over which the Company expects to benefit from the use of that software. Once the software is placed in service, these costs are amortized using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the software, which is generally three to five years.
    Capitalized Content Development.    The Company develops content for each offering on a course-by-course basis in conjunction with the faculty for each graduate program and short course. University clients and their faculty generally provide materials used for the course in an on-campus setting, including curricula, case studies and other reading materials, and presentations. The Company is responsible for the conversion of the materials into a format suitable for delivery through its online learning platform, including all expenses associated with this effort. With regard to the Graduate Program Segment, the development of content is part of the Company’s single performance obligation and is considered a contract fulfillment cost.
    The content development costs that qualify for capitalization are third-party direct costs, such as videography, editing and other services associated with creating digital content. Additionally, the Company capitalizes internal payroll and payroll-related costs incurred to create and produce videos and other digital content utilized in the university clients’ offerings for delivery via the Company’s online learning platform. Capitalization ends when content has been fully developed by both the Company and the university client, at which time amortization of the capitalized content development costs begins. The capitalized costs for each offering are recorded on a course-by-course basis and included in capitalized content costs in amortizable intangible assets, net on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. These costs are amortized using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the respective course, which is generally four to five years. The estimated useful life corresponds with the planned curriculum refresh rate. This refresh rate is consistent with expected curriculum refresh rates as cited by faculty members for similar on-campus offerings.
    Evaluation of Long-Lived Assets
    2U, Inc.
    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
    2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

    The Company reviews long-lived assets, which consist of property and equipment, capitalized technology costs, capitalized content development costs and acquired finite-lived intangible assets, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. In order to assess the recoverability of the capitalized technology and content development costs, the costs are grouped by the lowest level of independent cash flows (i.e., by degree program or short course, for content development costs). Recoverability of a long-lived asset is measured by a comparison of the carrying value of an asset or asset group to the future undiscounted net cash flows expected to be generated by that asset or asset group. If such assets are not recoverable, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying value of an asset exceeds the estimated fair value (discounted cash flow) of the asset or asset group. The Company’s impairment analysis is based upon cumulative results and forecasted performance.
    Non-Cash Long-Lived Asset Additions
    During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company had capital asset additions of $87.4 million in property and equipment and capitalized technology and content development, of which $5.3 million consisted of non-cash capital expenditures, primarily related to the acquisition of certain long-lived assets for which a liability was accrued. Due to extended payment terms associated with the timing of cash capital expenditures made more than 90 days after the date of purchase, an additional $4.9 million was classified as cash flows from financing activities in the consolidated statement of cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2018.
    During the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company had capital asset additions of $62.3 million in property and equipment and capitalized technology and content development, of which $11.2 million consisted of non-cash capital expenditures, primarily related to landlord funded leasehold improvements.
    Goodwill
    Goodwill is the excess of purchase price over the fair value of identified net assets of the business acquired. The Company’s goodwill balance relates to the acquisition of GetSmarter in 2017. The Company reviews goodwill at least annually, as of October 1. Between annual tests, goodwill is reviewed for possible impairment if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of the reporting unit below its carrying value. The Company tests goodwill at the reporting unit level, which is an operating segment or one level below an operating segment. The Company initially assesses qualitative factors to determine if it is necessary to perform the two-step goodwill impairment review. The Company will review goodwill for impairment using the two-step process if it decides to bypass the qualitative assessment or determines that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a weighted-average periodreporting unit is less than its carrying value based on a qualitative assessment. Upon the completion of approximately 2.4 years.

    the two-step process, the Company may be required to recognize an impairment based on the difference between the carrying value and the fair value of the goodwill recorded.

    Employee Benefits
    The Company offers a variety of benefits to its employees (e.g., healthcare, gym memberships and tuition reimbursement). The Company accounts for costs related to providing employee benefits as incurred, unless there is a service requirement, in which case, such costs are recognized over the service commitment period.
    2U, Inc.
    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
    2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

    Government Grants
    Government grants awarded to the Company in the form of forgivable loans are recorded as “deferred government grant obligations” within long-term liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets until all contingencies are resolved and the grant is determined to be realized.
    Income Tax (Expense) Benefit

    Taxes

    Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that are included in the financial statements. Under this method, the deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between the financial statement and tax bases of the assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect of a change in tax rates on the deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in earnings in the period when the new rate is enacted. Deferred tax assets are subject to periodic recoverability assessments. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount that more likely than not will be realized. We considerThe Company considers all positive and negative evidence relating to the realization of the deferred tax assets in assessing the need for a valuation allowance. WeThe Company currently maintainmaintains a full valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets.

            We recordassets in the U.S. and certain entities in the foreign jurisdictions.

    The Company records a liability for unrecognized tax benefits resulting from uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. We accountThe Company accounts for uncertainty in income taxes using a two-step approach for evaluating tax positions. Step one, recognition, occurs when we concludethe Company concludes that a tax position, based solely on its technical merits, is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination. Step two, measurement, determines the amount of benefit that is more likely than not to be realized upon ultimate settlement with a taxing authority that has full knowledge of all relevant information. De-recognition of a tax position that was previously recognized would occur if wethe Company subsequently determinedetermines that a tax position no longer meets the more likely than not threshold of being sustained. We recognizeThe Company recognizes interest and penalties, if any, related to unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense in our consolidated statements of operations.

    Key Business and Financial Performance Metrics

            We use a number of key metrics to evaluate our business, measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business, formulate financial projections and make strategic decisions. In addition to adjusted EBITDA, which we discuss below, we discuss revenue and the components of loss from operations in the section above entitled "—Components of Operating Results and Results of Operations." Additionally, we utilize other key metrics to evaluate the success of our growth strategy, including measures we refer to as platform revenue retention rate and full course equivalent enrollments in our clients' programs.

    Platform Revenue Retention Rate

            We measure our platform revenue retention rate for a particular period by first identifying the group of programs that our clients launched with our solutions before the beginning of the prior year comparative period. We then calculate our platform revenue retention rate by comparing the revenue we recognized for this group of programs in the reporting period to the revenue we recognized for the


    Table of Contents

    same group of programs in the prior year comparative period, expressed as a percentage of the revenue we recognized for the group in the prior year comparative period.

            The following table sets forth our platform revenue retention rate for the periods presented, as well as the number of programs included in the platform revenue retention rate calculation. For all of these periods, our platform revenue retention rate was greater than 100% because we had no programs terminate and full course equivalent enrollments in the aggregate increased year-over-year. There is no direct correlation between the platform revenue retention rate and the number of programs included in the calculation of that rate. However, there may be a correlation between the platform revenue retention rate and the average maturity of the programs included in the calculation of that rate because newer programs tend to have higher percentage growth rates.

     
     Year Ended December 31, 
     
     2016 2015 2014 

    Platform revenue retention rate

      123.0% 120.2% 112.4%

    Number of programs included in comparison(1)

      12  9  4 

    (1)
    Reflects the number of programs operating both in the reported period and in the prior year comparative period.

    Full Course Equivalent Enrollments in Our Clients' Programs

            We measure full course equivalent enrollments in our clients' programs by determining, for each of the courses offered during a particular period, the number of students enrolled in that course multiplied by the percentage of the course completed during that period. We use this metric to account for the fact that many courses offered by our clients straddle two or more fiscal quarters. For example, if a course had 25 enrolled students and 40% of the course was completed during a particular period, we would count the course as having 10 full course equivalent enrollments for that period. Any individual student may be enrolled in more than one course during a period.

            Average revenue per full course equivalent enrollment represents our weighted-average revenue per course across the mix of courses being offered in our client programs during a period. This number is derived by dividing our total revenue for a period by the number of full course equivalent enrollments during that same period. This amount may vary from period to period depending on the academic calendars of our clients, the relative growth rates of programs with varying tuition levels, the launch of new programs with higher or lower than average net tuition costs and annual tuition increases instituted by our clients. As a part of our growth strategy, we are actively targeting new graduate-level clients in academic disciplines for which we have existing programs. Over time, this strategy is likely to reduce our average revenue per full course equivalent. However, we believe this approach will enable us to leverage our program marketing investments across multiple client programs within specific academic disciplines, significantly decreasing student acquisition costs within those disciplines and more than offsetting any decline in average revenue per full course equivalent enrollment.

            The following table sets forth the full course equivalent enrollments and average revenue per full course equivalent enrollment in our clients' programs for the periods presented.

     
     Year Ended December 31, 
     
     2016 2015 2014 

    Full course equivalent enrollments in our clients' programs

      77,344  57,019  41,034 

    Average revenue per full course equivalent enrollment in our clients' programs

     $2,662 $2,634 $2,687 

    Table of Contents

    Adjusted EBITDA

            Adjusted EBITDA represents our earnings before net interest (income) expense, income taxes, depreciation and amortization, adjusted to eliminate stock-based compensation expense, which is a non-cash item. Adjusted EBITDA is a key measure used by our management and board of directors to understand and evaluate our core operating performance and trends, to prepare and approve our annual budget and to develop short- and long-term operational plans. In particular, the exclusion of certain expenses in calculating adjusted EBITDA can provide a useful measure for period-to-period comparisons of our core business. Accordingly, we believe that adjusted EBITDA provides useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our operating results in the same manner as our management and board of directors.

            Adjusted EBITDA is not a measure calculated in accordance with U.S. GAAP, and should not be considered as an alternative to any measure of financial performance calculated and presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP. In addition, adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies because other companies may not calculate adjusted EBITDA in the same manner as we do. We prepare adjusted EBITDA to eliminate the impact of stock-based compensation expense, which we do not consider indicative of our core operating performance.

            Our use of adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our financial results as reported under U.S. GAAP. Some of these limitations are:

            Because of these and other limitations, you should consider adjusted EBITDA alongside other U.S. GAAP-based financial performance measures, including various cash flow metrics, net income


    Table of Contents

    (loss) and our other U.S. GAAP results. The following table presents a reconciliation of net loss to adjusted EBITDA for each of the periods indicated:

     
     Year Ended December 31, 
     
     2016 2015 2014 
     
     (in thousands)
     

    Net loss

     $(20,684)$(26,733)$(28,999)

    Adjustments:

              

    Interest expense

      35  552  1,213 

    Interest income

      (383) (167) (92)

    Depreciation and amortization expense

      9,750  7,220  5,572 

    Stock-based compensation expense

      15,823  12,499  7,527 

    Total adjustments

      25,225  20,104  14,220 

    Adjusted EBITDA (loss)

     $4,541 $(6,629)$(14,779)

    Liquidity and Capital Resources

    Sources of Liquidity

            On December 31, 2013, we entered into a credit agreement with Comerica Bank for a revolving line of credit with an aggregate commitment not to exceed $37.0 million. On January 21, 2014, we borrowed $5.0 million under this line of credit and repaid this borrowing in full on February 18, 2014.

            On December 31, 2015, we amended our credit agreement with Comerica Bank to reduce the aggregate amount we may borrow to $25.0 million and extend the maturity date through April 29, 2016, and on January 30, 2017, we amended our credit agreement to extend the maturity date through March 1, 2017. No amounts were outstanding under this credit agreement as of December 31, 2016. We intend to extend this agreement under comparable terms, prior to expiration.

            Certain of our operating lease agreements entered into prior to December 31, 2016 require security deposits in the form of cash or an unconditional, irrevocable letter of credit. As of December 31, 2016, we have entered into standby letters of credit totaling $7.1 million, as security deposits for the applicable leased facilities. These letters of credit reduced the aggregate amount we may borrow under our revolving line of credit to $17.9 million. In addition, on February 13, 2017, we entered into a standby letter of credit totaling $4.4 million, as a security deposit for our leased facility in Brooklyn, New York. This letter of credit reduced the aggregate amount we may borrow under its revolving line of credit to $13.5 million.

            Under this revolving line of credit, we have the option of borrowing funds subject to (i) a base rate, which is equal to 1.5% plus the greater of Comerica Bank's prime rate, the federal funds rate plus 1% or the 30 day LIBOR plus 1%, or (ii) LIBOR plus 2.5%. For amounts borrowed under the base rate, we may make interest-only payments quarterly, and may prepay such amounts with no penalty. For amounts borrowed under LIBOR, we may make interest-only payments in periods of one, two and three months and will be subject to a prepayment penalty if we repay such borrowed amounts before the end of the interest period.

            Borrowings under the line of credit are collateralized by substantially all of our assets. The availability of borrowings under this credit line is subject to our compliance with reporting and financial covenants, including, among other things, that we achieve specified minimum three-month trailing revenue levels during the term of the agreement and specified minimum six-month trailing profitability levels for some of our client programs, measured quarterly. In addition, we are required to maintain a minimum adjusted quick ratio, which measures our short-term liquidity, of at least 1.10 to 1.00. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, our adjusted quick ratios were 5.43 and 7.90, respectively.


    Table of Contents

            The covenants under the line of credit also place limitations on our ability to incur additional indebtedness or to prepay permitted indebtedness, grant liens on or security interests in our assets, carry out mergers and acquisitions, dispose of assets, declare, make or pay dividends, make capital expenditures in excess of specified amounts, make investments, loans or advances, enter into transactions with our affiliates, amend or modify the terms of our material contracts, or change our fiscal year. If we are not in compliance with the covenants under the line of credit, after any opportunity to cure such non-compliance, or we otherwise experience an event of default under the line of credit, the lenders may require repayment in full of all principal and interest outstanding. If we fail to repay such amounts, the lenders could foreclose on the assets we have pledged as collateral under the line of credit. We are currently in compliance with all such covenants.

    Public Offering of Common Stock

            On April 2, 2014, we closed our IPO in which we issued and sold 8,626,377 shares of common stock resulting in net proceeds of $100.3 million. On September 30, 2015, we sold 3,625,000 shares of our common stock to the public, including 525,000 shares sold pursuant to the underwriters' over-allotment option, resulting in net proceeds of $117.1 million. Refer to Note 1 in the "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements" included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional details.

    Working Capital

            The following table summarizes our cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and working capital for the periods presented:

     
     As of December 31, 
     
     2016 2015 2014 
     
     (in thousands)
     

    Cash and cash equivalents

     $168,730 $183,729 $86,929 

    Accounts receivable, net

      7,860  975  350 

    Working capital

      143,629  160,310  66,220 

            Our cash at December 31, 2016 was held for working capital purposes. We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes. We invest any cash in excess of our immediate requirements in investments designed to preserve the principal balance and provide liquidity. Accordingly, our cash is invested primarily in demand deposit accounts that are currently providing only a minimal return.

    Cash Flows

            The following table summarizes our cash flows for the periods presented:

     
     Year Ended December 31, 
     
     2016 2015 2014 
     
     (in thousands)
     

    Cash provided by (used in):

              

    Operating activities

     $5,210 $(9,267)$(11,685)

    Investing activities

      (24,518) (15,945) (10,982)

    Financing activities

      4,309  122,012  102,584 

    Operating Activities

            For the year ended December 31, 2016, net cash provided by operating activities was $5.2 million, consisting of $25.6 million in non-cash items and a $0.3 million net cash inflow from changes in


    Table of Contents

    working capital, partially offset by a net loss of $20.7 million. Non-cash items consisted of non-cash stock compensation charges of $15.8 million and depreciation and amortization expense of $9.8 million. The increase in cash resulting from changes in working capital consisted of a $3.1 million increase in accrued compensation and related benefits, a $2.2 million increase in payments to certain of our university clients in exchange for contract extensions and various marketing and other rights and a $2.2 million change in other assets and other liabilities, partially offset by a $6.9 million increase in accounts receivable and other changes of $0.3 million.

            For the year ended December 31, 2015, net cash used in operating activities was $9.3 million, consisting of a net loss of $26.7 million and a $3.1 million net cash outflow from changes in working capital, partially offset by $20.5 million in non-cash items. Non-cash items consisted of non-cash stock compensation charges of $12.5 million, depreciation and amortization expense of $7.2 million and a $0.8 million charge related to the execution of a new lease agreement for our Maryland headquarters. The decrease in cash resulting from changes in working capital consisted of a $4.0 million increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets, a $3.7 million increase in payments to certain of our university clients in exchange for contract extensions and various marketing and other rights, partially offset by an increase in accrued compensation and related benefits of $4.3 million and other changes of $0.3 million.

            For the year ended December 31, 2014, net cash used in operating activities was $11.7 million, consisting of a net loss of $29.0 million, partially offset by $13.1 million in non-cash items and a $4.2 million net cash inflow from changes in working capital. Non-cash items consisted of non-cash stock compensation charges of $7.5 million and depreciation, amortization expense of $5.6 million. The increase in cash resulting from changes in working capital consisted of an increase in accrued compensation and related benefits of $3.1 million and a $3.0 million increase accrued expenses and other current liabilities primarily due to higher accrued program marketing costs and an increase of $0.7 million related to the change in the fair value of the Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants prior to their conversion to additional paid-in capital upon the closing of the initial public offering, partially offset by decreases in accounts payable of $2.6 million.

    Investing Activities

            For the year ended December 31, 2016, net cash used in investing activities was $24.5 million, consisting primarily of $16.7 million in costs related to internal-use software and content developed to support a greater number of launched programs. Additionally, purchases of property and equipment were $7.7 million, primarily related to leasehold improvement expenditures related to our new office operating leases, and other investing activities of $0.1 million.

            For the year ended December 31, 2015, net cash used in investing activities was $15.9 million, consisting primarily of $12.4 million in costs related to internal-use software and content developed to support a greater number of launched programs. Additionally, $2.0 million was related to the purchase of amortizable intangible assets associated with our marketing domain names and $0.3 million related to an investment we made in an early stage entity to test international marketing channels, while other purchases of property and equipment were $1.2 million.

            For the year ended December 31, 2014, net cash used in investing activities was $11.0 million, consisting primarily of $9.5 million in costs related to internal-use software and content developed to support a greater number of launched programs, and $1.5 million related to purchases of property and equipment.

    Financing Activities

            For the year ended December 31, 2016, net cash provided by financing activities was $4.3 million, consisting primarily of $4.9 million in proceeds received from the exercise of stock options, partially


    Table of Contents

    offset by $0.6 million of cash used for the payment of employee withholding taxes related to the release of restricted stock units.

            For the year ended December 31, 2015, net cash provided by financing activities was $122.0 million, consisting primarily of $117.1 million in net proceeds from our public offering of common stock and $5.3 million in proceeds received from the exercise of stock options, partially offset by $0.4 million of cash used for the payment of employee withholding taxes related to the release of restricted stock units.

            For the year ended December 31, 2014, net cash provided by financing activities was $102.6 million, consisting primarily of $100.3 million in net proceeds from our initial public offering. In addition, we received net cash of $2.3 million from the exercise of stock options.

    Operating and Capital Expenditure Requirements

            In 2016, we had new capital asset additions of $30.8 million, which was primarily comprised of $17.0 million in capitalized technology and content development costs and $11.7 million of leasehold improvements and other facilities-related capital costs. Of the $30.8 million increase, our cash capital expenditures were $24.4 million, with the difference consisting of landlord-funded leasehold improvement allowances and other accrued capital expenditures. In 2017, we expect new capital asset additions of approximately $64 to $69 million, of which approximately $11 to $13 million will be funded by landlord leasehold improvement allowances.

    Contractual Obligations and Commitments

            We have non-cancelable operating leases for our office space, and we are also contractually obligated to make fixed payments to certain of our university clients in exchange for contract extensions and various marketing and other rights.

            We have a $25.0 million line of credit from Comerica Bank (with letters of credit reducing the aggregate amount we may borrow to $17.9 million) and no amounts were outstanding as of December 31, 2016. In addition, on February 13, 2017, we entered into a standby letter of credit totaling $4.4 million, as a security deposit for our leased facility in Brooklyn, New York. This letter of credit reduced the aggregate amount that we may borrow under our revolving line of credit to $13.5 million.

            The following table summarizes our obligations under non-cancelable operating leases and commitments to certain of our clients in exchange for contract extensions and various marketing and other rights at December 31, 2016. Future events could cause actual payments to differ from these amounts.

     
     Payment due by period 
    Contractual Obligations
     Total Less than
    1 year
     1 - 3 years 3 - 5 years More than
    5 years
     
     
     (in thousands)
     

    Operating lease obligations

     $96,191 $6,924 $16,145 $16,903 $56,219 

    Payments to clients

      16,003  4,978  4,750  1,250  5,025 

    Total

     $112,194 $11,902 $20,895 $18,153 $61,244 

            We have entered into a specific program agreement under which we would be obligated to make future minimum program payments to a client in the event that certain program metrics, partially associated with a program not yet launched, are not achieved. Due to the dependency of this calculation on a future program launch, the amount of any associated contingent payments cannot be reasonably estimated at this time. As we cannot reasonably estimate the amount of the contingent


    Table of Contents

    payments, and because we believe any contingent payments under this agreement would likely be immaterial, we have excluded such payments from the table above.

            See Note 6 in the "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements" included in Part II, Item 8 and "Legal Proceedings" contained in Part I, Item 3 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information regarding contingencies.

    Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

            We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements, as defined in Item 303(a)(4)(ii) of Regulation S-K, such as the use of unconsolidated subsidiaries, structured finance, special purpose entities or variable interest entities.

    Recent Accounting Pronouncements

            Refer to Note 2 in the "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements" included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for a discussion of FASB's recent accounting pronouncements and their effect on us.


    Table of Contents


    Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

            Management of 2U, Inc. is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)). The Company's internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

            The Company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

            Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

            The Company's management assessed the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth inInternal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in 2013. Management has concluded that, as of December 31, 2016, the Company's internal control over financial reporting was effective based on these criteria.

            The effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016, has been audited by KPMG LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report included herein.


    Table of Contents

    Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

    The Board of Directors and Stockholders
    2U, Inc.:

            We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of 2U, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders' equity (deficit), and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2016. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

            We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

            In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of 2U, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2016, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

            We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), 2U, Inc.'s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016, based on criteria established inInternal Control—Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated February 24, 2017 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting.

    /s/ KPMG LLP

    McLean, Virginia
    February 24, 2017


    Table of Contents


    Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

    The Board of Directors and Stockholders
    2U, Inc.:

            We have audited 2U, Inc.'s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016, based on criteria established inInternal Control—Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). 2U, Inc.'s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

            We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

            A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

            Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

            In our opinion, 2U, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016, based on criteria established inInternal Control—Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

            We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of 2U, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders' equity (deficit), and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2016 and our report dated February 24, 2017 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.

    /s/ KPMG LLP

    McLean, Virginia
    February 24, 2017


    Table of Contents


    2U, Inc.

    Consolidated Balance Sheets

    (in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

     
     December 31, 
     
     2016 2015 

    Assets

           

    Current assets:

           

    Cash and cash equivalents

     $168,730 $183,729 

    Accounts receivable, net

      7,860  975 

    Advances to clients

      567  1,508 

    Prepaid expenses and other assets

      7,541  6,695 

    Total current assets

      184,698  192,907 

    Property and equipment, net

      15,596  3,621 

    Capitalized technology and content development costs, net

      31,867  22,628 

    Advances to clients, non-current

      2,100  1,042 

    Prepaid expenses, non-current

      7,052  7,099 

    Other non-current assets

      3,007  3,744 

    Total assets

     $244,320 $231,041 

    Liabilities and stockholders' equity

           

    Current liabilities:

           

    Accounts payable

     $3,729 $4,544 

    Accrued compensation and related benefits

      16,491  13,405 

    Accrued expenses and other liabilities

      17,712  12,039 

    Deferred revenue

      3,137  2,609 

    Total current liabilities

      41,069  32,597 

    Non-current liabilities

      8,014  2,655 

    Total liabilities

      49,083  35,252 

    Commitments and contingencies (Note 7)

           

    Stockholders' equity:

           

    Preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 5,000,000 shares authorized, 0 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2016 and 2015

         

    Common stock, $0.001 par value, 200,000,000 shares authorized, 47,151,635 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2016; 45,776,455 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2015

      47  46 

    Additional paid-in capital

      371,455  351,324 

    Accumulated deficit

      (176,265) (155,581)

    Total stockholders' equity

      195,237  195,789 

    Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

     $244,320 $231,041 

    See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


    Table of Contents


    2U, Inc.

    Consolidated Statements of Operations

    (in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

     
     Year Ended December 31, 
     
     2016 2015 2014 

    Revenue

     $205,864 $150,194 $110,239 

    Costs and expenses:

              

    Servicing and support

      40,982  32,047  26,858 

    Technology and content development

      33,283  27,211  22,621 

    Program marketing and sales

      106,610  82,911  65,218 

    General and administrative

      46,021  34,123  23,420 

    Total costs and expenses

      226,896  176,292  138,117 

    Loss from operations

      (21,032) (26,098) (27,878)

    Other income (expense):

              

    Interest expense

      (35) (552) (1,213)

    Interest income

      383  167  92 

    Other

        (250)  

    Total other income (expense)

      348  (635) (1,121)

    Loss before income taxes

      (20,684) (26,733) (28,999)

    Income tax expense

           

    Net loss

      (20,684) (26,733) (28,999)

    Preferred stock accretion

          (89)

    Net loss attributable to holders of common stock

     $(20,684)$(26,733)$(29,088)

    Net loss per share attributable to holders of common stock, basic and diluted

     $(0.44)$(0.63)$(0.91)

    Weighted-average shares of common stock outstanding, basic and diluted

      46,609,751  42,420,356  32,075,107 

    See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


    Table of Contents


    2U, Inc.

    Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)

    (in thousands, except share amounts)

     
     Common Stock  
      
      
     
     
     Additional
    Paid-In
    Capital
     Accumulated
    Deficit
     Total
    Stockholders'
    Equity (Deficit)
     
     
     Shares Amount 

    Balance, December 31, 2013

      7,629,133  8  7,817  (99,849) (92,024)

    Exercise of stock options

      940,642  1  2,281    2,282 

    Grant of common stock

      5,000    55    55 

    Accretion of issuance costs on redeemable convertible preferred stock

          (89)   (89)

    Stock-based compensation expense

          7,527    7,527 

    Conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to common stock

      23,501,208  23  98,113    98,136 

    Conversion of Series D warrants to common stock warrants

          821    821 

    Issuance of common stock from initial public offering, net of issuance costs

      8,626,377  9  100,293    100,302 

    Exercise of warrants to purchase common stock          

      32,709         

    Net loss

            (28,999) (28,999)

    Balance, December 31, 2014

      40,735,069 $41 $216,818 $(128,848)$88,011 

    Exercise of stock options

      1,141,731  1  5,335    5,336 

    Issuance of common stock in connection with settlement of restricted stock units, net of withholdings

      248,088    (436)   (436)

    Issuance of common stock, net of issuance costs          

      3,625,000  4  117,108    117,112 

    Issuance of common stock award

      26,567    750    750 

    Stock-based compensation expense

          11,749    11,749 

    Net loss

            (26,733) (26,733)

    Balance, December 31, 2015

      45,776,455 $46 $351,324 $(155,581)$195,789 

    Exercise of stock options

      1,011,153  1  4,858    4,859 

    Issuance of common stock in connection with settlement of restricted stock units, net of withholdings

      351,319    (382)   (382)

    Issuance of common stock award

      12,708    (168)   (168)

    Stock-based compensation expense

          15,823    15,823 

    Net loss

            (20,684) (20,684)

    Balance, December 31, 2016

      47,151,635 $47 $371,455 $(176,265)$195,237 

    See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


    Table of Contents


    2U, Inc.

    Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

    (in thousands)

     
     Year Ended December 31, 
     
     2016 2015 2014 

    Cash flows from operating activities

              

    Net loss

     $(20,684)$(26,733)$(28,999)

    Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

              

    Depreciation and amortization

      9,750  7,220  5,572 

    Stock-based compensation expense

      15,823  12,499  7,527 

    Charge related to execution of new lease agreement

        884   

    Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

              

    (Increase) decrease in accounts receivable, net

      (6,885) (625) 1,485 

    Increase in advances to clients

      (117) (875) (1,094)

    Increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets

      (973) (4,001) (374)

    (Decrease) increase in accounts payable

      (815) 2,251  (2,565)

    Increase in accrued compensation and related benefits

      3,086  4,317  3,123 

    Increase in accrued expenses and other liabilities

      1,052  1,216  2,978 

    Increase in deferred revenue

      528  703  640 

    Decrease (increase) in payments to clients

      2,234  (3,664) (826)

    Decrease (increase) in other assets and other liabilities, net

      2,211  (2,709) 153 

    Other

        250  695 

    Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

      5,210  (9,267) (11,685)

    Cash flows from investing activities

              

    Capitalized technology and content development cost expenditures

      (16,728) (12,358) (9,454)

    Purchases of property and equipment

      (7,648) (1,256) (1,499)

    Other

      (142) (2,331) (29)

    Net cash used in investing activities

      (24,518) (15,945) (10,982)

    Cash flows from financing activities

              

    Proceeds from exercise of stock options

      4,859  5,336  2,282 

    Proceeds from issuance of common stock, net of offering costs

        117,112  100,302 

    Proceeds from revolving line of credit

          5,000 

    Payment on revolving line of credit

          (5,000)

    Other

      (550) (436)  

    Net cash provided by financing activities

      4,309  122,012  102,584 

    Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

      (14,999) 96,800  79,917 

    Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

      183,729  86,929  7,012 

    Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

     $168,730 $183,729 $86,929 

    Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing activities

              

    Accrued capital expenditures

     $6,729 $415 $557 

    Accretion of issuance costs on redeemable convertible preferred stock

          89 

    Common stock granted in exchange for consulting services received

          55 

    See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


    Table of Contents


    2U, Inc.

    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

    1. Description of the Business

            2U, Inc. (the "Company") was incorporated as 2Tor Inc. in the State of Delaware in April 2008 and changed its name to 2U, Inc. on October 11, 2012. Under long-term agreements, the Company provides an integrated solution comprised of cloud-based software-as-a-service ("SaaS"), fused with technology-enabled services (together, the "Platform"), that allows leading colleges and universities to deliver high-quality online degree programs, extending the universities' reach and distinguishing their brands. The Company's SaaS technology consists of (i) a comprehensive learning environment ("Online Campus"), which acts as the hub for all student and faculty academic and social interaction, and (ii) a comprehensive suite of integrated applications, which the Company uses to launch, operate and support the Company's clients' programs. The Company also provides a suite of technology-enabled services optimized with data analysis and machine learning techniques that support the complete lifecycle of a higher education program, including attracting students, advising prospective students through the admissions application process, providing technical, success coaching and other support, facilitating accessibility to individuals with disabilities, and facilitating in-program field placements.

            On September 30, 2015, the Company sold 3,625,000 shares of its common stock to the public, including 525,000 shares sold pursuant to the underwriters' over-allotment option, at an issuance price of $34.00 per share. The Company received net proceeds of $117.1 million after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions of $5.5 million and other offering expenses of approximately $0.6 million.

    2. Significant Accounting Policies

    Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation

          �� The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries and have been prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles ("U.S. GAAP") and include the assets, liabilities, results of operations and cash flows of the Company. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

    Reclassifications

            Certain prior period amounts in the consolidated balance sheets, consolidated statements of cash flows and the notes thereto have been reclassified to conform to the current period's presentation. Specifically, capitalized technology costs have been reclassified out of property and equipment and have been combined with capitalized content development costs. These reclassifications had no impact on total assets or investing activities previously reported for any periods presented.

    Use of Estimates

            The preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP requires management to make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. On an ongoing basis, the Company evaluates its estimates, including those related to the useful lives of long-lived assets, fair value measurements and income taxes, among others. The Company bases its estimates and assumptions on historical experience and on various other factors that it believes to be reasonable under the circumstances. Due to the inherent uncertainty involved in making estimates, actual results reported in future periods may be affected by changes in those estimates. The Company evaluates its estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis.


    Table of Contents


    2U, Inc.

    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

    2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

    Cash and Cash Equivalents

            Cash and cash equivalents consist of bank checking accounts, money market accounts, investments in certificates of deposit that mature in less than three months and highly liquid marketable securities with maturities at the time of purchase of three months or less.

    Concentration of Credit Risk

            Financial instruments that subject the Company to significant concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable. All of the Company's cash is held at financial institutions that management believes to be of high credit quality. The Company's bank accounts exceed federally insured limits at times. The Company has not experienced any losses on cash to date. To manage accounts receivable risk, the Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts, if needed.

            During the year ended December 31, 2016, three clients each accounted for 10% or more of the Company's revenue, as follows: $71.0 million, $36.7 million and $22.1 million, which equals 35%, 18% and 11% of total revenue, respectively.

            During the year ended December 31, 2015, three clients each accounted for 10% or more of the Company's revenue, as follows: $65.2 million, $23.8 million and $17.6 million, which equals 43%, 16% and 12% of total revenue, respectively.

            During the year ended December 31, 2014, three clients each accounted for 10% or more of the Company's revenue, as follows: $61.1 million, $15.9 million and $14.6 million, which equals 55%, 14% and 13% of total revenue, respectively.

            As of December 31, 2016, two clients each accounted for 10% or more of the Company's accounts receivable balance, as follows: $5.8 million and $1.4 million, which equals 74% and 17% of total accounts receivable, respectively. As of December 31, 2015, one client accounted for more than 10% of the Company's accounts receivable balance, as follows: $0.2 million, which equals 18% of total accounts receivable.

    Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

            Accounts receivable are stated at net realizable value. The Company extends a minimal amount of uncollateralized credit to its clients. The Company utilizes the allowance method to provide for doubtful accounts based on management's evaluation of the collectability of the amounts due. The Company's estimate is based on historical collection experience and a review of the current status of accounts receivable. Historically, actual write-offs for uncollectible accounts have not significantly differed from the Company's estimates. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company determined that no significant allowances for doubtful accounts were necessary.

    Fair Value Measurements

            The carrying amounts of certain assets and liabilities, including cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses and other current liabilities, approximate their respective fair values due to their short-term nature.


    Table of Contents


    2U, Inc.

    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

    2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

            Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date, based on the Company's principal or, in the absence of a principal, most advantageous, market for the specific asset or liability.

            U.S. GAAP provides for a three-tier fair value hierarchy to classify and disclose all assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis, as well as assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis, in periods subsequent to their initial measurement. The fair value hierarchy requires the Company to use observable inputs when available, and to minimize the use of unobservable inputs when determining fair value. The three tiers are defined as follows:

    Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

            The Company evaluates its financial assets and liabilities subject to fair value measurements on a recurring basis to determine the appropriate level in which to classify them for each reporting period. This determination requires significant judgments to be made. The Company had Level 1 money market investments of $137.9 million and $155.6 million included in cash and cash equivalents as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

    Advances to Clients

            The Company is contractually obligated to pay advances to certain of its clients in order to fund start-up expenses of the program on behalf of the client. Advances to clients are stated at realizable value. Advances are repaid to the Company on terms as required in the respective agreements. The Company recognizes imputed interest income on these advance payments when there is a significant amount of imputed interest.

    Long-Lived Assets

    Property and Equipment

            Property and equipment is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Expenditures for major additions, construction and improvements are capitalized. Depreciation and amortization is expensed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets, which range from three to five years for computer hardware and five to seven years for furniture and office equipment. Leasehold improvements are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the lesser of the remaining term of the leased facility or the estimated useful life of the improvement, which generally ranges from four to approximately 11 years. Useful lives of significant assets are periodically


    Table of Contents


    2U, Inc.

    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

    2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

    reviewed and adjusted prospectively to reflect the Company's current estimates of the respective assets' expected utility. Repair and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred.

    Capitalized Technology and Content Development Costs

            The Company capitalizes certain costs related to internal-use software, primarily consisting of direct labor associated with creating the software. Software development projects generally include three stages: the preliminary project stage (all costs are expensed as incurred), the application development stage (certain costs are capitalized and certain costs are expensed as incurred) and the post-implementation/operation stage (all costs are expensed as incurred). Costs capitalized in the application development stage include costs of designing the application, coding, integrating the Company's and the university's networks and systems, and the testing of the software. Capitalization of costs requires judgment in determining when a project has reached the application development stage and the period over which the Company expects to benefit from the use of that software. Once the software is placed in service, these costs are amortized on the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the software, which is generally three years.

            The Company works with each client's faculty members to develop and maintain educational content that is delivered to their students through Online Campus. The online content developed jointly by the Company and its clients consists of subjects chosen and taught by clients' faculty members and incorporates references and examples designed to remain relevant over extended periods of time. Online delivery of the content, combined with live, face-to-face instruction, provides the Company with rapid user feedback that it uses to make ongoing corrections, modifications and improvements to the course content. The Company's clients retain all intellectual property rights to the developed content, although the Company retains the rights to the content packaging and delivery mechanisms. Much of the Company's new content development uses proven delivery platforms and is therefore primarily subject-specific in nature. As a result, a significant portion of content development costs qualify for capitalization due to the focus of the Company's development efforts on the unique subject matter of the content. Similar to on-campus programs offered by the Company's clients, the online degree programs enabled by the Company offer numerous courses for each degree. The Company therefore capitalizes its development costs on a course-by-course basis.

            The Company develops content on a course-by-course basis in conjunction with the faculty for each client program. The clients and their faculty generally provide course outlines in the form of the curriculum, required textbooks, case studies and other reading materials, as well as presentations that are typically used in the on-campus setting. The Company is then responsible for, and incurs all of the expenses related to, the conversion of the materials provided by each client into a format suitable for delivery through Online Campus.

            The content development costs that qualify for capitalization are third-party direct costs, such as videography, editing and other services associated with creating digital content. Additionally, the Company capitalizes internal payroll and payroll-related costs incurred to create and produce videos and other digital content utilized in the clients' programs for delivery via Online Campus. Capitalization ends when content has been fully developed by both the Company and the client, at which time amortization of the capitalized content development costs begins. The capitalized costs are recorded on a course-by-course basis and included in capitalized content costs on the consolidated balance sheets. These costs are amortized using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life


    Table of Contents


    2U, Inc.

    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

    2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

    of the respective capitalized content program, which is generally five years. The estimated useful life corresponds with the Company's planned curriculum refresh rate. This refresh rate is consistent with expected curriculum refresh rates as cited by program faculty members for similar on-campus programs. It is reasonably possible that developed content could be refreshed before the estimated useful lives are complete or be expensed immediately in the event that the development of a course is discontinued prior to launch.

    Other Non-Current Assets

            The Company records amounts paid more than 12 months in advance of being incurred as prepaid expenses, non-current. In addition, the Company has certain other assets that are long-term in nature, which are classified as other non-current assets. These consist primarily of other amortizable intangible assets associated with the Company's marketing websites and related domain names and security deposits on leased office facilities.

    Evaluation of Long-Lived Assets

            The Company reviews long-lived assets, which consist of property and equipment, capitalized technology costs, capitalized content development costs and acquired finite-lived intangible assets, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of a long-lived asset is measured by a comparison of the carrying value of an asset or asset group to the future undiscounted net cash flows expected to be generated by that asset or asset group. If such assets are not recoverable, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying value of an asset exceeds the estimated fair value (discounted cash flow) of the asset or asset group. In order to assess the recoverability of the capitalized technology and content development costs, the costs are grouped by degree vertical, which is the lowest level of independent cash flows. The Company's impairment analysis is based upon cumulative results and forecasted performance. The actual results could vary from the Company's forecasts, especially in relation to recently launched programs. For the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, no impairment of long-lived assets was deemed to have occurred.

    Revenue Recognition and Deferred Revenue

            The Company recognizes revenue when all of the following conditions are met: (i) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, (ii) rendering of services is complete, (iii) fees are fixed or determinable and (iv) collection of fees is reasonably assured.

            The Company primarily derives its revenue from long-term contracts that typically range from 10 to 15 years in length. Under these contracts, the Company enables access to its Platform to its clients and their faculty and students. The Company is entitled to a contractually specified percentage of net program proceeds from its clients. These net program proceeds represent gross proceeds billed by clients to students, less credit card fees and other specified charges the Company has agreed to exclude in certain of its client contracts.

            The Company generates substantially all of its revenue from multiple-deliverable contractual arrangements with its clients. Under each of these arrangements, the Company provides (i) access to Online Campus, which serves as a learning platform for its client's faculty and students and which also enables a comprehensive range of other client functions, (ii) access to operations applications which


    Table of Contents


    2U, Inc.

    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

    2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

    provide the content management, admissions application processing, customer relationship management, and other functionality necessary to effectively operate the Company's clients' programs and (iii) technology-enabled services that support the complete lifecycle of a higher education program, including attracting students, advising prospective students through the admissions application process, providing technical, success coaching and other support, facilitating accessibility to individuals with disabilities, and facilitating in-program field placements.

            In order to treat deliverables in a multiple-deliverable contractual arrangement as separate units of accounting, deliverables must have standalone value upon delivery. The technology-enabled services within the Platform are provided primarily in support of programs delivered through Online Campus, and for students of the programs delivered through Online Campus. Accordingly, the Company has determined that no individual deliverable has standalone value upon delivery and, therefore, deliverables within the Company's multiple-deliverable arrangements do not qualify for treatment as separate units of accounting. Therefore, the Company considers all deliverables to be a single unit of accounting and recognizes revenue from the entire arrangement over the term of the service period.

            Advance payments are recorded as deferred revenue until services are delivered or obligations are met, at which time revenue is recognized. Deferred revenue as of a particular balance sheet date represents the excess of amounts received as compared to amounts recognized in revenue in the consolidated statements of operations as of the end of the reporting period, and such amounts are reflected as a current liability on the Company's consolidated balance sheets.

    Program comprehensive loss.

    Marketing and Sales Expense

    Costs

    The majority of the marketing and sales costs incurred by the Company are directly related to acquiring students for its clients'university clients’ graduate programs, with lesser amounts related to the Company's ownacquiring students for its short course and marketing and advertising efforts.efforts related to the Company’s own brand. For the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, 2015 and 2014, expensescosts related to the Company's ownCompany’s marketing and advertising efforts of its own brand were not material. All such costs are expensed as incurred and reported in program marketing and sales expense inon the Company'sCompany’s consolidated statements of operations.

    operations and comprehensive loss.

    As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company had $10.3 million and $11.7 million, respectively, of accrued marketing costs included in accounts payable and accrued expenses on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.
    Leases

    The Company leases all of its office facilities and enters into various other lease agreements in conducting its business. At the inception of each lease, the Company evaluates the lease agreement to determine whether the lease is an operating or capital lease. Additionally, many of the Company'sCompany’s lease agreements contain renewal options, tenant improvement allowances, rent holiday and/or rent escalation clauses. The Company defers tenant improvement allowances and amortizes such balances as a reduction of rent expense over the term of the lease. When rent holidays or rent escalations are included in a lease agreement, the Company records a deferred rent asset or liability inon the consolidated financial statements, and records these items in rent expense evenly over the term of the lease.

    The Company is also required to make additional payments under operating lease terms for taxes, insurance and other operating expenses incurred during the operating lease period; such items are expensed as incurred. Rental deposits are included as other assets inon the consolidated financial statements for lease agreements thethat require payments in advance or deposits held for security that are refundable, less any damages, at the end of the respective lease.


    Table of Contents


    2U, Inc.

    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

    2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

    Stock-Based Compensation

    The Company accounts for stock-based compensation awards based on the fair value of the award as of the grant date. For awards subject to service-based vesting conditions, the Company recognizes stock-based compensation expense on a
    2U, Inc.
    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
    2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

    straight-line basis over the awards'awards’ requisite service period,period. Effective April 1, 2017, expected volatility is based on the historical volatilities of the Company’s common stock. Prior to January 1, 2017, the Company adjusted stock-based compensation expense for estimated forfeitures.forfeitures of stock-based awards. As described in the “Recent Accounting Pronouncements” section of this Note, beginning on January 1, 2017, the Company accounts for forfeitures (and the impact on stock-based compensation expense) as they occur. For awards subject to both performance and service-based vesting conditions, the Company recognizes stock-based compensation expense using an accelerated recognition method when it is probable that the performance condition will be achieved.

    Basic and Diluted Loss per Common Share

            The Company uses

    Foreign Currency Translation
    For the two-class method to compute net loss per share of common stock because the Company has issued securities, other than common stock, that contractually entitle the holders to participate in dividends and earningsportion of the Company. The two-class method requires earningsCompany’s non-U.S. business where the local currency is the functional currency, operating results are translated into U.S. dollars using the average rate of exchange for the period, to be allocated between common stock and participating securities based upon their respective rights to receive distributedassets and undistributed earnings. Holdersliabilities are converted at the closing rates on the period end date. Gains and losses on translation of each series of the Company's redeemable convertible preferred stock (prior to their conversion to common stock) were entitled to participate in distributions, whenthese accounts are accumulated and if declared by the board of directors, that are made to holders of common stock, andreported as a result are considered participating securities.

            Underseparate component of stockholder’s equity and comprehensive loss.

    For any transaction that is in a currency different from the two-class method, for periods with net income, basic net income per share of common stock is computed by dividing the net income attributable to holders of common stock by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Net income attributable to holders of common stock is computed by subtracting from net income the portion of current year earnings that the participating securities would have been entitled to receive pursuant to their dividend rights had all of the year's earnings been distributed. No such adjustment to earnings is made during periods with a net loss, as the holders of the participating securities have no obligation to fund losses. Diluted net loss per share of common stock is computed under the two-class method by using the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding, plus, for periods with net income attributable to holders of common stock, the potential dilutive effects of stock options and warrants. In addition,entity’s functional currency, the Company analyzesrecords a gain or loss based on the potential dilutive effect ofdifference between the outstanding participating securities under the "if-converted" method when calculating diluted earnings per share, in which it is assumed that the outstanding participating securities convert into common stockexchange rate at the beginning oftransaction date and the period. The Company reportsexchange rate at the more dilutive oftransaction settlement date (or rate at period end, if unsettled) as other income (expense), net on the approaches (two-class or "if-converted") as its diluted net income per share during the period. Due to net losses for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, basic and diluted loss per share were the same, as the effect of potentially dilutive securities would have been anti-dilutive.

    Comprehensive Loss

            The Company's net loss equals comprehensive loss for all periods presented as the Company has no material components of other comprehensive income. Therefore, no consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income are included in the consolidated financial statements for any periods presented.

    loss.

    Recent Accounting Pronouncements

    In August 2016,2018, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB"(“FASB”) issued ASU No. 2018-15, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other—Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40): Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That Is a Service Contract, which requires customers in cloud computing arrangements that are service contracts to follow the internal-use software guidance in ASC 350-40 to determine which implementation costs to capitalize as assets or expense as incurred. The amendments in this ASU are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, with early adoption permitted. The Company adopted this ASU as of July 1, 2018 under the prospective method. During the six months ended December 31, 2018 since the adoption of this ASU, the Company capitalized $0.4 million of implementation costs incurred in its cloud computing arrangements that are service contracts.
    In July 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-09, Codification Improvements, which clarifies and corrects unintended applications of guidance, and makes improvements to several Accounting Standards Update ("ASU")Codification topics. The applicable amendments in this ASU will be effective for the Company in annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018. The Company does not expect the adoption of this standard to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.
    In June 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-15,2018-07, Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Nonemployee Share-Based Payment Accounting, which simplifies the accounting for share-based payments to nonemployees. The amendments in this ASU are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, with early adoption permitted. The Company does not expect the adoption of this standard to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.
    In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment, which eliminates step two from the goodwill impairment test and requires an entity to recognize an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, up to the amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. The amendments in this ASU are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, with early adoption permitted. The Company expects that the adoption of this standard will impact its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures only to the extent that a future goodwill impairment test results in the recognition of an impairment charge.
    In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash


    Table of Contents


    2U, Inc.

    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

    2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

    Receipts and Cash Payments. The ASU addresses eight specific cash flow issues with the objective of reducing the existing diversity in practice surrounding how certain transactions are classified in the statement of cash flows. The amendments in this ASU arewere effective for annual reporting periodsfiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017. The Company is currently evaluating the effect thatadopted this ASU on January 1, 2018. Adoption of this standard willdid not have a material impact on itsthe Company’s consolidated statements of cash flows and related disclosures.

    2U, Inc.
    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
    2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

    In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-09,Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting. The ASU simplifies various aspects related to the accounting and presentation of share-based payments. The guidance also allows employers to withhold shares to satisfy minimum statutory withholding requirements up to the employees'employees’ maximum individual tax rate without causing the award to be classified as a liability. Additionally, the guidance stipulates that cash paid by an employer to a taxing authority when directly withholding shares for tax withholding purposes should be classified as a financing activity on the statement of cash flows, and allows companies to elect an accounting policy to either estimate the share-based award forfeitures (and expense) or account for forfeitures (and expense) as they occur. The amendments in this ASU are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016. The Company is adoptingadopted this ASU on January 1, 2017, and does not believe that2017. In connection with the adoption of this standard, the Company elected to no longer apply an estimated forfeiture rate and will haveinstead account for forfeitures as they occur. Accordingly, the Company applied the modified retrospective adoption approach, which resulted in a material impact on its consolidated financial position or related disclosures.$0.1 million cumulative-effect reduction to retained earnings with an offset to additional paid-in-capital.

    In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02,Leases (Topic 842). The ASU introduces a model for lessees requiring most leases to be reported on the balance sheet. Lessor accounting remains substantially similar to current U.S. GAAP. The amendments in this ASU are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018. 2018, and the Company will adopt this ASU in the first quarter of 2019. In July 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-10, Codification Improvements to Topic 842, Leases and ASU No. 2018-11, Leases (Topic 842): Targeted Improvements. ASU No. 2018-10 clarifies ambiguous or potentially conflicting guidance in ASU No. 2016-02, but is not expected to have a material impact on the Company. ASU No. 2018-11 provides entities with an additional transition method to adopt Topic 842. Under the new transition method, an entity initially applies the new lease standard at the adoption date, rather than at the beginning of the earliest period presented, and recognizes a cumulative effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings in the period of adoption. The Company has elected this transition method upon the adoption date of January 1, 2019. In December 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-20, Leases (Topic 842): Narrow-Scope Improvements for Lessors, to add clarity to lessor accounting for sales taxes, certain lessor costs and certain requirements related to variable payments in contracts. ASU No. 2018-20 is not expected to have a material impact on the Company.
    A number of optional practical expedients may be applied in transition. The Company does not intend to recognize right-of-use assets or lease liabilities for leases with a term of 12 months or less, as permitted by the short-term lease practical expedient. In transition, the Company plans to apply the package of practical expedients that permit entities to not reassess (i) whether expired or existing contracts contain a lease under the new standard, (ii) the lease classification for expired or existing leases, or (iii) whether previously capitalized initial direct costs would qualify for capitalization under the new standard. The Company plans to apply the practical expedient that permits a lessee to account for lease and non-lease components in a contract as a single lease component. In addition, the Company does not intend to use hindsight during transition.
    The Company is currently evaluating the effect that this ASU will have on its consolidated financial positionstatements and related disclosures and believes that this standard may materially increaseis in the process of considering changes to its other non-currentsystems and processes. Upon adoption, the Company expects to record right-of-use assets of approximately $33 million, which have been adjusted for accrued rent, and non-currentthe remaining balance of any lease incentives upon transition, and corresponding lease liabilities of approximately $58 million on the consolidated balance sheets in order to record right-of-use assets and related liabilities for its existing operating leases.

            In November 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-17,Income Taxes (Topic 740): Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes. The ASU eliminates the requirement to classify deferred tax assets and liabilities between current and noncurrent. The ASU requires classification of all deferred tax asset and liability balances as noncurrent. The amendments in this ASU are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, with early adoption permitted. Adoption of the This ASU is either retrospectivenot expected to each prior period presented, or prospective. As of December 31, 2015, the Company early adopted the ASU prospectively. Adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial positionstatements of operations and comprehensive loss or related disclosures.

            In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-05,Intangibles—Goodwill and Other—Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40): Customer's Accounting for Fees Paid inconsolidated statements of cash flows.

    3. Business Combination
    On July 1, 2017, the Company, through a Cloud Computing Arrangement. The ASU provides guidance to customers in a cloud computing arrangement to determine whether the arrangement includes a software license. When a cloud computing arrangement includes a software license, the customer is required to account for the license elementwholly owned subsidiary (“2U South Africa”), completed its acquisition of all of the arrangement consistent withoutstanding equity interests of Get Educated International Proprietary Limited (“GetSmarter”) pursuant to a Share Sale Agreement, dated as of May 1, 2017 (the “Share Sale Agreement”), as amended by an addendum, dated as of June 29, 2017, for a net purchase price of $98.7 million in cash. In addition, 2U South Africa agreed to pay a potential earn out payment of up to $20.0 million, subject to the acquisitionachievement of other software licenses.certain financial milestones in calendar years 2017 and 2018. As of December 31, 2018, the financial milestones were not met and no earn out payment was due. The amendments in this ASU are effective for fiscal years beginning aftervaluation of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed (i.e., purchase price allocation) was completed as of December 15, 2015. 31, 2017.
    The Company adopted this ASU on January 1, 2016. Adoptionhas completed its valuation of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial position or related disclosures.

            In April 2015,assets acquired and liabilities assumed of GetSmarter. The following table summarizes the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-03,Interest—Imputationestimated fair values of Interest (Subtopic 835-30): Simplifying the Presentationassets acquired and liabilities assumed as of Debt Issuance Costs. The ASU simplifies the


    Table date of Contents


    the acquisition:

    2U, Inc.

    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

    2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

    presentation of debt issuance costs by requiring that such costs be


    3. Business Combination (continued)

     Estimated Average
    Useful Life (in years)
     Purchase Price
    Allocation
       (in thousands)
    Cash and cash equivalents  $1,584
    Current assets  3,676
    Property and equipment, net  479
    Amortizable intangible assets:   
    Capitalized technology3 2,800
    Capitalized content development4 5,000
    University client relationships9 28,000
    Trade names and domain names10 8,900
    Goodwill  68,172
    Current liabilities  (9,031)
    Non-current liabilities  (10,894)
       $98,686
    The unaudited pro forma combined financial information below is presented in the consolidated balance sheets as a direct deduction from the carrying value of the associated debt instrument, consistent with debt discounts. Subsequent to the issuance of this ASU, the SEC staff announced that the presentation of debt issuance costs associated with line-of-credit arrangements may be presented as an asset. This announcement was codified by the FASB in ASU No. 2015-15. The amendments in these ASUs are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015. The Company adopted this ASU on January 1, 2016. Adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial position or related disclosures.

            In January 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-01,Income Statement—Extraordinaryillustrative purposes and Unusual Items (Subtopic 225-20): Simplifying Income Statement Presentation by Eliminating the Concept of Extraordinary Items. The ASU simplifies income statement presentation by eliminating the concept of extraordinary items. The amendments in this ASU are effective for fiscal periods beginning after December 15, 2015. The Company adopted this ASU on January 1, 2016. Adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial position or related disclosures.

            In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-15, Presentation of Financial Statements—Going Concern (Subtopic 205-40): Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity's Ability to Continue as a Going Concern. The ASU requires that an entity's management evaluate whether there are conditions or events that raise substantial doubt about the entity's ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date that the financial statements are issued. The amendments in this ASU are effective for annual reporting periods ending after December 15, 2016. The Company does not expectpurport to represent what the new standard toresults of operations would actually have a significant impact on its reporting process.

            In May 2014,been if the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09,Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), which requires an entity to recognize the amount of revenue to which it expects to be entitled for the transfer of promised goods or services to customers. The ASU will replace most existing revenue recognition guidance in U.S. GAAP when it becomes effective. In July 2015, the FASB deferred the mandatory effective date of this ASU by one year from January 1, 2017 to January 1, 2018. Early application is permitted, but not prior to the original effective date of January 1, 2017. Subsequently, the FASB has issued the following standards related to ASU No. 2014-09: ASU No. 2016-08,Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Principal versus Agent Considerations; ASU No. 2016-10,Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Identifying Performance Obligations and Licensing; ASU No. 2016-12,Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Narrow-Scope Improvements and Practical Expedients; and ASU No. 2016-20,Technical Corrections and Improvements to Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers. The Company must adopt ASU No. 2016-08, ASU No. 2016-10, ASU No. 2016-12 and ASU No. 2016-20 with ASU No. 2014-09 (collectively, the "new revenue standards"). The new revenue standards may be applied retrospectively to each prior period presented or retrospectively with the cumulative effect recognizedbusiness combination occurred as of the date indicated or what the results would be for any future periods. The following table presents the Company’s unaudited pro forma combined revenue, pro forma combined net loss and pro forma combined net loss per share for the year ended December 31, 2017 as if the acquisition of adoption. During 2016, the Company has made measurable progress towards completing the evaluation of the potential changes from adopting the new standard on our future financial reporting and disclosures. The Company has engaged an independent third-party expert to assist with the implementation of this standard, has completed the review of the Company's contracts portfolio and has made significant progress in the review of current accounting policies and practices to identify potential differences that could result from applying the requirements of the new standard to our revenue contracts. The Company will continue to evaluate the impact that the new revenue standards will have, if any, on the Company's consolidated financial statements and related disclosures and is still


    Table of Contents


    2U, Inc.

    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

    2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

    determining the method of adoption that will be elected. The Company will adopt this new standardGetSmarter had occurred on January 1, 2018, and plans on giving additional updates on progress made towards adoption and further conclusions in its Form 10-Q's of 2017.

    3. Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

            Accounts receivable, net consists of the following:

    2017:
     
     December 31, 
     
     2016 2015 
     
     (in thousands)
     

    Accounts receivable

     $7,859 $360 

    Other receivables

      1  615 

    Accounts receivable, net

     $7,860 $975 

            The changes in allowance for doubtful accounts are as follows:

      Year Ended Year Ended
    December 31, 2017
      (in thousands, except per share amounts)
    Pro forma revenue $294,446
    Pro forma net loss (37,267)
    Pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted $(0.76)
     
     Balance at
    Beginning of
    Period
     Additions Charged
    to Expense
     Deductions Balance at End
    of Period
     
     
     (in thousands)
     

    Allowance for doubtful accounts:

                 

    Year ended December 31, 2016          

     $ $ $ $ 

    Year ended December 31, 2015          

             

    Year ended December 31, 2014          

      12    (12)  

    Table of Contents


    2U, Inc.

    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

    4. Property and Equipment, and Other Amortizable Intangible Assets

    Net

    Property and equipment, net consisted of the following as of:


     December 31, 

     2016 2015 December 31,
    2018
     December 31,
    2017

     (in thousands)
     (in thousands)

    Computer hardware

     $3,935 $2,911 $5,114
     $2,663

    Furniture and office equipment

     2,204 1,666 14,888
     11,210

    Leasehold improvements

     6,689 1,837 45,158
     42,086

    Leasehold improvements in process

     6,864  1,940
     194

    Total

     19,692 6,414 67,100

    56,153

    Accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (4,096) (2,793)(14,801) (7,098)

    Property and equipment, net

     $15,596 $3,621 $52,299

    $49,055

    Other amortizable intangible assets, net

     $2,263 $2,396 

    Depreciation and amortization expense of property and equipment and other amortizable intangible assets was $2.0$8.9 million, $1.2$5.5 million and $1.0$1.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

            As of December 31, 2016, the estimated future depreciation and amortization expense for property and equipment placed in service and other amortizable intangible assets is as follows (in thousands):

    2017

     $2,279 

    2018

      2,035 

    2019

      1,723 

    2020

      1,434 

    2021

      1,187 

    Thereafter

      2,337 

    Total

     $10,995 

    Table of Contents


    2U, Inc.

    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)


    5. Capitalized TechnologyGoodwill and Content Development Costs

            Capitalized technologyAmortizable Intangible Assets (continued)



    5. Goodwill and content development costsAmortizable Intangible Assets
    The table below summarizes the changes in the carrying amount of goodwill by reportable segment:
     Graduate Program Segment Short Course Segment Total
     (in thousands)
    Balance as of December 31, 2016$
     $
     $
    Acquisition of GetSmarter
     68,172
     68,172
    Foreign currency translation adjustments
     3,816
     3,816
    Balance as of December 31, 2017
     71,988
     71,988
    Foreign currency translation adjustments
     (10,136) (10,136)
    Balance as of December 31, 2018$
     $61,852
     $61,852
    Amortizable intangible assets consisted of the following as of:

     
     December 31, 2016 December 31, 2015 
     
     Gross
    Carrying
    Amount
     Accumulated
    Amortization
     Net
    Carrying
    Amount
     Gross
    Carrying
    Amount
     Accumulated
    Amortization
     Net
    Carrying
    Amount
     
     
     (in thousands)
     

    Capitalized technology costs

     $12,988 $(7,822)$5,166 $8,564 $(5,697)$2,867 

    Capitalized technology costs in process

      4,112    4,112  1,640    1,640 

    Total capitalized technology costs

      17,100  (7,822) 9,278  10,204  (5,697) 4,507 

    Capitalized content development costs

      33,353  (15,367) 17,986  24,796  (10,931) 13,865 

    Capitalized content development costs in process

      4,603    4,603  4,256    4,256 

    Total capitalized content development costs

      37,956  (15,367) 22,589  29,052  (10,931) 18,121 

    Capitalized technology and content development costs, net

     $55,056 $(23,189)$31,867 $39,256 $(16,628)$22,628 
       December 31, 2018 December 31, 2017
     
    Estimated
    Average Useful
    Life (in years)
     
    Gross
    Carrying
    Amount
     
    Accumulated
    Amortization
     
    Net
    Carrying
    Amount
     
    Gross
    Carrying
    Amount
     
    Accumulated
    Amortization
     
    Net
    Carrying
    Amount
       (in thousands)
    Capitalized technology3-5 $68,291
     $(16,945) $51,346
     $27,108
     $(9,486) $17,622
    Capitalized content development4-5 79,725
     (31,662) 48,063
     55,872
     (21,417) 34,455
    University client relationships9 25,616
     (4,269) 21,347
     29,443
     (1,636) 27,807
    Trade names and domain names8-10 18,793
     (2,944) 15,849
     12,119
     (1,242) 10,877
    Total amortizable intangible assets, net  $192,425

    $(55,820)
    $136,605

    $124,542

    $(33,781)
    $90,761

            Amortization

    The amounts presented above include $40.3 million and $15.6 million of in process capitalized technology and content development as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively.
    During 2018, the Company acquired certain third-party technologies to enhance the Company’s platform, which is referred to as the 2U Operating System, or 2UOS, for aggregate consideration of $9.5 million. These amounts are classified as capitalized technology within amortizable intangible assets, net, on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. Additionally, during the same period the Company purchased several active websites and additional domains for consideration of $7.6 million to support the marketing efforts of certain graduate programs. As of December 31, 2018, these acquired assets are classified in trade names and domain names within amortizable intangible assets, net, on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.

    In the first quarter of 2018, the Company entered into an agreement with WeWork Companies, Inc. (“WeWork”) and Flatiron School, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of WeWork, to purchase a perpetual source code license for the Learn.co platform and certain integration software development services for $14.5 million. As of December 31, 2018, the Company has recorded capitalized technology of $13.2 million related to this agreement in amortizable intangible assets, net on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. The remaining $1.3 million is payable under the agreement in connection with the performance of certain software development services. In addition, the Company entered into a multi-year agreement to purchase Global Access Memberships to WeWork spaces around the world that will be provided to students in 2U-powered online graduate programs as well as to faculty and lead convenors of its offerings, an agreement to offer $5 million in scholarships to certain WeWork community members and employees, and collaborate on additional mutually agreed upon projects.
    2U, Inc.
    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

    The Company recorded amortization expense related to capitalized technology was $2.1amortizable intangible assets of $23.9 million, $1.6$14.0 million and $1.4$8.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. This expense is included in technology and content development costs in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

            The Company recorded amortization expense related to capitalized content development costs of $5.7 million, $4.5 million and $3.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

    As of December 31, 2016,2018, the estimated future amortization expense for the capitalized technology and content development costsamortizable intangible assets placed in service is as follows (in thousands):

    2017

     $8,082 

    2018

      6,876 

    2019

      4,844 

    2020

      2,614 

    2021

      736 

    Thereafter

       

    Total

     $23,152 
    2019$25,244
    202021,814
    202116,420
    202212,405
    20237,690
    Thereafter12,730
    Total$96,303
    6. Commitments and Contingencies
    Legal Contingencies
    From time to time, the Company may become involved in legal proceedings or be subject to claims (e.g., related to regulatory, employment or indirect tax matters) in the ordinary course of its business. The Company is not presently involved in any legal proceeding or other contingency that, if determined adversely to it, would individually or in the aggregate have a material adverse effect on its business, operating results, financial condition or cash flows. Accordingly, the Company does not believe that there is a reasonable possibility that a material loss exceeding amounts already recognized may have been incurred as of the date of the balance sheets presented herein.
    Marketing and Sales Commitments
    Certain of the agreements entered into between the Company and its university clients in the Graduate Program Segment require the Company to commit to meet certain staffing and spending investment thresholds related to marketing and sales activities. In addition, certain of the agreements in the Graduate Program Segment require the Company to invest up to agreed upon levels in marketing the programs to achieve specified program performance. The Company believes it is currently in compliance with all such commitments.
    Future Minimum Payments to University Clients
    Pursuant to certain of the Company’s contracts in the Graduate Program Segment, the Company has made, or is obligated to make, payments to university clients in exchange for contract extensions and various marketing and other rights. As of December 31, 2018, the future minimum payments due to university clients were as follows (in thousands):
    2019$10,125
    2020625
    2021625
    2022625
    2023625
    Thereafter3,775
    Total future minimum payments to university clients$16,400
    Contingent Payments
    The Company has entered into an agreement with one university client in the Graduate Program Segment under which the Company would be obligated to make future minimum payments in the event that certain program metrics are not achieved. Due to the dependency of these calculations on future program performance, the timing and amounts of any associated contingent payments cannot be reasonably estimated at this time, and have therefore been excluded from the table above.

    Table of Contents


    2U, Inc.

    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

    6. Non-current Liabilities

            Non-current liabilities consisted


    7. Leases
    The Company leases office facilities under non-cancelable operating leases in Maryland, New York, California, Colorado, North Carolina, Virginia, Hong Kong, South Africa and the United Kingdom. The Company also leases office equipment under non-cancelable leases. As of December 31, 2018, the followingfuture minimum lease payments were as of:

    follows (in thousands):
     
     December 31, 
     
     2016 2015 
     
     (in thousands)
     

    Lease-related liabilities

     $7,620 $2,165 

    Other

      394  490 

    Total non-current liabilities

     $8,014 $2,655 
    2019$12,941
    202014,020
    202113,900
    202213,633
    202313,959
    Thereafter68,347
    Total future minimum lease payments$136,800

    7. Commitments

    The future minimum lease payments due under non-cancelable operating lease arrangements contain fixed rent increases over the term of the lease. Rent expense on these operating leases is recognized over the term of the lease on a straight-line basis. The excess of rent expense over actual lease payments is reported in non-current liabilities on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The deferred rent liability related to these leases totaled $8.9 million and Contingencies

    Line$6.5 million as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The Company does not have any subleases as of December 31, 2018.

    Total rent expense from non-cancelable operating lease agreements (net of sublease income of zero, zero and $0.3 million) was $9.3 million, $8.5 million and $5.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

    8. Debt
    Lines of Credit

    On December 31, 2013, the Company entered into a credit agreement with Comerica Bank (“Comerica”) for a revolving line of credit with an aggregate commitment not to exceed $37.0 million. On January 21, 2014, the Company borrowed $5.0 million under this line of credit and repaid this borrowing in full on February 18, 2014.

    On December 31, 2015, the Company amended this credit agreement to reduce the aggregate amount it may borrow to $25.0 million,million. In June 2017, the Company and on January 30, 2017,Comerica amended this credit agreement pursuant to which, among other things, Comerica consented to the Company’s acquisition of GetSmarter and the Company’s formation of certain subsidiaries in connection therewith. On December 31, 2018, the Company amended this credit agreement to extend the maturity date through March 1, 2017.31, 2019. No amounts were outstanding under this credit agreement as of December 31, 2016.2018 or 2017. The Company intends to extend this agreement under comparable terms, prior to expiration.

            Certain of the Company's operating lease agreements entered into prior to December 31, 2016 require security deposits in the form of cash or an unconditional, irrevocable letter of credit. As of December 31, 2016, the Company has entered into standby letters of credit totaling $7.1 million, as security deposits for the applicable leased facilities. These letters of credit reduced the aggregate amount the Company may borrow under its revolving line of credit to $17.9 million. In addition, on February 13, 2017, the Company entered into a standby letter of credit totaling $4.4 million, as a security deposit for its leased facility in Brooklyn, New York. This letter of credit reduced the aggregate amount the Company may borrow under its revolving line of credit to $13.5 million.

    Under this revolving line of credit, the Company has the option of borrowing funds subject to (i) a base rate, which is equal to 1.5% plus the greater of Comerica Bank'sComerica’s prime rate, the federal funds rate plus 1% or the 30 day30-day LIBOR plus 1%, or (ii) LIBOR plus 2.5%. For amounts borrowed under the base rate, the Company may make interest-only payments quarterly, and may prepay such amounts with no penalty. For amounts borrowed under LIBOR, the Company makes interest-only payments in periods of one, two and three months and will be subject to a prepayment penalty if such borrowed amounts are repaid before the end of the interest period.

    Borrowings under the line of credit are collateralized by substantially all of the Company'sCompany’s assets. The availability of borrowings under this credit line is subject to compliance with reporting and financial covenants, including, among other things, that the Company achieves specified minimum three-month trailing revenue levels during the term of the agreement and specified minimum six-month trailing profitability levels for some university client programs, measured quarterly. In addition, the Company is required to maintain a minimum adjusted quick ratio, which measures short-term liquidity, of at least


    Table of Contents


    2U, Inc.

    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

    7. Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

    1.10 to 1.00. As of December 31, 20162018 and 2015,2017, the Company'sCompany’s adjusted quick ratio was 5.4312.38 and 7.90,5.44, respectively.

      ��     

    The covenants under the line of credit also place limitations on the Company'sCompany’s ability to incur additional indebtedness or to prepay permitted indebtedness, grant liens on or security interests in its assets, carry out mergers and acquisitions, dispose of assets, declare, make or pay dividends, make capital expenditures in excess of specified amounts, make investments, loans or advances, enter into transactions with affiliates, amend or modify the terms of material contracts, or change its fiscal year. If the Company is not in compliance with the covenants under the line of credit, after any opportunity to cure such non-compliance, or it otherwise experiences an event of default under the line of credit, the lenders may require repayment in full of all principal
    2U, Inc.
    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
    8. Debt (Continued)

    and interest outstanding. If the Company fails to repay such amounts, the lenders could foreclose on the assets pledged as collateral under the line of credit. The Company is currently in compliance with all such covenants.

    Legal Contingencies

            From time to time, the Company may become involved in legal proceedings or other contingencies in the ordinary course of its business. The Company is not presently involved in any legal proceeding or other contingency that, if determined adversely to it, would individually or in the aggregate have a material adverse effect on its business, operating results, financial condition or cash flows. Accordingly, the Company does not believe that there is a reasonable possibility that a material loss exceeding amounts already recognized may have been incurred as of the date of the balance sheets presented herein.

    Program Marketing and Sales Commitments

    Certain of the agreements entered into between the Company and its clients require the Company to commit to meet certain staffing and spending investment thresholds related to program marketing and sales activities. In addition, certain of theCompany’s operating lease agreements require security deposits in the Company to invest up to agreed upon levels in marketing the programs to achieve specified program performance. The Company believes it is currently in compliance with all such commitments.

    Operating Leases

            The Company leases office facilities under non-cancelable operating leases in Maryland, New York, California, Colorado, North Carolina, Virginia and Hong Kong. The Company also leases office equipment under non-cancelable leases.form of cash or an unconditional, irrevocable letter of credit. As of December 31, 2016,2018, the future minimum lease paymentsCompany has entered into standby letters of credit totaling $11.5 million as security deposits for the applicable leased facilities. Additionally, in June 2017, the Company entered into standby letters of credit totaling $3.5 million in connection with two government grants, as described later in this Note. These letters of credit reduced the aggregate amount the Company may borrow under its revolving line of credit to $10.0 million.

    The Company’s Short Course Segment had $1.9 million of revolving debt facilities bearing interest at a rate of 10.25%, with an original maturity date of December 31, 2017. These facilities were extended with a borrowing base of $1.3 million and matured on March 31, 2018. As of December 31, 2018, there were no amounts outstanding under these facilities.
    Government Grants
    On June 22, 2017, the Company executed a conditional loan agreement and received financing from Prince George’s County, Maryland that provides for a grant in the form of a forgivable loan of $1.5 million. The financing was secured by a letter of credit pursuant to the Company’s line of credit with Comerica. The conditional loan obligation is recorded as follows (in thousands):

    “deferred government grant obligations” on the consolidated balance sheets. The proceeds from this loan are to be used in connection with the relocation of 2U’s headquarters, leasehold improvements thereto and other purposes. The loan has a maturity date of June 22, 2027, and bears interest at a rate of 3% per annum. If 2U does not employ at least 650 employees at its Lanham headquarters at any time during the term of the loan period or otherwise defaults on the loan, the entire principal balance, plus accrued interest, will become due and payable. If 2U does not employ at least 1,300 employees at its Lanham headquarters by January 1, 2020, the Company will be required to repay a prorated portion of the loan ($2,252 per employee, for every employee below 1,300), plus interest. During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company did not incur a material amount of interest expense on this forgivable loan.
    On June 27, 2017, 2U Harkins Road LLC (a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company) executed a loan agreement and received financing from the Department of Commerce (a principal department of the State of Maryland) that provides for a grant in the form of a forgivable loan of $2.0 million. The financing was secured by a letter of credit pursuant to the Company’s line of credit with Comerica. The conditional loan obligation is recorded as “deferred government grant obligations” on the consolidated balance sheets. The proceeds from this loan are to be used in connection with the relocation of 2U’s headquarters, leasehold improvements thereto and other purposes. The loan has a maturity date of December 31, 2026, and bears interest at a rate of 3% per annum. If 2U does not employ at least 650 employees at its Lanham headquarters at any time during the term of the loan period or otherwise defaults on the loan, the entire principal balance, plus accrued interest, will become due and payable. If 2U does not employ at least 1,600 employees at its Lanham headquarters by December 31, 2020, and at each December 31 thereafter through 2026, the Company will be required to repay a prorated portion of the loan ($2,105 per employee, for every employee below 1,600), plus interest. During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company did not incur a material amount of interest expense on this forgivable loan.

    9. Income Taxes
    The following table presents the components of loss before income taxes:

    2017

     $6,924 

    2018

      7,829 

    2019

      8,316 

    2020

      8,083 

    2021

      8,820 

    Thereafter

      56,219 

    Total future minimum lease payments

     $96,191 
     Year Ended December 31,
     2018 2017 2016
     (in thousands)
    Loss before income taxes: 
      
      
    United States$(33,339) $(25,002) $(20,684)
    Foreign(9,858) (5,718) 
    Total$(43,197)
    $(30,720)
    $(20,684)

    TableFor the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company had a tax benefit of Contents


    $4.9 million, which was solely related to a deferred tax benefit. For the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company had a tax benefit of $1.3 million, which was solely related to a deferred tax benefit. For the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company did not have a current or deferred tax provision or benefit.

    2U, Inc.

    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

    7. Commitments and Contingencies

    9. Income Taxes (Continued)

            The future minimum lease payments due under non-cancelable operating lease arrangements contain fixed rent increases over the term of the lease. Rent expense on these operating leases is recognized over the term of the lease on a straight-line basis. The excess of rent expense over actual lease payments is reported in non-current liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The deferred rent liability related to these leases totaled $2.5 million and $0.6 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The Company does not have any subleases as of December 31, 2016.

            Total rent expense from non-cancelable operating lease agreements (net of sublease income of $0.3 million, $0.3 million and $0.3 million) was $5.8 million, $3.5 million and $2.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

    Fixed Payments to Clients

            The Company is contractually obligated to make fixed payments to certain of its clients in exchange for contract extensions and various marketing and other rights. Currently, the future minimum fixed payments to the Company's clients in exchange for contract extensions and various marketing and other rights were as follows (in thousands):

    2017

     $4,978 

    2018

      3,875 

    2019

      875 

    2020

      625 

    2021

      625 

    Thereafter

      5,025 

    Total future minimum program payments

     $16,003 

    Contingent Payments to Clients

            The Company has entered into specific program agreements under which it would be obligated to make future minimum program payments to a client in the event that certain program metrics, partially associated with programs not yet launched, are not achieved. Due to the dependency of these calculations on future program launches, the amounts of any associated contingent payments cannot be reasonably estimated at this time. As the Company cannot reasonably estimate the amounts of the contingent payments, and because it believes any contingent payments under this agreement would likely be immaterial, the Company has excluded such payments from the table above.


    Table of Contents


    2U, Inc.

    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

    8. Income Taxes

            The Company had domestic losses before income taxes of $20.7 million, $26.7 million and $29.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

    A reconciliation between the Company'sCompany’s statutory federal income tax rate and the effective tax rate for the years ended December 31, is as follows:

    presented below:
    Year Ended December 31,

     2016 2015 2014 2018 2017 2016

    U.S. statutory federal income tax rate

     35.0% 35.0% 35.0%21.0 % 35.0 % 35.0 %

    Increase (decrease) resulting from:

                

    U.S. state income taxes, net of federal benefits

     5.5 7.7 5.8 0.9
     9.9
     5.5
    Foreign tax rate differential1.1
     (1.4) 

    Non-deductible expenses

     (4.4) (2.0) (2.8)(2.6) (1.8) (1.5)
    Stock-based compensation30.0
     40.9
     (2.9)

    Change in valuation allowance

     (36.6) (39.1) (32.4)(39.3) 29.8
     (36.6)
    Change in tax rate(0.1) (108.0) 

    Other

     0.5 (1.6) (5.6)0.3
     (0.2) 0.5

    Effective tax rate

     0.0% 0.0% 0.0%11.3 % 4.2 % 0.0 %

    The significant components of the Company's deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31 are as follows:

     
     2016 2015 
     
     (in thousands)
     

    Deferred tax assets:

           

    Accrued expenses and other

     $2,757 $1,899 

    Accrued compensation and related benefits

      4,317  3,306 

    Rebate reserve

      126  167 

    Deferred rent

      1,028  282 

    Stock-based compensation

      7,127  4,971 

    Net operating loss carryforwards

      61,995  54,967 

    Valuation allowance

      (62,297) (54,739)

    Total deferred tax assets

     $15,053 $10,853 

    Deferred tax liabilities:

           

    Prepaid expenses

     $(1,524)$(875)

    Capitalized content development costs

      (9,368) (7,583)

    Capitalized software development costs

      (3,848) (1,886)

    Property and equipment

      (313) (509)

    Total deferred tax liabilities

     $(15,053)$(10,853)

    Net deferred tax assets/liabilities

     $ $ 

    Table of Contents


    2U, Inc.

    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

    8. Income Taxes (Continued)

            Deferred tax valuation allowances and changes in deferred tax valuation allowances are as follows:

     
     Balance at
    Beginning of
    Period
     Additions
    Charged to
    Expense
     Deductions Balance at End
    of Period
     
     
     (in thousands)
     

    Income tax valuation allowance:

                 

    Year ended December 31, 2016

     $54,739 $7,558 $ $62,297 

    Year ended December 31, 2015

      44,309  10,430    54,739 

    Year ended December 31, 2014

      34,921  9,388    44,309 

            Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that are included in the financial statements. Under this method,Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between the financial statement and tax basesas follows:

     As of December 31,
     2018 2017
     (in thousands)
    Deferred tax assets: 
      
    Accrued expenses and other$2,580
     $2,395
    Accrued compensation and related benefits3,395
     3,524
    Rebate reserve5
     20
    Deferred rent6,388
     6,924
    Stock-based compensation8,279
     6,874
    Deferred income257
     191
    Foreign net operating loss carryforwards1,543
     1,704
    U.S. net operating loss carryforwards96,809
     69,425
    Valuation allowance(88,061) (71,101)
    Total deferred tax assets$31,195

    $19,956
    Deferred tax liabilities: 
      
    Prepaid expenses and other$(95) $(355)
    Capitalized content development costs(11,866) (8,600)
    Capitalized software development costs(13,388) (4,356)
    Property and equipment(4,038) (4,720)
    Intangibles(8,757) (12,012)
    Total deferred tax liabilities$(38,144)
    $(30,043)
    Net deferred tax liabilities$(6,949)
    $(10,087)
    As of the assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates that are in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. Deferred tax assets are subject to periodic recoverability assessments. Recognition of deferred tax assets is appropriate only if the likelihood of realization of such assets is more likely than not to occur. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount that more likely than not will be realized.

            At December 31, 2016,2018, the Company had a federalU.S. net operating loss ("NOL"(“NOL”) carryforward of approximately $198.2$373.5 million, of which $254.5 million expires between 2029 and 2036.2037. The Company generated $119.0 million of U.S. NOLs for the year ended December 31, 2018. In accordance with the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 (the “Tax Act”), U.S. NOLs arising in a tax year ending after 2017 will not expire. The gross amount of the state NOL carryforwards is equal to or less than the federal NOL carryforwards and expires over various periods based on individual state tax laws. The Company also had an NOL carryforward of $5.8 million in its foreign jurisdictions, which does not expire. A full valuation allowance has been established to offset theits net deferred tax assets in the U.S., and certain foreign jurisdictions as the Company has not generated taxable income since inception and does not have sufficient deferred tax liabilities to recover the deferred tax assets.assets in these jurisdictions. The total increase in the valuation allowance was $7.6$17.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2016.2018. The utilization of the NOL carryforwards to reduce future income taxes will depend on the Company'sCompany’s ability to generate sufficient taxable income prior to the expiration of the NOL carryforwards. In addition, a certain portionUnder the provisions of the above NOL carryforwards may be subject to Internal Revenue Code sectionSection 382, limitations, whichcertain substantial changes in the Company’s ownership may limit theirresult in a limitation on the amount of U.S. net operating loss carryforwards that could be utilized annually to offset future use.

    taxable income and taxes payable. The Company completed an analysisdoes not expect such limitation, if any, to impact the use of its stock ownership changes through December 31, 2016 in accordance with Internal Revenue Code section 382 and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, and determined that a greater than fifty percent ownership change of one or more of its 5-percent shareholders occurred. Absent a subsequent ownership change, all of the Company's net operating losses subject to the ownership change should be available. Therefore, despite the fact that an ownership change occurred, such change is not expected to limit the ability of the Company to utilize the carryforward net operating losses of approximately $198.2 million prior to their expiration.

            The Company applies the provisions of ASC 740-10 to uncertain tax positions. ASC 740-10 clarifies accounting for income taxes by prescribing a minimum probability threshold that a tax position must meet before a financial statement benefit is recognized. If the probability for sustaining a tax position is greater than fifty percent, then the tax position is warranted and recognition should be at the highest amount that would be expected to be realized upon settlement. The Company did not identify any tax positions that would be required for inclusion in the financial statements. As of December 31, 2016, the Company had not made any changes to its tax positions since December 31, 2015.


    Table of Contents


    2U, Inc.

    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

    8.

    9. Income Taxes (Continued)

            The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense.


    As of December 31, 20162018 and 2015,2017, the Company had no accrued interest or penalties related tohas not recognized any amounts for uncertain tax positions.

    The Company has analyzed its filing positions in all significant federal, state and foreign jurisdictions where it is required to file income tax returns, as well as open tax years in these jurisdictions. With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal, state and local tax examinations by tax authorities for the years prior to 2012,2015, though the NOL carryforwards can be adjusted upon audit and could impact taxes owed in open tax years. No income tax returns are currently under examination by the taxing authorities.

    9. Stockholders' Equity

            Immediately upon

    On December 22, 2017, the closingTax Act was enacted into law and contains certain key tax provisions that affect the Company. The Tax Act affects the Company by (i) reducing the U.S. tax rate to 21%, effective January 1, 2018, (ii) impacting the values of the IPOCompany’s deferred assets and liabilities, (iii) changing the Company’s ability to utilize future net operating losses and (iv) requiring a one-time tax on April 2, 2014,any of the Company's certificateCompany’s unrepatriated foreign earnings and profits (“E&P”) in 2017.
    Pursuant to U.S. GAAP, changes in tax rates and tax laws are accounted for in the period of incorporationenactment, and the resulting effects are included as components of the income tax provision related to continuing operations within the same period. Therefore, the following changes in the tax laws were accounted for in 2017. The Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities and offsetting valuation allowance have been remeasured at the new enacted tax rate as of December 31, 2017. The amount of U.S. net operating losses that the Company has available as of December 31, 2017 and the Company’s ability to utilize them to reduce future taxable income is not impacted by the Tax Act. However, the Tax Act may impact the amount and ability to utilize net operating losses generated by the Company in the future. Additionally, the Company had negative cumulative foreign earnings and profits as of December 31, 2017, and therefore, did not incur any transition tax in 2017.
    The Company was amendedrequired to recognize the effect of the tax law changes in the period of enactment, such as re-measuring its U.S. deferred tax assets and restatedliabilities, as well as reassessing the net realizability of deferred tax assets and liabilities. In December 2017, the SEC issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118, Income Tax Accounting Implications of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“SAB 118”), which allowed entities to amongrecord provisional amounts during a measurement period not to extend beyond one year from the enactment date. The Company considered its E&P and other things, authorize 200,000,000 sharesitems to be provisional and has since completed its analysis within the measurement period in accordance with SAB 118. The Company recorded no adjustment to the income tax benefit (expense) on the Company’s consolidated statements of common stockoperations during the re-measurement period and 5,000,000 sharesfinalized its E&P position, which resulted in no transition tax due, as originally estimated.
    The Tax Act includes Global Intangible Low-Taxed Income (“GILTI”) provisions that require a company to include in its U.S. income tax return foreign subsidiary earnings in excess of preferred stock.

    an allowable return on the foreign subsidiary’s tangible assets. Due to foreign subsidiary losses, this provision does not apply to the Company in 2018. Another significant section of the Tax Act, the Base Erosion Anti-Abuse Tax (“BEAT”), will not apply to the Company’s 2018 tax year as the Company does not meet the minimum revenue requirements under the BEAT. As these taxes may become applicable in the future, the Company will continue to monitor the potential impact.

    10. Stockholders’ Equity
    On September 30, 2015,May 22, 2018, the Company sold 3,625,0003,833,334 shares of its common stock to the public, including 525,000500,000 shares sold pursuant to the underwriters'underwriters’ over-allotment option. The Companyoption, and received net proceeds of $117.1 million, which$330.9 million. On September 11, 2017, the Company sold 4,047,500 shares of its common stock to the public, including 547,500 shares sold pursuant to the underwriters’ over-allotment option, and received net proceeds of $189.5 million. The Company intends to use the net proceeds from both of these public offerings of common stock for working capital and other general corporate purposes.

    purposes, including expenditures for graduate program and short course marketing, technology and content development, in connection with new graduate program and short course launches and growing existing graduate programs and short courses, as well as strategic acquisitions of, or investments in, complementary products, technologies, solutions or businesses.

    As of December 31, 2016,2018, the Company was authorized to issue 205,000,000 total shares of capital stock, consisting of 200,000,000 shares of common stock and 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock. AtAs of December 31, 2016,2018, the Company had reserved a total of 9,337,33412,352,406 of its authorized shares of common stock for future issuance as follows:

    2U, Inc.
    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

    10. Stockholders' Equity (continued)

    Outstanding stock options

    4,057,7884,882,237

    PossibleOutstanding restricted stock units

    1,139,045
    Available for future issuance under Amended and Restated 2014 Equity Incentive Plan

    6,219,2443,042,163

    Outstanding restricted stock units

    Available for future issuance under 2017 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
    936,3291,412,934

    Total shares of common stock reserved for future issuance

    12,352,4069,337,334

            The compensation committee of the Company's board of directors, acting under authority delegated from the board of directors, granted on January 1, 2017, option awards to employees to purchase an aggregate of 2,839 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $30.15 and restricted stock unit awards for an aggregate of 2,875 shares of common stock, in each case under the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (as defined in Note 9 below).

    10.


    11. Stock-Based Compensation

    The Company provides equity-based compensation awards to employees, independent contractors and directors as an effective means for attracting, retaining and motivating such individuals. The Company maintains two share-based compensation plans: the Amended and Restated 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (the "2014 Plan"“2014 Plan”) and the 2008 Stock Incentive Plan (the "2008 Plan"“2008 Plan”). Upon the effective date of the 2014 Plan in January 2014, the Company ceased using the 2008 Plan to grant new equity awards, and began using the 2014 Plan for grants of new equity awards.


    Table of Contents


    2U, Inc.

    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

    10. Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

    2014 Plan

    In February 2014, the Company'sCompany’s stockholders approved the 2014 Plan. The 2014 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options to the Company'sCompany’s employees and its parent and subsidiary corporations'corporations’ employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options, restricted stock awards, restricted stock unit awards, stock appreciation rights, performance stock awards and other forms of stock compensation to the Company'sCompany’s employees, consultants and directors. The 2014 Plan also provides for the grant of performance-based cash awards to the Company'sCompany’s employees, consultants and directors.

    A total of 2,800,000 shares of the Company'sCompany’s common stock were initially reserved for issuance pursuant to the 2014 Plan. In addition, the shares reserved for issuance under the 2014 Plan include (a) those shares reserved but unissued under the 2008 Plan, and (b) shares returned to the 2008 Plan as the result of expiration or termination of awards (provided that the maximum number of shares that may be added to the 2014 Plan pursuant to (a) and (b) is 5,943,348 shares). The number of shares of the Company'sCompany’s common stock that may be issued under the 2014 Plan will automatically increase on January 1st of each year, for a period of ten years, from January 1, 2015 continuing through January 1, 2024, by 5% of the total number of shares of the Company'sCompany’s common stock outstanding on December 31st of the preceding calendar year, or a lesser number of shares as may be determined by the Company'sCompany’s board of directors. The shares available for issuance increased by 2,357,5792,896,365 and 2,288,8202,625,292 on January 1, 20172019 and 2016,2018, respectively, pursuant to the automatic share reserve increase provision under the 2014 Plan.

    In addition, shares subject to outstanding stock awards granted under the 2008 Plan and 2014 Plan that (i) expire or terminate for any reason prior to exercise or settlement; (ii) are forfeited because of the failure to meet a contingency or condition required to vest such shares or otherwise return to the Company; or (iii) are reacquired or withheld (or not issued) to satisfy a tax withholding obligation in connection with an award or to satisfy the purchase price or exercise price of a stock award, return to the 2014 Plan'sPlan’s share reserve and become available for future grant under the 2014 Plan, up to the maximum number of shares of 5,943,348.

    As of December 31, 2016,2018, the Company had 3,042,1636,219,244 shares reserved for issuance under the 2014 Plan. Further, as of December 31, 2016,2018, under the 2014 Plan, options to purchase 2,165,9142,687,726 shares of the Company'sCompany’s common stock were outstanding at a weighted-average exercise price of $19.21$38.58 per share and 1,412,9341,139,045 restricted stock units were outstanding.

    2008 Plan

    In October 2008, the Company'sCompany’s stockholders approved the Company'sCompany’s 2008 Plan. The 2008 Plan was most recently amended on May 8, 2013. The 2008 Plan provided for the grant of incentive stock options to the Company'sCompany’s employees and the employees of the Company'sCompany’s subsidiaries, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options, restricted stock awards and deferred stock awards to the Company'sCompany’s employees, directors and consultants. Upon the effective date of the 2014 Plan, theThe Company ceased usinggranting equity awards under the 2008 Plan, to grant new equity awards, and began using the 2014 Plan for grants of new equity awards. Accordingly,accordingly, as of January 30, 2014, no shares were available for future grant under the 2008 Plan. However, the 2008 Plan will continue to govern the terms and conditions of outstanding awards granted thereunder.


    Table of Contents


    2U, Inc.

    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

    10. Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

    As of December 31, 2016,2018, options to purchase 2,716,3231,370,062 shares of the Company'sCompany’s common stock were outstanding under the 2008 Plan at a weighted-average exercise price of $3.99$4.95 per share.

    Stock Options
    2U, Inc.
    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
    11. Stock-Based Compensation Expense

            Stock-based compensation expense related to stock-based awards is included in the following line items in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations:

    (Continued)
     
     Year Ended December 31, 
     
     2016 2015 2014 
     
     (in thousands)
     

    Servicing and support

     $3,245 $2,270 $1,468 

    Technology and content development

      2,392  1,548  794 

    Program marketing and sales

      1,317  1,057  676 

    General and administrative

      8,869  7,624  4,589 

    Total stock-based compensation expense

     $15,823 $12,499 $7,527 

    Stock Options

    The terms of stock option grants, including the exercise price per share and vesting periods, are determined by the Company'sCompany’s board of directors or the compensation committee thereof. Stock options are granted at exercise prices of not less than the estimated fair market value of the Company'sCompany’s common stock at the date of grant. Stock options are generally subject to service-based vesting conditions and vest at various times from the date of the grant, with most options vesting in tranches, generally over a period of four years. Stock options granted under the 2014 Plan and the 2008 Plan are subject to service-based vesting conditions, and generally expire ten years from the grant date.

    The Company values stock options using the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model, which requires the input of subjective assumptions, including the risk-free interest rate, expected life of the option, expected stock price volatility and dividend yield. Additionally, the recognition of expense requires estimation of the number of options that will ultimately vest and those that will be forfeited. The Company estimates the expected forfeitures of share-based awards at the grant date and recognizes the compensation cost only for those awards expected to vest.

    The risk-free interest rate assumption is based upon observed interest rates for constant maturity U.S. Treasury securities consistent with the expected term of the Company'sCompany’s employee stock options. The expected life represents the period of time the stock options are expected to be outstanding and is based on the "simplified“simplified method." Under the "simplified“simplified method," the expected life of an option is presumed to be the mid-point between the vesting date and the end of the contractual term. The Company useduses the "simplified method"“simplified method” due to the lack of sufficient historical exercise data to provide a reasonable basis upon which to otherwise estimate the expected life of the stock options. Expected volatility is based on the historical volatilities for publicly tradedvolatility of the Company’s common stock of comparable companies over the estimated expected life of the stock options. The Company assumedassumes no dividend yield because dividends are not expected to be paid in the near future, which is consistent with the Company'sCompany’s history of not declaring or paying dividends.


    Table of Contents


    2U, Inc.

    Notesdividends to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

    10. Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

            Prior to the IPO, the Company determined for financial reporting purposes the estimated per share fair value of its common stock at various grant dates using contemporaneous valuations performed in accordance with the guidance outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, "Valuation of Privately-Held Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation," also known as the Practice Aid. In conducting the contemporaneous valuations, the Company used relevant information available and considered all objective and subjective factors that it believed to be relevant for each valuation conducted, including management's best estimate of the Company's business condition, prospects and operating performance at each valuation date.

    The following table summarizes the assumptions used for estimating the fair value of the stock options granted for the periods presented.


     Year Ended December 31,Year Ended December 31,

     2016 2015 20142018 2017 2016

    Risk-free interest rate

     1.1% - 1.9% 1.5% - 1.9% 1.7% - 2.1%2.3% - 3.0% 2.0% - 2.1% 1.1% - 1.9%

    Expected term (years)

     5.43 - 6.50 5.56 - 6.08 5.11 - 6.255.97 - 6.77 6.00 - 6.08 5.43 - 6.50

    Expected volatility

     50% 50% 50% - 55%44% - 45% 46% - 49% 50%

    Dividend yield

     0% 0% 0%0% 0% 0%

    The following is a summary of the stock option activity for the year ended December 31, 2016:

    2018:
     
     Number of
    Options
     Weighted-Average
    Exercise Price per
    Share
     Weighted-Average
    Remaining
    Contractual Term
    (in years)
     Aggregate
    Intrinsic
    Value
    (in thousands)
     

    Outstanding balance at December 31, 2015

      5,298,510 $8.07  6.66 $105,595 

    Granted

      758,547  23.57  9.00    

    Exercised

      (1,011,153) 4.82  2.94    

    Forfeited

      (154,493) 20.37       

    Expired

      (9,174) 18.22       

    Outstanding balance at December 31, 2016

      4,882,237  10.74  6.30  95,081 

    Exercisable at December 31, 2016

      3,394,702  6.54  5.37  80,159 

    Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2016

      4,772,843  10.47  6.24  94,201 
     
    Number of
    Options
     
    Weighted-Average
    Exercise Price per
    Share
     
    Weighted-Average
    Remaining
    Contractual Term
    (in years)
     
    Aggregate
    Intrinsic
    Value
    (in thousands)
    Outstanding balance as of December 31, 20174,559,176
     $15.10
     5.89 225,283
    Granted668,390
     84.06
     8.76 

    Exercised(1,012,473) 7.27
     2.34 

    Forfeited(157,305) 45.59
     
     

    Expired
     
     
     

    Outstanding balance as of December 31, 20184,057,788
     27.23
     5.95 113,211
    Exercisable as of December 31, 20182,910,317
     14.07
     4.91 104,444

    The weighted-average grant date fair value of the Company'sCompany’s stock options granted during the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 2015was $39.66, $19.65 and 2014 was $11.41 $12.54 and $5.71 per share, respectively.

    The total unrecognized compensation cost related to the unvested options as of December 31, 20162018 was $11.6$28.9 million and will be recognized over a weighted-average period of approximately 2.12.9 years.

    The aggregate intrinsic value of the options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 2015 and 2014 was $54.0 million, $24.9 million $25.8and $24.9 million, and $16.2 million, respectively.


    Table of Contents


    2U, Inc.

    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

    10. Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

    Restricted Stock Units

    Throughout 20162018 and 2015,2017, the Company granted restricted stock units under the 2014 Plan to the Company'sCompany’s directors and certain of the Company'sCompany’s employees. The terms of the restricted stock unit grants under the 2014 Plan, including the vesting periods, are determined by the Company'sCompany’s board of directors or the compensation committee thereof. Restricted
    2U, Inc.
    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
    11. Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

    stock units are generally subject to service-based vesting conditions and vest at various times from the date of the grant, with most restricted stock units vesting in equal annual tranches, generally over a period of four years.

    The following is a summary of restricted stock unit activity:

    activity for the year ended December 31, 2018:
     
     Number of
    Restricted Stock
    Units
     Weighted-Average
    Grant Date Fair
    Value per Share
     

    Outstanding balance at December 31, 2015

      1,220,008 $17.97 

    Granted

      701,668  23.30 

    Vested

      (368,927) 17.04 

    Forfeited

      (139,815) 20.60 

    Outstanding balance at December 31, 2016

      1,412,934  20.60 
     
    Number of
    Restricted Stock
    Units
     
    Weighted-Average
    Grant Date Fair
    Value per Share
    Outstanding balance as of December 31, 20171,413,423
     $29.95
    Granted536,502
     81.55
    Vested(595,866) 25.79
    Forfeited(215,014) 50.90
    Outstanding balance as of December 31, 20181,139,045
     52.47

    The total compensation cost related to the nonvested restricted stock units not yet recognized as of December 31, 20162018 was $19.2$43.8 million and will be recognized over a weighted-average period of approximately 2.42.2 years.

    11.

    Employee Stock Purchase Plan
    The Company’s 2017 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “ESPP”) provides (i) for two offering periods each year and (ii) that the purchase price for shares of the Company’s common stock purchased under the ESPP will be 90% of the lesser of the fair market value of the 2U’s common stock on the purchase date or the fair market value of 2U’s common stock on the first day of the offering period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Compensation Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors may exercise its discretion, subject to certain conditions, to make changes to certain aspects of the ESPP including, but not limited to, the length of the offering periods and that the purchase price will be 85% of the lesser of the fair market value of 2U’s common stock on the purchase date or the fair market value of 2U’s common stock on the first day of the offering period. Participating eligible employees select a rate of payroll deduction between 1% and 15% of their salary or wage compensation received from the Company as in effect at the start of the offering period, with the aggregate purchase of each offering period limited to a maximum fair market value of $25,000 per employee per year. Participation in the ESPP began on January 1, 2018. The ESPP is intended to qualify as an employee stock purchase plan under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code. A maximum of 1,000,000 shares of 2U’s common stock may be issued under the ESPP, subject to adjustments for certain capital transactions.
    During the year ended December 31, 2018, an aggregate of 63,671 shares of 2U’s common stock were purchased in accordance with the ESPP. Net proceeds from the issuance of shares of 2U’s common stock under the ESPP for the year ended December 31, 2018 were $3.1 million. As of December 31, 2018, 936,329 shares remain available for purchase under the ESPP.
    Stock-Based Compensation Expense
    Stock-based compensation expense related to stock-based awards, as well as the ESPP, is included in the following line items on the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss:
     Year Ended December 31,
     2018 2017 2016
     (in thousands)
    Curriculum and teaching$14
     $3
     $
    Servicing and support4,764
     4,036
     3,245
    Technology and content development4,094
     3,306
     2,392
    Marketing and sales2,743
     1,742
     1,317
    General and administrative19,795
     12,843
     8,869
    Total stock-based compensation expense$31,410
     $21,930
     $15,823

    Prior to January 1, 2017, the Company adjusted stock-based compensation expense for estimated forfeitures of stock-based awards. As described in the “Recent Accounting Pronouncements” section of Note 2, beginning on January 1, 2017, the Company accounts for forfeitures (and the impact on stock-based compensation expense) as they occur.
    12. Net Loss per Share

    2U, Inc.
    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

    Diluted net loss per share is the same as basic net loss per share for all periods presented because the effects of potentially dilutive items were anti-dilutive, given the Company'sCompany’s net loss. The following securities have been excluded from the calculation of weighted-average shares of common stock outstanding because the effect is anti-dilutive for the years ended December 31, 2016, 20152018, 2017 and 2014:

    2016:

     Year Ended December 31, Year Ended December 31,

     2016 2015 2014 2018 2017 2016

    Stock options

     4,882,237 5,298,510 5,850,211 4,057,788
     4,559,176
     4,882,237

    Restricted stock units

     1,412,934 1,220,008 992,665 1,139,045
     1,413,423
     1,412,934

    Table of Contents


    2U, Inc.

    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

    11. Net Loss per Share (Continued)

    Basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to holders of common stock is calculated as follows:

     
     Year Ended December 31, 
     
     2016 2015 2014 

    Numerator (in thousands):

              

    Net loss attributable to holders of common stock

     $(20,684)$(26,733)$(29,088)

    Denominator:

              

    Weighted-average shares of common stock outstanding, basic and diluted

      46,609,751  42,420,356  32,075,107 

    Net loss per share attributable to holders of common stock, basic and diluted

     $(0.44)$(0.63)$(0.91)
     Year Ended December 31,
     2018 2017 2016
    Numerator (in thousands): 
      
      
    Net loss$(38,330) $(29,423) (20,684)
    Denominator: 
      
      
    Weighted-average shares of common stock outstanding, basic and diluted55,833,492
     49,062,611
     46,609,751
    Net loss per share, basic and diluted$(0.69) $(0.60) $(0.44)


    12.13. Segment and Geographic Information

            Operating


    The Company’s operations consist of two operating segments, which are defined as components of an enterprise for which discrete financial information is available that is evaluated regularly byalso its two reportable segments: the chief operating decision maker ("CODM") for purposes of allocating resourcesGraduate Program Segment and evaluating financial performance.the Short Course Segment. The Company's CODM reviews the financial information presented on a consolidated basis for purposes of allocating resources and evaluating financial performance. As such, the Company's operations constitute a single operating segment and one reportable segment. The Company offers similarCompany’s Graduate Program Segment provides services to substantially all of its clients, which primarily represent well-recognized nonprofit colleges and universities, in the United States. Substantially all assets were held and all revenue was generatedprimarily in the United States, to enable the online delivery of graduate programs. The Company’s Short Course Segment provides premium online short courses to working professionals around the world through relationships with leading universities in the United States, the United Kingdom and South Africa.

    Graduate Program Segment

    For the year ended December 31, 2018, three university clients each accounted for 10% or more of the Company’s consolidated revenue, as follows: $86.9 million, $54.2 million and $42.7 million, which equaled 21%, 13% and 10% of the Company’s consolidated revenue, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2017, four university clients each accounted for 10% or more of the Company’s consolidated revenue, as follows: $77.6 million, $48.2 million, $30.1 million and $28.3 million, which equaled 27%, 17%, 11% and 10% of the Company’s consolidated revenue, respectively.

    As of December 31, 2018, two university clients each accounted for 10% or more of the Company’s consolidated accounts receivable, net balance, as follows: $11.9 million and $11.8 million, which equaled 36% and 36% of the Company’s consolidated accounts receivable, net balance, respectively. As of December 31, 2017, two university clients each accounted for 10% or more of the Company’s consolidated accounts receivable, net balance, as follows: $9.4 million and $2.0 million, which equaled 67% and 14% of the Company’s consolidated accounts receivable, net balance, respectively.

    Short Course Segment

    For the year ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, there were no customers or individual university clients that had revenue associated with it that accounted for 10% or more of the Company’s consolidated revenue. In addition, as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, no customers had accounts receivable, net balances that accounted for 10% or more of the Company’s consolidated accounts receivable, net balance, as customers are individual students or third parties paying on their behalf, rather than university clients.

    For the year ended December 31, 2018, offerings associated with three university clients each accounted for 10% or more of the segment’s revenue, and when combined, accounted for approximately 81% of the segment’s revenue. For the year ended December 31, 2017, offerings associated with three university clients each accounted for 10% or more of the segment’s revenue, and when combined, accounted for approximately 82% of the segment’s revenue.
    2U, Inc.
    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
    13. Segment and Geographic Information (Continued)



    Segment Performance

    The following table summarizes financial information regarding each reportable segment’s results of operations for the periods presented:
     Year Ended December 31,
     2018 2017 2016
     (in thousands)
    Revenue by segment* 
      
      
    Graduate Program Segment$348,361
     $270,432
     $205,864
    Short Course Segment63,408
     16,320
     
    Total revenue$411,769
     $286,752
     $205,864
          
    Segment profitability** 
      
      
    Graduate Program Segment$16,839
     $13,022
     $4,541
    Short Course Segment816
     (1,606) 
    Total segment profitability$17,655
     $11,416
     $4,541
          
    Segment profitability margin*** 
      
      
    Graduate Program Segment4.8% 4.8 % 2.2%
    Short Course Segment1.3
     (9.8) 
    Total segment profitability margin4.3
     3.9
     2.2
    *The Company has excluded approximately $44,000 of intersegment revenues from the year ended December 31, 2018.
    **The Company defines segment profitability as net income or net loss, as applicable, before net interest income (expense), taxes, depreciation and amortization expense, foreign currency gains or losses, acquisition-related gains or losses and stock-based compensation expense. Some or all of these items may not be applicable in any given reporting period.
    ***The Company defines segment profitability margin as segment profitability as a percentage of the respective segment’s revenue.

    The following table reconciles net loss to total segment profitability:
     Year Ended December 31,
     2018 2017 2016
     (in thousands)
    Net loss$(38,330) $(29,423) $(20,684)
    Adjustments:     
    Interest income(5,173) (371) (383)
    Interest expense108
     87
     35
    Foreign currency loss1,722
     866
     
    Depreciation and amortization expense32,785
     19,624
     9,750
    Income tax benefit(4,867) (1,297) 
    Stock-based compensation expense31,410
     21,930
     15,823
    Total adjustments55,985
     40,839
     25,225
    Total segment profitability$17,655
     $11,416
     $4,541

    2U, Inc.
    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
    13. Segment and Geographic Information (Continued)


    The Company’s total assets by segment are as follows:
     December 31,
    2018
     December 31,
    2017
     (in thousands)
    Total assets 
      
    Graduate Program Segment$702,827
     $359,597
    Short Course Segment104,527
     122,465
    Total assets$807,354
     $482,062
    Trade Accounts Receivable and Contract Liabilities
    The Company’s trade accounts receivable and contract liabilities in each segment are as follows:
     December 31,
    2018
     December 31,
    2017
     (in thousands)
    Trade accounts receivable 
      
    Graduate Program Segment accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $0 for all periods presented$31,110
     $12,520
    Graduate Program Segment unbilled revenue265
     666
    Short Course Segment accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $257 and $287 as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively982
     988
    Total trade accounts receivable$32,357
     $14,174
        
    Contract liabilities 
      
    Graduate Program Segment deferred revenue$2,864
     $2,523
    Short Course Segment deferred revenue5,481
     4,501
    Total contract liabilities$8,345
     $7,024

    For the Graduate Program Segment, revenue recognized during all periods presented.

    13.the year ended December 31, 2018 that was included in the deferred revenue balance at the beginning of the year was $2.5 million. For the Short Course Segment, revenue recognized during the year ended December 31, 2018 that was included in the deferred revenue balance at the beginning of the year was $4.5 million.


    Contract Acquisition Costs

    The Graduate Program Segment had $0.3 million of net capitalized contract acquisition costs as of December 31, 2018. For the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company capitalized $0.3 million and recorded an immaterial amount of amortization expense in the Graduate Program Segment.

    Geographical Information

    The Company’s non-U.S. revenue, which is based upon the currency of the country in which the university client primarily operates, was $33.9 million and $10.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, and was sourced entirely from the Short Course Segment’s operations outside of the U.S. The Company’s long-lived tangible assets in non-U.S. countries as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 totaled approximately $1.2 million and $0.7 million, respectively.

    2U, Inc.
    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)




    14. Retirement Plan

    The Company has established a 401(k) plan for eligible employees to contribute up to 100% of their compensation, limited by the IRS-imposed maximum contribution amount. The Company matches 33% of each employee'semployee’s contribution up to 6% of the employee'semployee’s salary deferral.deferral each plan year. For the years ended December 31, 2016, 20152018, 2017 and 2014,2016, the Company made employer contributions of $2.1 million, $1.3 million and $1.1 million, $0.8 million and $0.6 million, respectively.

    14.


    15. Related Party Transactions

    During the yearsyear ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, the Company subleased office space to an entity that was, upon execution of the sublease in 2011, a greater than 5% stockholder. The lease required the subtenant to reimburse the Company for the allocated cost of the office space subleased. ForThe Company had no transactions with this related party during the years ended December 31, 2016, 20152018 and 2014,2017, other than the repayment of a $0.1 million security deposit in connection with the expiration of the sublease in December 2016. For the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company recorded $0.3 million $0.3 million and $0.3 million, respectively, as rental income from this related entity.

            The

    During the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company utilized the marketing and event planning services of a company that is partially owned by one of the Company'sCompany’s former executives. The Company had no transactions with this related party during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017. The Company recorded $1.4 million, $1.7 million and $1.6 million for the expenses incurred related to the services provided by this related party for the yearsyear ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.2016. No material amounts were due to the


    Table of Contents


    2U, Inc.

    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

    14. Related Party Transactions (Continued)

    related party or recorded in accounts payable on the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 20162018 and 2015.

    15.2017.

    16. Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited)

    The following tables set forth certain unaudited quarterly financial data for 20162018 and 2015.2017. This unaudited information has been prepared on the same basis as the audited information included elsewhere in this Annual Report and includes all adjustments necessary to present fairly the information set forth therein. The operating results are not necessarily indicative of results for any future period.

     
     Three Months Ended 
     
     March 31,
    2016
     June 30,
    2016
     September 30,
    2016
     December 31,
    2016
     
     
     (in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
     

    Revenue

     $47,444 $49,110 $51,960 $57,350 

    Costs and expenses:

                 

    Servicing and support

      9,512  10,260  10,351  10,859 

    Technology and content development

      7,275  8,842  8,670  8,496 

    Program marketing and sales

      23,656  27,483  28,165  27,306 

    General and administrative

      10,447  10,944  11,569  13,061 

    Total costs and expenses

      50,890  57,529  58,755  59,722 

    Loss from operations

      (3,446) (8,419) (6,795) (2,372)

    Other income (expense):

                 

    Interest expense

      (26) (9)    

    Interest income

      92  91  37  163 

    Other

             

    Total other income (expense)          

      66  82  37  163 

    Net loss

     $(3,380)$(8,337)$(6,758)$(2,209)

    Net loss per share:

                 

    Basic and diluted

     $(0.07)$(0.18)$(0.14)$(0.05)

    Weighted-average shares used in computing net loss per share:

                 

    Basic and diluted

      45,953,082  46,494,464  46,903,628  47,075,167 
     Three Months Ended
     March 31,
    2018
     June 30,
    2018
     September 30,
    2018
     December 31,
    2018
     (in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
    Revenue$92,288
     $97,423
     $106,963
     $115,095
    Costs and expenses       
    Curriculum and teaching4,307
     6,007
     6,351
     6,625
    Servicing and support15,233
     17,297
     16,586
     18,087
    Technology and content development13,840
     15,235
     16,361
     18,376
    Marketing and sales53,058
     58,376
     60,548
     49,033
    General and administrative21,869
     22,480
     18,974
     19,666
    Total costs and expenses108,307

    119,395

    118,820

    111,787
    Income (loss) from operations(16,019) (21,972) (11,857) 3,308
    Interest income342
     912
     1,799
     2,120
    Interest expense(27) (27) (27) (27)
    Other expense, net(395) (825) (273) (229)
    Income (loss) before income taxes(16,099)
    (21,912)
    (10,358)
    5,172
    Income tax benefit (expense)1,228
     3,565
     414
     (340)
    Net income (loss)$(14,871)
    $(18,347)
    $(9,944)
    $4,832
    Net income (loss) per share, basic$(0.28) $(0.33) $(0.17) $0.08
    Net income (loss) per share, diluted$(0.28) $(0.33) $(0.17) $0.08
    Weighted-average shares used in computing net income (loss) per share, basic52,687,299
     54,981,192
     57,663,361
     57,924,666
    Weighted-average shares used in computing net income (loss) per share, diluted52,687,299
     54,981,192
     57,663,361
     60,666,682

    Table of Contents


    2U, Inc.

    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

    15.


    16. Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited) (Continued)

    (continued)


     
     Three Months Ended 
     
     March 31,
    2015
     June 30,
    2015
     September 30,
    2015
     December 31,
    2015
     
     
     (in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
     

    Revenue

     $34,612 $35,238 $37,092 $43,252 

    Costs and expenses:

                 

    Servicing and support

      7,550  7,903  7,845  8,749 

    Technology and content development

      6,134  6,466  7,082  7,529 

    Program marketing and sales

      19,587  21,526  21,567  20,231 

    General and administrative

      6,711  8,871  8,477  10,064 

    Total costs and expenses

      39,982  44,766  44,971  46,573 

    Loss from operations

      (5,370) (9,528) (7,879) (3,321)

    Other income (expense):

                 

    Interest expense

      (126) (126) (127) (173)

    Interest income

      28  24  21  94 

    Other

          (250)  

    Total other income (expense)          

      (98) (102) (356) (79)

    Net loss

     $(5,468)$(9,630)$(8,235)$(3,400)

    Net loss per share:

                 

    Basic and diluted

     $(0.13)$(0.23)$(0.20)$(0.07)

    Weighted-average shares used in computing net loss per share:

                 

    Basic and diluted

      40,978,741  41,362,476  41,645,894  45,651,475 
     Three Months Ended
     March 31,
    2017
     June 30,
    2017
     September 30,
    2017
     December 31,
    2017
     (in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
    Revenue$64,829
     $64,995
     $70,250
     $86,678
    Costs and expenses 
      
      
      
    Curriculum and teaching
     
     1,792
     4,817
    Servicing and support10,925
     13,458
     12,939
     13,445
    Technology and content development9,205
     11,140
     12,735
     12,846
    Marketing and sales34,670
     37,242
     41,311
     37,700
    General and administrative13,664
     13,930
     17,227
     17,844
    Total costs and expenses68,464

    75,770

    86,004

    86,652
    Income (loss) from operations(3,635) (10,775) (15,754) 26
    Interest income196
     53
     18
     104
    Interest expense
     (1) (36) (50)
    Other income (expense), net
     (1,031) 59
     106
    Income (loss) before income taxes(3,439) (11,754) (15,713) 186
    Income tax benefit (expense)
     
     974
     323
    Net income (loss)$(3,439)
    $(11,754)
    $(14,739)
    $509
    Net income (loss) per share, basic$(0.07) $(0.25) $(0.30) $0.01
    Net income (loss) per share, diluted$(0.07) $(0.25) $(0.30) $0.01
    Weighted-average shares used in computing net income (loss) per share, basic47,237,341
     47,668,397
     48,961,914
     52,330,067
    Weighted-average shares used in computing net income (loss) per share, diluted47,237,341
     47,668,397
     48,961,914
     56,593,108



    Item 9.    Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
    None.
    2U, Inc.
    Selected
    Item 9A.    Controls and Procedures
    Disclosure Controls and Procedures
    Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Data

            The following selected consolidatedOfficer, we have evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 Rules 13a-15 and 15d-15 as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based on that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that these disclosure controls and procedures are effective.

    Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
    Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial datareporting for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, 2014, 2013Company. With the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and 2012, andChief Financial Officer, management conducted an evaluation of the selected consolidated balance sheet dataeffectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016, 2015, 2014, 2013 and 2012 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative2018 based on the Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the resultsTreadway Commission. Based on this evaluation, management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2018.
    Our independent registered public accounting firm, KPMG LLP, has issued an audit report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, which appears in Item 8 of this report.
    Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
    We made no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the three months ended December 31, 2018 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to be expectedmaterially affect, our internal control over financial reporting, other than changes in controls to integrate the business we acquired in the future. The selected consolidated financial data should be read together with GetSmarter acquisition.
    Item 7 "Management's Discussion and Analysis9B.    Other Information
    Not applicable.


    PART III
    We will file a definitive Proxy Statement for our 2019 Annual Meeting of Operations" and in conjunctionStockholders or our 2019 Proxy Statement with the consolidated financial statements, related notes,SEC, pursuant to Regulation 14A, not later than 120 days after the end of our fiscal year. Accordingly, certain information required by Part III has been omitted under General Instruction G(3) to Form 10-K. Only those sections of the 2019 Proxy Statement that specifically address the items set forth herein are incorporated by reference.
    Item 10.    Directors, Executive Officers and other financialCorporate Governance
    The information included elsewhere inrequired by Item 10 is hereby incorporated by reference to the sections of our 2019 Proxy Statement under the captions “Board of Directors and Committees,” “Election of Directors,” “Management,” “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” and “Code of Business Conduct and Ethics for Employees, Executive Officers and Directors.”
    Item 11.    Executive Compensation
    The information required by Item 11 is hereby incorporated by reference to the sections of our 2019 Proxy Statement under the captions “Executive Compensation,” “Director Compensation” and “Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation.”
    Item 12.    Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
    The information required by Item 12 is hereby incorporated by reference to the sections of our 2019 Proxy Statement under the captions “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” and “Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans.”
    Item 13.    Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
    The information required by Item 13 is hereby incorporated by reference to the sections of our 2019 Proxy Statement under the captions “Transactions with Related Parties” and “Director Independence.”
    Item 14.    Principal Accounting Fees and Services
    The information required by Item 14 is hereby incorporated by reference to the section of our 2019 Proxy Statement under the caption “Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Fees.”


    PART IV
    Item 15.    Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules
    (a)   Exhibits
    See the Exhibit Index immediately following the signature page of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

    (b)   Financial Statement Schedules
    Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts (in thousands)
     
     Year Ended December 31, 
     
     2016 2015 2014 2013 2012 
     
     (in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
     

    Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

                    

    Revenue

     $205,864 $150,194 $110,239 $83,127 $55,879 

    Costs and expenses:

                    

    Servicing and support

      40,982  32,047  26,858  22,718  14,926 

    Technology and content development

      33,283  27,211  22,621  19,472  8,299 

    Program marketing and sales

      106,610  82,911  65,218  54,103  45,390 

    General and administrative

      46,021  34,123  23,420  14,840  10,342 

    Total costs and expenses

      226,896  176,292  138,117  111,133  78,957 

    Loss from operations

      (21,032) (26,098) (27,878) (28,006) (23,078)

    Other income (expense):

                    

    Interest expense

      (35) (552) (1,213) 27  (73)

    Interest income

      383  167  92  26  38 

    Other

        (250)      

    Total other income (expense)

      348  (635) (1,121) 53  (35)

    Loss before income taxes

      (20,684) (26,733) (28,999) (27,953) (23,113)

    Income tax expense

               

    Net loss

      (20,684) (26,733) (28,999) (27,953) (23,113)

    Preferred stock accretion

          (89) (347) (339)

    Net loss attributable to common stockholders

     $(20,684)$(26,733)$(29,088)$(28,300)$(23,452)

    Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

     $(0.44)$(0.63)$(0.91)$(3.81)$(3.33)

    Weighted-average common shares outstanding used in computing net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

      46,609,751  42,420,356  32,075,107  7,432,055  7,037,090 

    Other Financial Data:

                    

    Adjusted EBITDA (loss)(1)

     $4,541 $(6,629)$(14,779)$(21,245)$(18,814)

    (1)
    Adjusted EBITDA is a financial measure not in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP. For more information about Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of Adjusted
     Balance at Beginning of Period Additions Charged to Expense/Against Revenue Deductions Balance at End of Period
    Allowance for doubtful accounts: 
      
      
      
    Year ended December 31, 2018$287
     $571
     $(601) 257
    Year ended December 31, 2017
     287
     
     287
    Year ended December 31, 2016
     
     
     
     Balance at Beginning of Period Additions Deductions Balance at End of Period
    Income tax valuation allowance: 
      
      
      
    Year ended December 31, 2018$71,101
     $16,960
     $
     88,061
    Year ended December 31, 201762,297
     17,967
     (9,163) 71,101
    Year ended December 31, 201654,739
     7,558
     
     62,297

    Item 16.    Form 10-K Summary
    None.

    SIGNATURES
    Pursuant to net loss, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP, seerequirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the section below titled "Adjusted EBITDA."

    Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized:
     
     As of December 31, 
     
     2016 2015 2014 2013 2012 
     
     (in thousands)
     

    Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

                    

    Cash and cash equivalents

     $168,730 $183,729 $86,929 $7,012 $25,190 

    Accounts receivable, net

      7,860  975  350  1,835  248 

    Total assets

      244,320  231,041  113,039  28,652  39,877 

    Total liabilities

      49,083  35,252  25,028  22,629  13,467 

    Total redeemable convertible preferred stock

            98,047  92,706 

    Additional paid-in capital

      371,455  351,324  216,818  7,817  5,483 

    Total stockholders' equity

      195,237  195,789  88,011  (92,024) (66,296)
    2U, Inc.
    February 26, 2019
    By:/s/ CHRISTOPHER J. PAUCEK
    Name:Christopher J. Paucek
    Title:Chief Executive Officer and Director


    POWER OF ATTORNEY
    Adjusted EBITDAKNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS

            To provide investors, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Christopher J. Paucek, Catherine A. Graham and Matthew J. Norden, or each of them, as his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, each with additional information regarding our financial results, we have provided withinthe full power of substitution, for him and in his name, place or stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any amendments to this report and to file the same, with exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that either of said attorneys-in-fact, or substitute or substitutes, may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

    Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1934, this Annual Report on Form 10-K Adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP financial measure. We have provided a reconciliation belowhas been signed by the following persons on behalf of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure.

            We have included Adjusted EBITDA in this Annual Report on Form 10-K because it is a key measure used by our managementregistrant and board of directors to understand and evaluate our core operating performance and trends, to prepare and approve our annual budget and to develop short-and long-term operational plans. In particular, the exclusion of certain expenses in calculating Adjusted EBITDA can provide a useful measure for period-to-period comparisons of our core business. Accordingly, we believe that Adjusted EBITDA provides useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our operating results in the same manner as our managementcapacities and board of directors.

            Our use of Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are:

            Because of these and other limitations, you should consider Adjusted EBITDA alongside other GAAP-based financial performance measures, including various cash flow metrics, net income (loss)

    dates indicated.

    Table of Contents

    and our other GAAP results. The following table presents a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss for each of the periods indicated:


     
     Year Ended December 31, 
     
     2016 2015 2014 2013 2012 
     
     (in thousands)
     

    Net loss

     $(20,684)$(26,733)$(28,999)$(27,953)$(23,113)

    Adjustments:

                    

    Interest expense

      35  552  1,213  (27) 73 

    Interest income

      (383) (167) (92) (26) (38)

    Depreciation and amortization expense

      9,750  7,220  5,572  4,335  2,869 

    Stock-based compensation expense

      15,823  12,499  7,527  2,426  1,395 

    Total adjustments

      25,225  20,104  14,220  6,708  4,299 

    Adjusted EBITDA (loss)

     $4,541 $(6,629)$(14,779)$(21,245)$(18,814)
    SignatureTitleDate
    /s/ CHRISTOPHER J. PAUCEKChief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)February 26, 2019
    Christopher J. Paucek
    /s/ CATHERINE A. GRAHAMChief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)February 26, 2019
    Catherine A. Graham
    /s/ JOHN B. ELLISChief Accounting Officer (Principal Accounting Officer)February 26, 2019
    John B. Ellis
    /s/ PAUL A. MAEDERDirector and Chairman of the BoardFebruary 26, 2019
    Paul A. Maeder
    /s/ TIMOTHY M. HALEYDirectorFebruary 26, 2019
    Timothy M. Haley
    /s/ JOHN M. LARSONDirectorFebruary 26, 2019
    John M. Larson
    /s/ CORETHA M. RUSHINGDirectorFebruary 26, 2019
    Coretha M. Rushing
    /s/ ROBERT M. STAVISDirectorFebruary 26, 2019
    Robert M. Stavis
    /s/ SALLIE L. KRAWCHECKDirectorFebruary 26, 2019
    Sallie L. Krawcheck
    /s/ EARL LEWISDirectorFebruary 26, 2019
    Earl Lewis
    /s/ EDWARD S. MACIASDirectorFebruary 26, 2019
    Edward S. Macias
    /s/ VALERIE B. JARRETTDirectorFebruary 26, 2019
    Valerie B. Jarrett
    /s/ GREGORY PETERSDirectorFebruary 26, 2019
    Gregory Peters
    /s/ ALEXIS MAYBANKDirectorFebruary 26, 2019
    Alexis Maybank




    SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING EXHIBITS

    In reviewing the agreements included as exhibits to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, please remember they are included to provide you with information regarding their terms and are not intended to provide any other factual or disclosure information about the Company or the other parties to the agreements. The agreements contain representations and warranties by each of the parties to the applicable agreement. These representations and warranties have been made solely for the benefit of the other parties to the applicable agreement and:

    should not in all instances be treated as categorical statements of fact, but rather as a way of allocating the risk to one of the parties if those statements provideprove to be inaccurate;

    have been qualified by disclosures that were made to the other party in connection with the negotiation of the applicable agreement, which disclosures are not necessarily reflected in the agreement;

    may apply standards of materiality in a way that is different from what may be viewed as material to you or other investors; and

    were made only as of the date of the applicable agreement or such other date or dates as may be specified in the agreement and are subject to more recent developments.

    Accordingly, these representations and warranties may not describe the actual state of affairs as of the date they were made ofor at any other time. Additional information about the Company may be found elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and the Company'sCompany’s other public filings, which are available without charge through the SEC'sSEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.

    The Company acknowledges that, notwithstanding the inclusion of the foregoing cautionary statements, it is responsible for considering whether additional specific disclosures of material information regarding material contractual provisions are required to make the statements in this report not misleading.



    Exhibit Index

    Exhibit Number Description Form File No. Exhibit Number Filing Date Filed Herewith
     

    3.1

     Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant. 8-K 001-36376 3.1 April 4, 2014  
     

      

                
     

    3.2

     Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant. 8-K 001-36376 3.2 April 4, 2014  
     

      

                
     

    4.1

     Specimen stock certificate evidencing shares of Common Stock. S-1/A 333-194079 4.2 March 17, 2014  
     

      

                
     

    10.1

    *Services Agreement, by and between the Registrant and University of Southern California, on behalf of the USC Rossier School of Education, dated as of October 29, 2008, as amended to date. S-1 333-194079 10.1 February 21, 2014  
     

      

                
     

    10.2

    *Master Services Agreement, by and between the Registrant and University of Southern California, on behalf of School of Social Work, dated as of April 12, 2010, and Addenda dated as of April 12, 2010 and July 22, 2011. S-1 333-194079 10.2 February 21, 2014  
     

      

                
     

    10.2.1

    *Second Addendum to the Master Services Agreement, by and between the Registrant and University of Southern California, on behalf of the School of Social Work, dated as of March 14, 2014. S-1/A 333-194079 10.2.1 March 17, 2014  
     

      

                
     

    10.2.2

    *Amendment to Master Services Agreement, by and between the Registrant and University of Southern California, on behalf of School of Social Work, dated as of November 5, 2015. 10-K 001-36376 10.2.2 March 10, 2016  
     

      

                
     

    10.3

     Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, dated as of March 27, 2012, by and among the Registrant and certain of its stockholders. S-1 333-194079 10.6 February 21, 2014  
     

      

                
     

    10.4

    Fourth Amended and Restated 2008 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended to date. S-1 333-194079 10.7 February 21, 2014  
     

      

                
     

    10.5

    Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement under 2008 Stock Incentive Plan. S-1 333-194079 10.8 February 21, 2014  
     

      

                
     

    10.6

    Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under 2008 Stock Incentive Plan. S-1 333-194079 10.9 February 21, 2014  
     


                
    Exhibit
    Number
     Description Form File No. 
    Exhibit
    Number
     Filing Date Filed Herewith
      10-Q 001-36376 2.1
     May 4, 2017  
                 
      8-K 001-36376 2.2
     July 3, 2017  
                 
      8-K 001-36376 3.1
     April 4, 2014  
                 
      8-K 001-36376 3.2
     April 4, 2014  
                 
      S-1/A 333-194079 4.2
     March 17, 2014  
      S-1 333-194079 10.1
     February 21, 2014  
                 
      S-1 333-194079 10.2
     February 21, 2014  
                 
      S-1/A 333-194079 10.2.1
     March 17, 2014  
                 
      10-K 001-36376 10.2.2
     March 10, 2016  
                 
      S-1 333-194079 10.6
     February 21, 2014  
                 
      S-1 333-194079 10.7
     February 21, 2014  
                 
      S-1 333-194079 10.8
     February 21, 2014  
                 
      S-1 333-194079 10.9
     February 21, 2014  
                 
      10-Q 001-36376 10.1
     August 2, 2018  
                 
      10-Q 001-36376 10.2
     August 2, 2018  


    Exhibit Number Description Form File No. Exhibit Number Filing Date Filed Herewith
     

    10.7

    2014 Equity Incentive Plan. S-1 333-194079 10.11 February 21, 2014  
     

      

                
     

    10.8

    Form of Stock Option Agreement under 2014 Equity Incentive Plan. S-1 333-194079 10.12 February 21, 2014  
     

      

                
     

    10.9

    Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under 2014 Equity Incentive Plan. S-1 333-194079 10.13 February 21, 2014  
     

      

                
     

    10.10

    Summary of Non-Employee Director Compensation Plan. 10-Q 001-36376 10.1 May 12, 2014  
     

      

                
     

    10.11

    Confidential Information, Invention Assignment, Work for Hire, Noncompete and No Solicit/No Hire Agreement, dated as of February 28, 2009, by and between the Registrant and Christopher J. Paucek. S-1/A 333-194079 10.14 March 17, 2014  
     

      

                
     

    10.12

    Form of Indemnification Agreement with directors and executive officers. S-1 333-194079 10.15 February 21, 2014  
     

      

                
     

    10.13

    Confidential Information, Invention Assignment, Work for Hire, Noncompete and No Solicit/No Hire Agreement, dated as of February 28, 2009, by and between the Registrant and Robert L. Cohen. S-1/A 333-194079 10.16 March 17, 2014  
     

      

                
     

    10.14

    *Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement, by and among the Registrant, Comerica Bank as Administrative Agent and as a Lender, Issuing Lender and Swing Line Lender and Square 1 Bank as a Lender, dated as of December 31, 2013. S-1 333-194079 10.4 February 21, 2014  
     

      

                
     

    10.15

     Sublease, by and between the Registrant and Noodle Education, Inc., dated as of November 16, 2011. S-1 333-194079 10.17 February 21, 2014  
     

      

                
     

    10.16

     Office Lease, by and between Lanham Office 2015 LLC and 2U Harkins Road LLC, dated as of December 23, 3015.         X
     

      

                
     

    10.17

     Agreement of Lease, by and between 55 Prospet Owner LLC and 2U NYC, LLC, dated as of February 13, 2017.         X
     

      

                
     

    21.1

     Subsidiaries of the Registrant.          
     

      

                
     

    23.1

     Consent of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.         X
     


                
    Exhibit
    Number
     Description Form File No. 
    Exhibit
    Number
     Filing Date Filed Herewith
                 
      10-Q 001-36376 10.3
     August 2, 2018  
                 
      10-Q 001-36376 10.1
     May 12, 2014  
                 
      S-1/A 333-194079 10.14
     March 17, 2014  
                 
      S-1 333-194079 10.15
     February 21, 2014  
                 
      10-Q 001-36376 10.4
     August 2, 2018  
                 
      S-1 333-194079 10.4
     February 21, 2014  
                 
      10-K 001-36376 10.16
     February 24, 2017  
                 
      10-K 001-36376 10.17
     February 24, 2017  
                 
      10-K 001-36376 10.18
     February 24, 2017  
                 
           
       X
                 
           
       X
                 
           
       X
                 
           
       X
                 
           
       X
                 
           
       X
                 
    101.INS XBRL Instance Document.      
       X
                 
    101.SCH XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document.      
       X
                 


    Exhibit
    Number
    DescriptionFormFile No.Exhibit NumberFiling DateFiled Herewith

    31.1

     Certification of Chief Executive Officer of 2U, Inc. pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.DescriptionFormFile No.
    Exhibit
    Number
    Filing DateFiled Herewith
    101.CALXBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document.      
       X
     

                

    31.2

    101.DEF
     Certification of Chief Financial Officer of 2U, Inc. pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document.      
       X
     

                

    32.1

    101.LAB
     Certification of Chief Executive Officer of 2U, Inc. in accordance with 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document.      
       X
     

                

    32.2

    Certification of Chief Financial Officer of 2U, Inc. in accordance with 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.X

    101.INS

    XBRL Instance Document.X

    101.SCH

    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document.X

    101.CAL

    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document.X

    101.DEF

    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document.X

    101.LAB

    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document.X

    101.PRE

     XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document.      
       X

    *
    Portions of this exhibit, indicated by asterisks, have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment and have been separately filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

    Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.

    *Portions of this exhibit, indicated by asterisks, have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment and have been separately filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
    Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.

    97